PacketStar PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide for ...

Doc. No.: 255-700-377

PacketStar® PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guidefor PacketStar®PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways

Issue 1, July 2002

System Software Release 8.0.0

AQueView® EMS Software Release 6.0

Copyright © 2002 by Lucent Technologies. All rights reserved.

For trademark, regulatory compliance, and related legal information, see the "Copyright and Legal Notices" section.

PacketStar® PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide, Issue 1 Release 8.0.0

255-700-377 iii

Legal Notices, Safety, and RegulatoryInformation

Copyright

Copyright © 2002 by Lucent Technologies. All rights reserved.

This material is protected by the copyright laws of the United States and other countries. It may not be reproduced, distributed, or altered in any fash-ion by any entity (either internal or external to Lucent Technologies), except in accordance with applicable agreements, contracts or licensing, without the express written consent of the originating organization and the business management owner of the material.

This document was prepared by the Information Design and Development Team of Lucent Technologies, PacketStar PSAX products. Offices are located in Landover, Maryland, USA.

Trademarks

PacketStar, AQueView, Lucent, Lucent Technologies, and the Lucent Technolo-gies logo are registered trademarks of Lucent Technologies in the USA. Other product and brand names mentioned in this guide are trademarks or regis-tered trademarks of their respective owners.

Notices

The information in this document is for informational use only, is subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by Lucent Technologies, Inc. This document is without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. Lucent Technologies, Inc. assumes no responsi-bility for any errors, inaccuracies, or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information or instruc-tions contained herein. Lucent Technologies, Inc. is not responsible for any damage or loss to your data or equipment resulting either directly or indi-rectly from use of this document.

Legal Notices, Safety, and Regulatory InformationNotices

iv 255-700-377


255-700-377 v


Contents

Legal Notices, Safety, and Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv

List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii

1 Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Purpose of This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Audience for This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

What You Should Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Related Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Lucent Technologies Information Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Product Information Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Printed Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Other Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

About Lucent Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

About the PacketStar PSAX Product Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

PSAX 1000 Multiservice Media Gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2




Text Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

Comments on This Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

Part A: Connections Using the Console Interface

.1-5

.1-5

.1-5

.1-4

.1-4

.1-3

.1-3

.1-2

.1-2

.1-2

.1-2

.1-1

.1-1

.1-1

.1-1

.1-1

.1-1

.1-1

1-1

xxviii

xiv

iii

iii

iii

iii

Contents

vi 255-700-377


2 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the Console Interface. . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Overview of This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Connection Types Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Data Flow in PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Connections With I/O Modules for Compressed Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Provisioning PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Configuring an AAL2 Trunking Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Viewing ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Adding/Viewing a Backup PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Creating a ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Viewing ATM-to-ATM VPC Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Adding/Viewing a Backup ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

Adding Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Accessing the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Creating a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Creating a Backup Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Viewing Connection Parameters for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . 2-59

Viewing Statistics for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60

Deleting a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Adding Bridge-to-Bridge Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64

Viewing Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71

Connection Capacity of DSP2x Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83

Backup Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88

Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89

Connection Capacity of DSP2x Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90

Viewing Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95

Adding a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97

Creating a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97

Configuring Traffic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103

Viewing the Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107

Adding a Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109

2-103

2-97

2-97

2-95

2-90

2-89

2-88

2-85

2-83

2-73

2-71

2-70

2-68

2-64

2-62

2-60

2-59

2-56

2-49

2-47

2-46

2-43

2-41

2-31

2-31

2-28

2-26

2-17

2-4

2-3

2-2

2-2

2-1

2-1

2-1

2-109

2-107

Contents

255-700-377 vii


Creating a Frame Relay-to-Frame PVC Relay Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-109

Configuring Traffic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-113

Viewing the Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-115

Adding a GR-303-to-AAL2 VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118

Setting Up the PSAX System for In-Band Management Connections. . . . . . . . .2-118

Creating an In-Band-to-ATM VCC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-119

Configuring an In-Band ATM Backup PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-126

Creating a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-128

Viewing the VBR-to-ATM Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-137

Adding/Viewing a Backup PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-139

Adding VBR-to-VBR VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-142

3 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the Console Interface. . . . . . . . . 3-1

Overview of This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

Connection Types Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

Connections With I/O Modules for Compressed Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

SPVC Reconnection Prioritization for IMA Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

Setting Up Call Control Resource Allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Setting Up an ATM AAL2 SPVC Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

Provisioning SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Creating an ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Viewing Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44

Adding NSAP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48

Creating a Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48


Adding NSAP Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61

Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61

Connection Capacity of DSP2x Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-63

Configuring Digital Signal Processing (DSP2) Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-69


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . .3-75

Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82

Creating a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82

Configuring Traffic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-91.3-91

.3-82

.3-82

.3-75

.3-73

.3-69

.3-63

.3-61

.3-61

.3-59

.3-56

.3-48

.3-48

.3-46

.3-44

.3-33

.3-33

.3-28

.3-8

.3-3

.3-2

.3-2

.3-2

.3-1

.3-1

3-1

.2-142

.2-139

.2-137

.2-128

.2-126

.2-119

.2-118

.2-118

.2-115

.2-113

.2-109

Contents

viii 255-700-377


Viewing Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94

Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97

Creating a VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97

Viewing Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106

Adding VBR-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109

4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console Interface. . . . . . . . . . 4-1



Provisioning SVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Setting Up a PNNI Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Setting Up an IISP Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Viewing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Editing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connection Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Viewing or Editing an ATM-to-ATM SVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Viewing Connection Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Configuring In-Band Management SVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Preparing to Create an In-Band Management SVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Creating an In-Band Management SVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Adding Destination IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Viewing In-Band Management Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Deleting an In-Band Management SVC Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Adding Entries to the ATM IISP CBR Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Creating IISP CBR Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Adding Entries to the IISP VBR Routing Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Creating IISP VBR Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Part B: Connections Using the AQueView® EMS System

5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS System . . . . . . . . . 5-1



Using the Right-Click Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15-1

5-1

5-1

5-1

4-30

4-30

4-28

4-28

4-28

4-26

4-22

4-17

4-16

4-15

4-12

4-4

4-4

4-3

4-2

4-2

4-2

4-1

4-1

4-1

3-109

3-106

3-97

3-97

3-94

Contents

255-700-377 ix


Connection Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Context-Sensitive Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Managing Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3

Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3

Searching for Specific Connection Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Viewing Connection Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Displaying and Updating Connection Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Display Connection Tabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Utilization Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7

Filtering the Listing Page by Connection Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8

SPVC NSAP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10

AAL2 Trunk Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Adding an AAL2 Trunk Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Viewing an AAL2 Trunk Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Deleting an AAL2 Trunk Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Standard AAL2 SPVC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Setting the Values for the Wireless Backhaul SPVC Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Allocating Call Control Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Configuring AAL2 Trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Configuring Local and Remote IWFs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Adding AAL2 SPVC Trunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Adding Standard AAL2 SPVCs to the Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Copying Connections to Multiple Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27

Restoring Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29

Saving a Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29

Restoring a Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31

Deleting the Connection Restore List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

Filter-based Loading of Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34

Connection Display Enhancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34

Errors Creating Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34

Saving Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35

Deleting Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35

Saving Your Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36

6 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMS . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Data Flow in PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1.6-1

6-1

.5-36

.5-35

.5-35

.5-34

.5-34

.5-34

.5-33

.5-31

.5-29

.5-29

.5-27

.5-26

.5-25

.5-25

.5-25

.5-24

.5-24

.5-23

.5-22

.5-21

.5-12

.5-12

.5-10

.5-8

.5-7

.5-6

.5-6

.5-6

.5-4

.5-3

.5-3

.5-2

.5-2

Contents

x 255-700-377


Provisioning PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Polling Statistics Using the Odometer Delta Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Utilization Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

Polling Statistics Using the Odometer Delta Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36


Adding Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53


Adding Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85


Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101

Utilization Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Adding GR-303 AAL2 PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105

Updating a GR-303 AAL2 PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1086-108

6-107

6-105

6-104

6-101

6-98

6-97

6-89

6-87

6-85

6-85

6-79

6-77

6-75

6-72

6-71

6-64

6-63

6-61

6-60

6-57

6-56

6-53

6-49

6-48

6-40

6-38

6-36

6-32

6-30

6-29

6-21

6-19

6-17

6-14

6-11

6-10

6-1

6-1

Contents

255-700-377 xi


Adding In-band Management ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-114

Disabling an SVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-115

Creating an In-Band-to-ATM Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-117

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-123

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-123

Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-126

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-135

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-135

Backup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-139

Utilization Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-142

Adding VBR-to-VBR VCC PVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-143

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-148

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-148

Utilization Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-151

Saving Your Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-152

7 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMS . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Provisioning SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

NSAP Address Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

Setting Up Local NSAP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

Setting Up the Local NSAP Address During Interface Configuration . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

Setting Up the Local NSAP Address Using the SPVC NSAP Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15

Utilization Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . .7-46

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-53

Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-53

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-60.7-60

.7-53

.7-53

.7-46

.7-45

.7-42

.7-41

.7-32

.7-31

.7-28

.7-26

.7-20

.7-18

.7-15

.7-14

.7-6

.7-4

.7-2

.7-1

.7-1

.7-1

7-1

.6-152

.6-151

.6-148

.6-148

.6-143

.6-142

.6-139

.6-135

.6-135

.6-126

.6-123

.6-123

.6-117

.6-115

.6-114

Contents

xii 255-700-377


Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61


Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76


Adding VBR-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

Viewing DSP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

Saving Your Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMS . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Provisioning SVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Enabling SVC Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Setting Up a PNNI Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Setting Up an IISP Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Editing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connection Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Viewing or Editing an ATM-to-ATM SVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Primary Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8


Configuring In-Band Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Adding an In-Band Management ATM SVC Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Preparing for an In-Band Management SVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Creating an In-Band-Management SVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Adding an In-band Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Viewing an In-band Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Updating an In-band Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Viewing In-Band Statistics Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Deleting an In-Band Management SVC Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

IISP Routing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Creating a VBR or CBR Routing Table Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Creating a VBR or CBR Routing Table Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Deleting a Routing Table Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Saving Your Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-318-31

8-30

8-26

8-25

8-24

8-23

8-22

8-22

8-19

8-19

8-18

8-14

8-13

8-12

8-12

8-10

8-8

8-3

8-2

8-2

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

8-1

7-87

7-87

7-86

7-80

7-79

7-76

7-75

7-66

7-65

7-61

Contents

255-700-377 xiii


A Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Overview of This Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

ATM Traffic Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Purpose of Traffic Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Connections Supporting Traffic Descriptors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Traffic Descriptors Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

SPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

DSP Tone Detection Modes Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

DSP2C Module Channel Reduction When Using Fax Relay Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

Industry Compliance Specifications Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

Interface Type by Connection Type Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26

Interface Type by I/O Module Type Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28

Minimum AAL2 Trunk Size Requirements Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32

Multiplexed AAL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32

Standard AAL2 Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33

Non-Multiplexed AAL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33

Quality of Service (QoS) Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34

Traffic Shaping, Usage Parameter Control, and Virtual Interface Configuration Compatibilities Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-36A-36

A-34

A-33

A-33

A-32

A-32

A-28

A-26

A-8

A-8

A-7

A-3

A-2

A-1

A-1

A-1

A-1

A-1

255-700-377 xiv


List of Figures

2-1 Console Interface Main Menu Window (Connection Configuration Selected). . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

2-2 Connection Configuration Menu Window (ATM-to-ATM VCC Option Selected) . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

2-3 Connection Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

2-4 AAL2 Trunk Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

2-5 AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

2-6 AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

2-7 ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

2-8 ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

2-9 ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26

2-10 ATM-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29

2-11 ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32

2-12 ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

2-13 ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

2-14 ATM-to-ATM VPC Backup PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44

2-15 Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

2-16 Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50

2-17 Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

2-18 Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60

2-19 Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

2-20 Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

2-21 Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68

2-22 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71

2-23 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74

2-24 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-79

2-25 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-83

2-26 Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-86

2-27 Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89

2-28 Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-92

2-29 Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Statistics Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96

2-30 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-98

2-31 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-100

2-32 Frame Relay-to-ATM PVC Traffic Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104

2-33 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-107

2-34 Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110

2-35 Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111

2-36 Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114

2-37 Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-116.2-116

.2-114

.2-111

.2-110

.2-107

.2-104

.2-100

.2-98

.2-96

.2-92

.2-89

.2-86

.2-83

.2-79

.2-74

.2-71

.2-68

.2-66

.2-65

.2-60

.2-57

.2-50

.2-48

.2-44

.2-41

.2-34

.2-32

.2-29

.2-26

.2-19

.2-17

.2-8

.2-7

.2-6

.2-5

.2-4

.2-3

List of Figures

255-700-377 xv


2-38 In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120

2-39 In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-121

2-40 INBAND-ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-127

2-41 VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-129

2-42 VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-130

2-43 VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-137

2-44 VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-140

2-45 VBR-to-VBR PVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-142

2-46 VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-143

2-47 VBR-to-VBR PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-146

3-1 Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

3-2 ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

3-3 ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11

3-4 ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12

3-5 ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

3-6 ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

3-7 ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

3-8 Example of SPVC Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

3-9 Console Interface Main Menu Window (Connection Configuration Selected). . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

3-10 Connection Configuration Menu Window (SPVC Configuration Screen Selected) . . . . . . . . .3-30

3-11 SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window (Configure Local Address Option Selected) .3-31

3-12 SPVC Address Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31


3-14 SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

3-15 ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35

3-16 ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36

3-17 ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44


3-19 SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48

3-20 ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49

3-21 ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51

3-22 ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57


3-24 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61

3-25 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64

3-26 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC DSP2 Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-70

3-27 Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73

3-28 CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76

3-29 CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76

3-30 CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC TConnection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78

3-31 SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83.3-83

.3-78

.3-76

.3-76

.3-73

.3-70

.3-64

.3-61

.3-60

.3-57

.3-51

.3-49

.3-48

.3-47

.3-44

.3-36

.3-35

.3-34

.3-33

.3-31

.3-31

.3-30

.3-29

.3-28

.3-17

.3-16

.3-15

.3-12

.3-11

.3-8

.3-4

.2-146

.2-143

.2-142

.2-140

.2-137

.2-130

.2-129

.2-127

.2-121

.2-120

List of Figures

xvi 255-700-377


3-32 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84

3-33 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85

3-34 Frame Relay-to-ATM SPVC Traffic Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92

3-35 Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95

3-36 VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98

3-37 VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100

3-38 VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107

3-39 VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110

3-40 VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110

3-41 VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112

4-1 ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4-2 ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4-3 ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-4 ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table Window (Displaying Entries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

4-5 ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

4-6 In-Band SVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

4-7 Site-Specific Menu Window (In-band Management Option Selected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

4-8 In-Band Management Configuration Window (SVC Connections Disabled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

4-9 In-Band Management Configuration Window (ATM ARP Server Disabled). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

4-10 In-Band Management Configuration Window (ATM ARP Server Enabled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

4-11 Inband Management Route Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

4-12 Inband Management IP Route Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

4-13 Inband Management Route Table (Route Displayed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

4-14 In-Band Management Interface Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

4-15 IISP CBR Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

4-16 IISP VBR Routing Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

5-1 Connection Configuration Right-Click Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-2 Sample of Context-Sensitive Help (As Displayed on a Display Connection Window). . . . . . . . . 5-3

5-3 Listing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5-4 Listing Page (Displaying Multiple Entries). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

5-5 Listing Page (Displaying Search Results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5-6 Filter Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5-7 SPVC NSAP Address Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

5-8 AAL2 Trunk Page (Displaying Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

5-9 ADD AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

5-10 VIEW AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

5-11 Delete AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Confirmation Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

5-12 Copy Connection Configuration Window (ATM-to-ATM VPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

5-13 Interface Delete Confirmation Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

5-14 Save Connection Confirmation Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

5-15 Connection Restore Confirmation Window (During Interface Configuration). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-315-31

5-30

5-29

5-28

5-23

5-22

5-14

5-13

5-11

5-8

5-6

5-5

5-4

5-3

5-2

4-31

4-29

4-27

4-26

4-24

4-23

4-20

4-20

4-19

4-18

4-16

4-13

4-12

4-5

4-4

4-3

3-112

3-110

3-110

3-107

3-100

3-98

3-95

3-92

3-85

3-84

List of Figures

255-700-377 xvii


5-16 Restore Connection Confirmation Window (Using Connection Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

5-17 Delete Connection Restore Confirmation Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34

5-18 Sample Delete Connection Confirmation Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36

6-1 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2

6-2 Create ATM-to-ATM_VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

6-3 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM PVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

6-4 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

6-5 Odometer Delta Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15

6-6 Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

6-7 Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

6-8 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17

6-9 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20

6-10 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22

6-11 Create ATM-to-ATM_VPC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23

6-12 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30

6-13 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31

6-14 Odometer Delta Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33

6-15 Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34

6-16 Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35

6-17 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-36

6-18 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39


6-20 Create Bridge_to_ATM VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42

6-21 Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC (Primary Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49

6-22 Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC Statistics Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-50

6-23 Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC (Backup Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-53

6-24 Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-56


6-26 Create Bridge_to_Bridge Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-59

6-27 Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge PVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-60

6-28 Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge PVC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61

6-29 Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-63


6-31 Create Circuit Emulation_to_ATM VCC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-66

6-32 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-71

6-33 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-72

6-34 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-75

6-35 Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-78


6-37 Create Circuit Emulation_to_Circuit Emulation Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-81

6-38 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-Circuit_Emulation (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-85.6-85

.6-81

.6-80

.6-78

.6-75

.6-72

.6-71

.6-66

.6-65

.6-63

.6-61

.6-60

.6-59

.6-58

.6-56

.6-53

.6-50

.6-49

.6-42

.6-41

.6-39

.6-36

.6-35

.6-34

.6-33

.6-31

.6-30

.6-23

.6-22

.6-20

.6-17

.6-16

.6-16

.6-15

.6-12

.6-11

.6-3

.6-2

.5-36

.5-34

.5-33

List of Figures

xviii 255-700-377


6-39 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-Circuit_Emulation Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

6-40 Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . 6-88

6-41 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90

6-42 Create Frame_Relay_to_ATM_VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

6-43 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97

6-44 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

6-45 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101

6-46 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

6-47 Listing Page with GR-303 AAL2 Entry Selected (Displaying Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107

6-48 Display Connection:GR303_AAL2_PVC_VCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108

6-49 Site Specific Page (Displaying Site-Specific Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115

6-50 In-Band Mgmt Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116

6-51 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-117

6-52 In-Band_Management_IP_PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118

6-53 Display Connection: In-Band_Management_IP_PVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123

6-54 Display Connection: In-Band Management IP PVC (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124


6-56 Create VBR_to_ATM VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128

6-57 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-135

6-58 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136

6-59 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Backup Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139

6-60 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM (Utilization Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142


6-62 Create VBR-to-VBR Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145

6-63 Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR PVC (Primary Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148

6-64 Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR PVC (Statistics Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149

6-65 Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151

7-1 Example of SPVC Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-2 Sample Interface Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-3 Select NSAP Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

7-4 SPVC NSAP Address Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

7-5 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7-6 Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

7-7 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM_SPVC (Primary Page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

7-8 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

7-9 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

7-10 Create Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

7-11 Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVP Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

7-12 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM_SPVP (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27

7-13 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SPVP (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

7-14 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVP (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-317-31

7-28

7-27

7-21

7-20

7-18

7-15

7-14

7-8

7-7

.7-5

7-4

7-2

7-1

6-151

6-149

6-148

6-145

6-144

6-142

6-139

6-136

6-135

6-128

6-127

6-124

6-123

6-118

6-117

.6-116

6-115

6-108

6-107

6-104

6-101

6-98

6-97

6-91

6-90

6-88

6-86

List of Figures

255-700-377 xix



7-16 Create Circuit Emulation_to_ATM SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34

7-17 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41

7-18 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42

7-19 Display Connection: Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-45


7-21 Create CE-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48

7-22 Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Window (Primary Page) . . 7-53


7-24 Create Frame Relay-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-55

7-25 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-60

7-26 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-62

7-27 Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-65


7-29 Create VBR_to_ATM SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-68

7-30 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-75

7-31 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-76

7-32 Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-79


7-34 Create VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-82

7-35 Display Connection:VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Window (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-86

7-36 DSP Interface Connection Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-87

8-1 Listing Page (ATM-to-ATM SVC Connections Selected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2

8-2 Listing Page (Menu Displayed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

8-3 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SVC (Primary Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

8-4 Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SVC (Statistics Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

8-5 Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

8-6 In-Band SVC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13

8-7 In-Band Management Page (SVC Disabled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

8-8 In-Band Management Page (SVC Enabled). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

8-9 In-Band Management Route Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

8-10 In-Band Management Route Table Window (Displaying Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

8-11 ADD In-Band Management Entry Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

8-12 VIEW In-Band Management Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

8-13 UPDATE In-Band Management Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

8-14 IISP Routing Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

8-15 IISP CBR Routing Table (Displaying Menu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

8-16 IISP VBR Routing Table (Displaying Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

8-17 ATM UNI 3.1 Interface Configuration Page (Displaying ATM Signaling as Enabled). . . . . . . . .8-26

8-18 VBR IISP Routing Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27.8-27

.8-26

.8-24

.8-24

.8-23

.8-21

.8-21

.8-20

.8-19

.8-19

.8-16

.8-15

.8-13

.8-11

.8-9

.8-3

.8-3

.8-2

.7-87

.7-86

.7-82

.7-81

.7-79

.7-76

.7-75

.7-68

.7-67

.7-65

.7-62

.7-60

.7-55

.7-54

.7-48

.7-47

.7-45

.7-42

.7-41

.7-34

.7-33

7-53

List of Figures

xx 255-700-377


8-19 CBR IISP Routing Entry Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

8-20 IISP VBR Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Right-Click Menu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-21 IISP CBR Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Right-Click Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-22 Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Delete Button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-318-31

8-30

8-30

8-27

List of Figures

255-700-377 xxi


List of Figures

xxii 255-700-377


List of Figures

255-700-377 xxiii


List of Figures

xxiv 255-700-377


List of Figures

255-700-377 xxv


List of Figures

xxvi 255-700-377


List of Figures

255-700-377 xxvii


255-700-377 xxviii


List of Tables

1-1 Text Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

2-1 Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-2 Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2-3 ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

2-4 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

2-5 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

2-6 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . 2-30

2-7 ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

2-8 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

2-9 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

2-10 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VPC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . 2-45

2-11 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

2-12 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . 2-58

2-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

2-14 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . 2-61

2-15 Deleting a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

2-16 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67

2-17 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . 2-69

2-18 Field Descriptions for the CE to ATM VCC PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72

2-19 Connection Capacity of DSP2x Algorithm Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

2-20 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . 2-75

2-21 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters Window. 2-80

2-22 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . 2-84

2-23 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Window . . . . . . . . . 2-87

2-24 Field Descriptions for the CE to CE PVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90


2-26 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Window 2-93

2-27 Field Descriptions for Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Statistics Window 2-97

2-28 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99

2-29 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . 2-101

2-30 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters Window . . . . 2-105

2-31 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window . . . . . 2-108

2-32 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . 2-1122-112

2-108

2-105

2-101

2-99

2-93

2-90

2-90

2-87

2-84

2-75

2-73

2-72

2-69

2-67

2-63

2-61

2-58

2-58

2-51

2-45

2-42

2-35

2-33

2-30

2-27

2-20

2-18

2-9

2-7

1-4

2-97

2-80

List of Tables

255-700-377 xxix


2-33 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters Window . . 2-115

2-34 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Statistics Window 2-117

2-35 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121

2-36 Field Descriptions for the In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window . . . . . . . 2-122

2-37 Field Descriptions for the INBAND-ATM Backup PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127

2-38 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131

2-39 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Statistics Window. . . . . . . . 2-138

2-40 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141

2-41 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144

2-42 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147

3-1 Field Descriptions for the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window . . . . . . . 3-5

3-2 Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3-3 Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3-4 Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration Window . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

3-5 Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

3-6 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

3-7 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

3-8 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

3-9 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

3-10 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

3-11 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

3-12 Field Descriptions for the CE to ATM VCC SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62


3-14 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . 3-65

3-15 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC DSP2 Parameters Window. . . . . 3-71

3-16 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . 3-74

3-17 Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77

3-18 Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . 3-79

3-19 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87

3-20 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Traffic Parameters Window . . . . 3-93

3-21 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Window. . 3-96

3-22 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99

3-23 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101

3-24 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108

3-25 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111

3-26 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . 3-113

4-1 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-2 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC /VPC SVC/SVP Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . 4-14

4-3 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Configuration Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

4-4 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

4-5 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Route Configuration Window. . . . . . . . 4-254-25

4-23

4-21

4-14

4-6

3-113

3-111

3-108

3-101

3-99

3-96

3-93

3-87

3-79

3-77

3-74

3-71

3-65

3-63

3-62

3-58

3-52

3-50

3-45

3-37

3-36

3-25

3-18

3-13

3-10

3-5

2-147

2-144

2-141

2-138

2-131

2-127

2-122

2-121

2-117

2-115

List of Tables

xxx 255-700-377


4-6 4-27

5-1 Descriptions of the Connection Provisioning Right-Click Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-2 Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

5-3 Correct Syntax For Copying Connection Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

5-4 Selecting Yes or No on the Delete Interface Confirmation Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

5-5 Selecting Yes or No on the Save Connection Confirmation Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

5-6 Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices (First Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

5-7 Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices (Second Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

5-8 Delete Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

6-1 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

6-2 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

6-3 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page. . . . . . . . . 6-18

6-4 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

6-5 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

6-6 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM_VPC Backup Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

6-7 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM_PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

6-8 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51

6-9 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page . . . . . . . 6-54

6-10 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59

6-11 Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Page. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

6-12 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window . . . . . 6-67

6-13 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC StatisticsPage . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73

6-14 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup Page 6-76

6-15 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Window 6-82

6-16 Field Descriptions for Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection StatisticsPage 6-87

6-17 Field Descriptions for the Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC PVC Connection Page . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92

6-18 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page. . . . . . . . . 6-99

6-19 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Frame Relay_to_ATM_VCC Backup Page . 6-102

6-20 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: GR303_AAL2_VCC_PVC Window . . . . . . 6-109

6-21 Valid Encoding/Compression Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114

6-22 Valid Encoding/Compression Settings (Cellpipe IAD V3.0.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114

6-23 Field Descriptions for the In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window. . . . . . . 6-119

6-24 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: In-Band_Management_IP_PVC Backup Page 6-125

6-25 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM _VCC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129

6-26 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC/SPVC Connection Statistics Page . . . . . 6-137

6-27 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page . . . . . . . . 6-140

6-28 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145

6-29 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection StatisticsPage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-150

7-1 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

7-2 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167-16

7-9

6-150

6-145

6-140

6-137

6-129

6-125

6-119

6-114

6-114

6-109

6-102

6-99

6-92

6-87

6-82

6-76

6-73

6-67

6-62

6-59

6-54

6-51

6-43

6-37

6-32

6-24

6-18

6-13

6-4

5-34

5-33

5-32

5-30

5-29

5-28

5-15

5-2

4-27

List of Tables

255-700-377 xxxi


7-3 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

7-4 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

7-5 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . 7-35

7-6 Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window . . . . . . . 7-43

7-7 Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

7-8 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

7-9 Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Page . . . . 7-63

7-10 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69

7-11 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

7-12 Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window. . . . . . . . . . . 7-83

8-1 Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_SVC Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-2 Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC /VPC SVC/SVP Statistics Window . . . . . . . . . 8-10

8-3 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Configuration Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

8-4 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Route Configuration Window. . . . . . . . 8-20

8-5 Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management Statistics Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

8-6 Menu Options for the IISP Routing Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-7 Field Descriptions for the IISP VBR and IISP CBR Routing Entry Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

A-1 Connection Cause Codes for SPVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

A-2 DSP Tone Detection Modes and Associated Processing Performed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

A-3 Channel Reduction Availability Caused by Fax Relay Connections vs. Voice Processing Connections on a DSP2C Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

A-4 Industry Compliance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9

A-5 Connection Type by Interface Type Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26

A-6 Interface Types by I/O Module Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28

A-7 Standard (Multiplexed) AAL2 Bandwidth Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33

A-8 Non-Multiplexed AAL2 Transmission Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33

A-9 PSAX System-Supported Quality of Service Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34

A-10 Class of Service Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34

A-11 Cell Loss and Cell Delay Characteristics of ATM Service Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35

A-12 Mapping ATM Service Classes to PSAX System Priority Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35

A-13 Traffic Shaping, UPC Support, and VI SupportConfiguration Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-36A-36

A-35

A-35

A-34

A-34

A-33

A-33

A-28

A-26

A-9

A-8

A-7

A-3

8-28

8-25

8-22

8-20

8-17

8-10

8-4

7-83

7-77

7-69

7-63

7-56

7-49

7-43

7-35

7-29

7-22

List of Tables

xxxii 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xxxiii


List of Tables

xxxiv 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xxxv


List of Tables

xxxvi 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xxxvii


List of Tables

xxxviii 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xxxix


List of Tables

xl 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xli


List of Tables

xlii 255-700-377


List of Tables

255-700-377 xliii


List of Tables

xliv 255-700-377



255-700-377 1-1

1 Getting Started

Purpose of This Guide

The PacketStar® PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide provides informa-tion and instructions for configuring connections in the PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway system. This guide provides procedures for provisioning the following types of connections:

• Permanent virtual circuits

• Soft permanent virtual circuits

• Switched virtual circuits

Audience for This Guide

The information in this guide is intended for users who will configure con-nections on the PSAX system I/O and server modules, whether using the console interface or the AQueView Element Management System (EMS).

What You Should Know

Before you use this document or operate a PacketStar PSAX device, you should already understand and have experience with the following:

• ATM Forum, Frame Relay Forum, and other telecommunications specifica-tions

• Ethernet network capabilities

• Internet Protocol capabilities

• Data network design

• Telephony network design

Related Reading

Lucent Technologies Information Products

Product Information Library To install, operate, and configure your PSAX system and I/O and server mod-

ules, read the PSAX publications provided on your Lucent Technologies Pack-etStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways Products, Product Information Library CD-ROM.

Printed Documents

Chapter 1 Getting StartedAbout Lucent Technologies

1-2 255-700-377


For your convenience, many of the documents included on the PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways Product Information Library CD-ROM are also available in printed form. You can order these documents through the Lucent Technologies Customer Information Center Web site at: www.lucentdocs.com.

Other Publications

Numerous books are currently available on the subject of basic telecommuni-cations technology and specific protocols. In addition to such general reading, you should also be familiar with the specifications identified in the appendix entitled “Reference Information” at the end of this guide.

About Lucent TechnologiesLucent Technologies is the communications systems and technology com-pany formed through the restructuring of AT&T. We bring with us a tradition of more than 125 years of experience and a dedication to superior customer service.

Lucent Technologies manufactures, sells, and services a complete line of cus-tomer premises communications units, and commercial and multimedia communications and messaging systems designed and supported by our research and development unit, Bell Laboratories.

Our legacy and our spirit of innovation allow Lucent to provide our custom-ers with the tools needed to communicate effectively, any time and any-where, and to integrate the latest technologies into real-life solutions that help make business work.

About the PacketStar PSAX Product FamilyLucent Technologies provides a complete range of PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways in the PacketStar PSAX family.

PSAX 1000 Multiservice Media Gateway

The PSAX 1000 Multiservice Media Gateway system, a member of the Lucent Technologies PacketStar PSAX product line, provides high-capacity, universal connectivity over an asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) wide area network (WAN).

The PSAX 1000 system provides high-density DS3/E3 access to the ATM net-work at hubs (wireless and wired); broadband access; channelized DS3/STS-1e at the toll, tandem, and access switch to the telephony network; fiber optic (OC-3c/STM-1) access for an ATM edge switch; CDMA soft hand-off; and connection to SONET/SDH ready ATM network elements (for exam-ple, large routers). The PSAX 1000 system focuses on providing a highly reli-able carrier-class, multiservice access switch that can be deployed at the ATM network edge to carry voice, data, and video. The PSAX 1000 system

255-700-377 1-3


Chapter 1 Getting StartedAbout the PacketStar PSAX Product Family

includes a high-capacity midplane architecture that allows for 1:1 DS3/E3/STS-1e protection and OC-3/STM-1 trunking. The system capacity for switched traffic is up to 1.2 Gbps in a fully redundant, mostly nonblock-ing design.

The 1:1 protection scheme is achieved through the midplane dual bus archi-tecture by allowing DS3/E3/STS-1e physical connections to be made on the rear of the chassis, with virtual connections processed in front-mounted modules. If a processing module fails, associated traffic is routed across the midplane to the protection module. The midplane design is achieved by extending the connector pins through the midplane to allow connectivity to both sides of the chassis. The 3-Port Line Interface modules can be plugged into the rear of the chassis in the slots behind the I/O modules to be pro-tected.


The PacketStar PSAX 1250 Multiservice Media Gateway provides high-capac-ity, universal connectivity over an ATM wide area network (WAN).

Ideal for central office or large enterprise customer multi-services access con-centration, the PSAX 1250 system provides highly reliable network access for TDM voice, frame relay, and ATM data applications. The PSAX 1250 I/O interfaces, which include 75 Bps to 30 Mbps serial, DS0A, T1/E1, DS3/E3/STS-1e, OC-3, OC-3c/STM-1, Ethernet, and 2-Wire Station/Office, are supported by a sophisticated package of features, such as PNNI (private network-node interface), ILMI (integrated local management interface), 1+1 APS (automatic protection switching), trunk alarming, and a SS7 signaling gateway interface. Echo cancellation and silence suppression features make the PSAX 1250 system to a true multi-service platform. Featuring a 1.2 Gbps ATM cell bus architecture (non-redundant), carrier-class reliability, and full redundancy at 600 Mbps, the PSAX 1250 system is a cost-effective access switch solution for connecting to legacy equipment.


The PacketStar PSAX 2300 Multiservice Media Gateway provides high-capac-ity, universal connectivity over an asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) wide area network (WAN).

The PSAX 2300 system is a carrier-grade, high-density ATM multiservice media gateway that provides network access for TDM voice, frame relay, and ATM data applications. The PSAX 2300 system I/O interfaces are supported by a sophisticated package of features, such as PNNI (private network-node interface), ILMI (integrated local management interface), 1+1 APS (auto-matic protection switching) and 1+1 MSP (multisection protection), trunk conditioning, a connection gateway API, and redundant common equipment modules. Echo cancellation and silence suppression features make the PSAX 2300 a true multiservice platform. Featuring a 3.9 Gbps ATM cell bus architecture, carrier-class reliability, provisions for OC-12c interfaces and N:1 DS3/E3/STS-1e module protection-switching, the PSAX 2300 system solves demanding and diverse network design challenges.

Chapter 1 Getting StartedText Conventions

1-4 255-700-377



The PacketStar PSAX 4500 Multiservice Media Gateway is a carrier-grade, high-density asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) wide area network (WAN) access concentrator providing network access for TDM voice, frame relay, and ATM data applications. The PSAX 4500 system I/O interfaces are sup-ported by a sophisticated package of features, such as private network-node interface (PNNI), integrated local management interface (ILMI), 1+1 auto-matic protection switching (APS) and 1+1 multiplex section protection (MSP), trunk conditioning, a connection gateway API, and redundant com-mon equipment modules. The chassis has the capacity of 120,000 CES DS0s (4 chassis) in a 7-foot rack. Echo cancellation and silence suppression fea-tures make the PSAX 4500 a true multiservice platform. Featuring a 9.6 Gbps ATM cell bus architecture, carrier-class reliability, provisions for OC-12c interfaces, and N:1 DS3/E3/STS-1e module protection-switching, the PSAX 4500 system solves demanding and diverse network design challenges.

Text Conventions

This guide uses a different typeface to denote text displayed on console inter-face windows and equipment, as well as data you enter. Table 1-1 shows how each typographical convention is used.

Table 1-1. Text Conventions

Appearance How it is used

SANS SERIF BOLD, ALL CAPS Labels on module panels, chassis faceplates, or other hardware

Fixed-width normal Message text displayed on the user interface window

Serif bold • Button name (GUI interface) or command name (console interface) on the user interface window

• Literal text for values that the user types or selects from predefined sets of values for fields

• Commands or literal argument values

Fixed-width bold System prompts displayed on the user interface window

Serif italics • A variable name or string for which you will substi-tute your own information

• An argument or parameter on a command line for which you will substitute your own information

255-700-377 1-5


Chapter 1 Getting StartedTechnical Support

Technical Support

If you experience a problem with your PSAX Multiservice Media Gatteway system, refer to the Lucent Technologies InterNetworking Systems Global Warranty, which accompanied your shipment, for instructions on obtaining support in your area.

Before You Begin

Before you start configuring the connections for your PSAX system, be sure you have your master network configuration plan available. You will need to consult this plan to determine all you connection configurations.

Comments on This Guide

To comment on the PacketStar® PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide, please complete the comment card that accompanied your shipment and mail it to the following address:

Senior Manager, Information Design and Development TeamLucent TechnologiesPacketStar PSAX Products8301 Professional PlaceLandover, MD 20785USA

You can also fax the comment card to us at: 301-809-4540.

Chapter 1 Getting StartedComments on This Guide

1-6 255-700-377


Part A: Connections Using the ConsoleInterface


255-700-377 2-1

2 Provisioning PVC Connections Usingthe Console Interface

Overview of This Chapter

This chapter describes how to set up permanent virtual circuit (PVC), switched virtual circuit (SVC), and soft permanent virtual circuit (SPVC) con-nections in the PSAX system for service provisioning and how to view statis-tics data for billing and performance monitoring. Before you provision con-nections for this module, you must have first completed the following tasks, which are detailed in the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Module Guide:

• Setting the configuration values for one or more ports

• Setting the configuration values for the types of interfaces you want to use on this module

This chapter contains instructions for configuring the following types of con-nections, with the exception of the PVC and the SVC supporting the GR-303 Interface.

Note: For instructions on configuring a GR-303 interface group on an I/O module, see the application note entitled PacketStar® PSAX Config-uring the GR-303 Voice Gateway User Guide, Issue 3

Connection Types Supported

The PSAX I/O modules support at least one the following connection types:

• PVC connections

• SVC connections

Note: SVC connections are not directly configurable on a PSAX system. Configure them through an interface with a call controller, such as the Lucent Softswitch–T3 (Toll/Tandem/ Transit), a 7R/E™, or a ConnectStar™ Interworking Call Router. Call controllers send call setup information to the PSAX System. See the section, “Enabling SVCs Connections.”

• SPVC connections

For a matrix of connection types by interface types, see the Connection Types by Interface Types table in the appendix, “Reference Information.”

Chapter 2 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceData Flow in PVC Connections

2-2 255-700-377


Data Flow in PVC Connections

PVCs consist of connections between ports on the various PSAX I/O modules. When setting up some types of connections, you can set up data traffic to flow in several ways, depending on the type of connection as follows:

• Duplex (Point-to-Point)

Data flows in two directions between the two connection points (inter-face side A and interface side B).

• Simplex

Data flows in only one direction, from side A to side B, or from side B to side A.

• Point-to-Multipoint

Data flows in only one direction, from one point on side A to several points on side B, or from one point on side B to several points on side A.

Connection Types by Interface Type For a matrix of connection types by interface types, see the Connection Types

by Interface Types table in the appendix, “Reference Information.”

Before you can provision connections, you must select an interface type value other than Unconfigured in the Interface Type field on the Enhanced DS1 Port and Channel Configuration window.

Connections With I/O Modules for Compressed Voice Begin

Using Compressed Voice with I/O Module Connections

Connections from the DSP2x Voice Server modules to the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station module are not directly supported. To use compressed voice with the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station and the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multi-service modules, perform the steps in the following procedure.

1 On the Console Interface Main Menu, select the Connection Configura-tion option and press Enter.

2 Provision a connection from the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station module to the Enhanced DS1 module.

3 Use a short loopback cable between two ports on the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multiservice module to a DSP2x Voice Server module.

4 For this connection, turn echo cancellation off on a DSP2x Voice Server module.

Note: When using the DSP2x Voice Server module with the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multiservice module, the analog levels at the T1/E1 access from the customer premises equipment (CPE) must be set to the value -10dBm.

End

255-700-377 2-3


Chapter 2 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceProvisioning PVC Connections

Provisioning PVC Connections

Begin

1 Log onto the PSAX system (see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiser-vice Media Gateway user guide for instructions).

The Console Interface Main Menu window (see Figure 2-1) is displayed.

2 Select the Connection Configuration command and press Enter.

The Connection Configuration Menu window (see Figure 2-2) is dis-played.

Figure 2-1. Console Interface Main Menu Window (Connection Configuration Selected)


2-4 255-700-377


3 Follow the procedures in the appropriate sections of this chapter for the types of connections you want to configure.

End

Configuring an AAL2 Trunking Connection

An AAL2 trunk can be created on any module which supports an ATM inter-face. Each AAL2 channel can have media processing attributes which are performed by the DSP hardware.

1. To set up a AAL1 or non-multiplexed AAL2 data connection, the user needs to configure a circuit emulation service (CES) interface. For instructions, see the Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

procedure in the PacketStar® PSAX Connections Provisioning Guide for Packet-

Star® PSAX Central Office Multiservice Media Gateways.

2. To set up a standard AAL2 data connection, the user configures a CES interface (see Step 1 above), and an AAL2 trunk by completing “Steps to Configure the AAL2 Trunk Connection” below in this Guide. Loop emu-lation services must use standard AAL2 data connections.

3. For details on adding and modifying DSP parameters (voice compression, silence detection, echo cancellation, tone detection, and coding transla-tion), see the Field Descriptions in the procedure entitled Adding Circuit

Figure 2-2. Connection Configuration Menu Window (ATM-to-ATM VCC Option Selected)

255-700-377 2-5



Emulation to an ATM PVC Connection procedure in the PacketStar® PSAX

Connections Provisioning Guide for PacketStar® PSAX Central Office Multiservice Media Gateways.

Note: On GR-303 applications, you cannot split an AAL2 trunk across DSP2C or DSP2D modules. All PVCs on any given trunk must be routed through the same module. (A DSP2C module can support up to 64 trunks; a DSP2D module can support up to 336 trunk groups using AlsoSet 1 and 384 trunk groups using AlgoSet 6).

Note: Leave the OAM Status field value on the AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration window on the setting Unsupp; the OAM feature is not available on AAL2 trunks to IADs for V.5 and GR-303 applica-tions.

Begin

Steps to Configure an AAL2 Trunk Connection

1 From the Console Interface Main Menu, select the Connection Configu-ration Menu option (see Figure 2-3).

2 Under PVC Configuration, select the AAL2 Trunk Connection option (or press Ctrl+W).

The AAL2 Trunk Table window is displayed (see Figure 2-4).

Figure 2-3. Connection Configuration Menu


2-6 255-700-377


Commands The commands on this table have the following functions:

Field Descriptions Descriptions of the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 2-1.

Figure 2-4. AAL2 Trunk Table

Command Function

Page Up Scroll up one page.

Page Down Scroll down one page.

Top Displays entries at the top of the table.

Bottom Displays entries at the bottom of the table.

Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Chnl, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it will display on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the AAL2 Trunk Connection Configura-tion window.

Go Back to Connec-tion Menu

Redisplays the Connection Configuration Menu window.

255-700-377 2-7



3 Select the Add a Connection command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A).

The AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 2-5Figure 2-6).

Table 2-1. Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Table Window

Field Names Field Values Description

Total:(display only)

Default: 0/0

Range: Module Dependent

Format: Numeric

The first number in this field indicates the identi-fication number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

Flow Default: DuplexRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

This field shows the direction of data traffic flow in this connection. Data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

(S)(display only)

See definition for the * character at right.

An asterisk in this field indicates an operational connection. No asterisk indicates an inactive con-nection.

Figure 2-5. AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration Window


2-8 255-700-377


Commands The commands on this window have the following functions:

Field Descriptions 4 Enter values in the fields on this window according to the information provided in Table 2-2.

Figure 2-6. AAL2 Trunk Connection Configuration Window

Command Function

Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the table.

Add This Connection Adds a connection having the values cur-rently displayed on the window.

Delete Connection Deletes the connection having the values currently displayed on the window.

Go Back to Connection Table

Redisplays the AAL2 Trunk Table window.

255-700-377 2-9



Table 2-2. Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Connection Window

Field Name Field Values Description

AAL2 Interface (Left Panel)

Slot Default: 0Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot number for the module for which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the port number on the module indicated in the Slot field to which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: 1

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel number associated with the port indicated on the Port field to which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255 (user-to-user interface, out-put side), 0–4095 (network-to-net-work interface, out-put side)

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual path identifier value for the ATM output side of the connection. User-to-user and net-work-to-network interface types are configured on the ATM UNI or PNNI Configuration windows.

Note: If using FaxRelayMode on the DSP2C or DSP2D Voice Server Module, the send and receive sides must use the same value.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535, 5–32 (signaling dis-abled)

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual channel identifier value for the ATM output side of the connection. If using FaxRelayMode on the DSP2C Voice Server Module, the send and receive sides must use the same value.

VI Default: 0Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual interface value, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions for the ATM output side. VI support must be enabled on the appropriate Interface Configuration window. Currently available only on OC-3c 1+1 APS and STM-1 1+1 MSP modules. When the virtual interface is disabled, the default value is 0.

Traffic Parameters In (Left Panel)

Peak Rate Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the Peak Rate into the ATM side of the con-nection. Enter a peak rate value to set the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second), defin-ing the shortest time period allowed between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Note: Ensure that the peak cell rate for the connection is correct. The CAC function uses this value to deter-mine whether or not a call can be completed to the sub-scriber line.


2-10 255-700-377


SCR/PCR(0) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the sustained cell rate into the ATM side of the connection. Enter a SCR with CLP (cell loss priority) =0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate (PCR) with CLP=0 cells. For VBR traffic, the value you set is the SCR, or the average cell transmission rate (cells per sec-ond), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. For CBR traffic, the value you set is the PCR, or the maximum allowed transmission rate (cells per second), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are allotting for each interface on the module.

Max Burst Size Default: 1 Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the maximum burst size into the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value for the maximum num-ber of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This setting allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the mod-ule.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.



255-700-377 2-11



Conformance Type Default: Best-effort

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, deter-mines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traf-fic exceeds traffic parameter thresholds.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best-effort” fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algo-rithm.

1B-NT-0+1 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).

2B-NT-0+1-0+1 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.

2B-NT-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

2B-T-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells. The system then attempts to send all cells in a “best-effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

Connection Features (Left Panel)

[FailCause B](display only)

Default: Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the AAL2 connection status reason code.




2-12 255-700-377


Oam Status Default: Unsupp

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of OAM to be used for the connec-tion.

GR-303 Applications: OAM is not required. Any failure on the ATM side will be detected by the DSP2x module through CAS monitoring.

Unsupp OAM is not in use.

GR-303/V.5 Applications: Do not select a value other than Unsupp if you are configuring AAL2 trunks to an IAD; the feature is not available on AAL2 trunks to IADs.

End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and will process AIS/RDI cells.

OAM loopback test is supported for end-to-end con-nections only.

Note: You must use Release 7.1.0 or later for the value End-Pt to work for GR-303 connections.

End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a seg-ment point.

Note: You must use Release 7.1.0 or later for the value End-Seg-Pt to work for GR-303 connections.

Service Type Default: Cbr-1

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Cbr-1, Cbr-2, Cbr-3,Cbr-4, Ubr,Vbr-nrt2, Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2, Vbr-rt1, Vbr-express

Specifies a PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. For a description for the QOS classes, see the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the reference appendix of any PacketStar PSAX Multi-service Media Gateway user guide.


Format: Predefined

Presents the direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection. Duplex data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

Duplex Data flows back and forth between connection termina-tions.

SimplexA2B Data flows in only one direction from side A to side B

SimplexB2A Data flows in only one direction from side B to side A.

PointToMultipointA2B

Point-to-multipoint data flows in only one direction, from one point on side A to several points on side B, or from one point on side B to several points on side A.



255-700-377 2-13



[Av. BW I/E](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: cps

Specifies the total ingress and egress bandwidth avail-able for the trunk on the ATM side. This value is based on line rate, or on what the user sets in the Peak Rate and Sustained Rate fields. Adding CE connections to the trunk decreases the amount of available bandwidth, as indicated in this field. Available Bandwidth Ingress is the bandwidth into the ATM side. Available Bandwidth Egress is the bandwidth out of the ATM side.

GR303 Supp Default: Disabled

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Disables or enables support for the GR-303 interface.

Disabled Disables the GR-303 interface.

Enabled Enables the GR-303 interface. This field must be enabled if you are using AAL2 trunking on a GR-303 interface.

[Conn Status](display only)

Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.

Inactive The connection is inactive and not passing traffic.

Active The connection is active and passing traffic.

Combined Use Timer

Default: 4

Range: 0–99

Format: Numeric

Specifies the amount of time the host processor will wait for a cell to fill. The combined use timer (CuTimer) is set to zero, so that every ATM cell transmitted con-tains only one AAL2 packet. The first octet of the AAL2 packet header follows immediately after the Start Field in the ATM cell payload. If the AAL2 packet payload is less than 44 octets, the remainder of the ATM cell pay-load following the end of the AAL2 packet is filled with zeros as padding. Each increment of CuTimer is 5 msec waiting time. The default value 4 indicates a wait of 20 msec (4 x 5 msec) before an ATM cell is sent out.

If using the DSP2E/F Voice/Data Server modules, set this value to 1 (5 msec.).

In a GR-303 configuration, set the value to 0 if using non-Lucent IADs.




2-14 255-700-377


Traffic Parameters Out (Right Panel)

Peak Rate Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the Peak Rate exiting the ATM side of the con-nection. Enter a peak rate value to set the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second), defin-ing the shortest time period allowed between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Note: Ensure that the peak cell rate for the connection is correct. The call admission control (CAC) function uses this value to determine whether or not a call can be completed to the subscriber line.

SCR/PCR(0) Default: 1 Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the sustained cell rate exiting the ATM side of the connection. Enter a sustained cell rate (SCR) with CLP (cell loss priority) =0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate (PCR) with CLP=0 cells. For VBR traffic, the value you set is the SCR, or the average cell trans-mission rate (cells per second), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. For CBR traffic, the value you set is the PCR, or the maximum allowed transmission rate (cells per second), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are allotting for each inter-face on the module.

Max Burst Size Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Indicates the maximum burst size exiting the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value for the maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This setting allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the mod-ule.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.



255-700-377 2-15



Connection Features, Right Panel

IWF Type Default: None

Range: As noted below

Format: Predefined

Specifies the Interworking function type on assigning AAL2 connections to compatible DSP chips on the DSP2C through DSP2F Voice Server modules.

None Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connections to DSP chips on the DSP2C Voice Server module that are configured as AlgoSet1 through AlgoSet3, and on the DSP2E/F as AlgoSet1 and AlgoSet6. This parame-ter allows the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group, such as is used in the European LES trunking standard V.5.2. This parameter supports applicable connection types of previous PSAX system software releases.

Packet-pipeNote: Packet-pipe cannot be used on the DSP2C Voice Server module.

Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connections to DSP chips on the DSP2E/F modules that are config-ured as AlgoSet7. This parameter will not allow the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group. This parameter supports applicable connection types for pure data (VBR-to-ATM) in wireless applications.




2-16 255-700-377


5 Select the Add this Connection command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A).

6 Select the Go Back to Connection Table command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+B).

End

Dsp ResourceSelection

Default: Automatic


Format: Predefined

Specifies whether the DSP resources are allocated.

The setting you select in this field must match the set-ting in the Selection Type column on the Dsp Resource Management Table (after the site-specific DSP Resource Configuration option), or your connections will not be made.

Automatic The DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a chassis-wide pool.

Manual The DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a particu-lar module designated in Dsp Slot Id field.

Dsp Slot Id Default: 0Range: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the slot number of the DSP2x Voice Server module from which the DSP Resource Manager selects DSPs. If you selected Manual in the Dsp Resource Selection field, you must specify the DSP2x Voice Server module slot number in the Dsp Slot Id field from which you want the DSP Resource Manager to select DSPs. If no DSP resource is available on the DSP2x module in the specified slot, the connection is rejected. If you selected Automatic in the Dsp Resource Selec-tion field, the Dsp Slot Id field displays which DSP2x module slot the trunk is using after it has been bound to a DSP2x module.

Num of DSP Chnl Default: 0Range: 0–384

Format: Numeric

Specifies the number of DS0s that can be reserved as DSP channels. If the IWF Type is Packet-pipe, the bandwidth configured by you for the trunk calculates how many DS0s fit into the trunk. For example, the DS0 line rate is approximately 171 cps. If you want 200 cps, the bw actually alloocated is 200/171, or 1.16 DS0s.

The CAC reserves the DS0 resource when the first con-nection is made on the trunk.

If the value is left at the default 0, the number of reserved DS0s is best-effort.



255-700-377 2-17



Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add an ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

Begin

Creating an ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7).

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30).

Note: The OAM feature is supported for this connection type and can be enabled on the Connection window. Statistical OAM information is provided on the related Connection Statistics window. Parame-ters for OAM operation can be configured from the Diagnostics Menu window. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for more details.

1 Select the ATM-to-ATM VCC option on the Connection Configuration Menu window and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 2-7).

Figure 2-7. ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window


2-18 255-700-377


The ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window provides a way to view, create, delete, and monitor connections and connection statistics. This table loads and displays all current ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC connections.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Field Descriptions The field descriptions for the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 2-7.

Command Function

Page Up Scrolls up one page.

Page Down Scrolls down one page.



Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, and VPI fields. If the connection exists, it displays on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.

Go Back to Con-nection Menu


Table 2-3. ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window Field Descriptions

Field Description

ATM Interface A Displays the information for all interface A sides of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, and VPI.

ATM Interface B Displays the information for all interface B sides of the connections.

Flow Displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections. An asterisk (*) indicates if the connection is inactive.

Total: 0/0 The first number in this field indicates the identification number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently dis-played window. The second number indi-cates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

255-700-377 2-19



2 Select the Add a Connection command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-8).


3 Enter values in the fields on this window according to the information provided in Table 2-4.

Figure 2-8. ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window

Command Function




View Connection Statistics Displays the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Sta-tistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Displays window to add or view a backup PVC.


Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Table window.


2-20 255-700-377


Table 2-4. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window


ATM Interfaces A and B

ATM Interface A Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: predefined alphanumeric

Indicates side A of the connection that sends and receives signals.

ATM Interface B Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates side B of the connection that sends and receives signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Indicates the slot number for the module for which you are creating a connection on both sides of the con-nection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Note: Indicates the port number of the module indi-cated in the Slot field for which you are creating a con-nection on either side of the connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type. For the 6-Port DS1 IMA module, enter port number 7 only.

Note: For the 6-Port E1 IMA module, enter port num-ber 7 only.

Note: For the 1-Port DS3 IMA module, enter port number 30 only.

Note: For the 12-Port MD DS1 IMA module, enter port number 13 only.

Note: For the 21-Port HD E1 IMA module, enter port number 22 only.

Channel Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Note: Indicates the channel number associated with the port indicated on the Port field for which you are creating a connection on either side of the connection. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.For the 6-Port DS1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.

Note: For the 6-Port E1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.

Note: For the 1-Port DS3 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–14.

Note: For the 12-Port MD DS1 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–6.

Note: For the 21-Port HD E1 IMA module, enter chan-nel number within the range of 1–10.

255-700-377 2-21



VPI Default: N/A

Range: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier. Enter a value for both sides of the connection.

VCI Default: N/ARange: 32–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier. Enter a value for both sides of the connection.

VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules. The VUNI associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connection.

Traffic Parameters A to B and B to A

Service Type Default: Ubr

Range: N/A


Indicates the PSAX system-supported QoS class. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a description of each service type.

Ubr Unspecified bit rate

Vbr-nrt2 Variable bit rate, non-real time queue 2


Vbr-rt2 Variable bit rate, real time queue 2


Vbr-express Variable bit rate, express

Cbr4 Constant bit rate, queue 4




Gfr2 rate, queue 2




2-22 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresh-olds.

Note: See the appendix in the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway User Guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, includ-ing representative examples.

Best-effort Allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

1B-NT-0+1 Uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).

2B-NT-0+1-0+1 Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.

2B-NT-0+1-0 Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

2B-T-0+1-0 Uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag Allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parame-ters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

SAR Type Default: AAL-5

Range: AAL-3/4, AAL-2, AAL-1, Null


Indicates the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type. The ATM adaptation layer segments the protocol data unit (PDU) into 48-octet payloads at the transmit end. The SAR extracts and reassembles the octets at the receive end. The SAR type on the receiving end should correspond to the SAR type of the incoming data stream.

Frwd Error Correct Default: None

Range: Eighth Rate Quarter Rate, Half Rate, Auto Hi Q, Auto, Auto Lo Q


Specifies the forward error correction method. Indi-cates the values Eighth Rate, Quarter Rate, and Half Rate, a Reed-Solomon encoding rate with a spe-cific error-correction capability. The values Auto Hi Q, Auto, and Auto Lo Q are dynamically changing rate options.



255-700-377 2-23



Peak Rate(0+1) (cps)

Default: 1

Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted in the Descrip-tion column)

Format: numeric (cells per second)

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

Note: If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled value on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below causes traffic-shaped connec-tions to default to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traffic.

• On the 1-Port OC-3c MM/SM and the 1-Port STM-1 MM/SM modules, the range is 18–999999999 cps.

• On the OC-12c/STM-4c SM/MM modules, the range is 87–999999999 cps.

• On the 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM module, the range is 7–999999999 cps.

Note: The peak cell rate cannot exceed the maximum cell rate for the interface.

If you need to calculate ingress PCRs for the OC-3c APS or the STM-1 MSP modules, see the PCR calcula-tion formula in the reference information appendix of the OC-3c 1+1 APS MM/SM Modules User Guide or the STM-1 1+1 MSP MM/SM Modules User Guide.

SCR/PCR (0) (cps) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: numeric


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.

If using traffic shaping on the OC-3c or STM-1 mod-ules, the modules will not pass data until these param-eters are set to a specified rate. Very large bursts of traf-fic may exceed the 8 MB memory typically available on the module, resulting in dropped cells. If very large bursts are typical for a specific network configuration, the module memory can be upgraded to 64 MB.




2-24 255-700-377


Max Burst Size (cells)

Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric (cells)

Indicates the maximum burst size, a traffic parameter which specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than antici-pated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Note: If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.

OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.

Traffic Shaping Default: DisabledRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

Indicates the method for controlling the outgoing flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on the fol-lowing modules:

• 1-Port OC-3c Multimode and Single-Mode with Traffic Shaping modules

• 1-Port STM-1 Multimode and Single-Mode with Traffic Shaping modules

• 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM module

• 1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c MM/SM 1+1 APS/MSP modules

See the Peak Rate field on this table for minimum cps ranges restrictions on these modules.

Disabled Disables traffic shaping in the outgoing direction.

Enabled Enables traffic shaping on the outgoing direction. When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the vari-able bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via these modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

ATM Interface A, Lower Left Panel

[FailCause A/B](display only)

Default: Null/Null

Range: A or B


Presents the AAL2 status reason failure cause code for both sides of the connection.



255-700-377 2-25



4 To add (apply) the connection configuration, select the Add This Con-nection command and press Enter.

Flow Default: Duplex



Indicates the direction of the data traffic flow in this connection.

Note: When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel are not displayed.

SimplexA2B Unidirectional flow between terminations.

Point-to-MultipointA2B

Flow from one termination to many terminations.

Oam Status A Oam Status B

Default: Unsupp

Range: N/A

Format: predefined

Indicates that OAM is not in use.

End-Pt Indicates the PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and will process AID/RDI cells on the A or B side.

Note: The OAM loopback test is supported for end-to-end connections only.

Seg-Pt Indicates the PSAX system is used as a single ATM link, or is part of a group of interconnected ATM links that process OAM maintenance cells only on the A or B side.

End-Seg-Pt Indicates the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point on the A or B side.

Intermediate-Pt Indicates the Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a network node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection. It only gener-ates AIS cells during a local failure on the A or B side.

Use this value to enable trunk conditioning. For more information, see the Trunk Conditioning Application Note for PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways.


Intra-Segment-Pt Indicates any connecting point inside a segment flow on the A or B side.

[Backup PVC](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: No or Yes

Format: N/A

Displays a backup PVC, if one has been configured.


Default: InactiveActiveFormat: predefined

Displays the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.




2-26 255-700-377


5 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Table command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+B).

The ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is returned (see Figure 2-7 on page 2-17), displaying the values you just applied.

6 To add more connections of this type, repeat steps 2 through 5 for more connections, as needed.

7 To permanently save these connections, press Ctrl+G to return to the Console Interface Main Menu window.

8 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values in the Mul-tiservice Media Gateway system database.

End

Viewing ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics

On the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the View Con-nection Statistics command.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 2-9).


Figure 2-9. ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

Command Function

Reset Odometers Returns all statistics odometers to zero.

Continuous Update Updates the values in the fields every second.

255-700-377 2-27



Field Descriptions The fields on this window have the following functions:

Display Stats for Next Con-nection

Displays the statistics for the next selected connection.

Go Back to Connection Dis-play –>

Redisplays the connection window.

Command Function

Table 2-5. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Windows


AIS Rx/Tx(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received and transmitted..

RDI Rx/Tx(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric(exponent notation)

Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received and transmitted.

cell Drop/Tag(display only)

Default: 0Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells dropped and tagged on incoming side of interface A or B.

Cells Received(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 64 bits


Displays the number of valid cells received since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.

Cells Transmitted(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 64 bits


Displays the number of valid cells transmitted since the virtual circuit or virtual path was estab-lished.

FEC Rate Used(display only)

Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: predefined

Displays the forward error correction (FEC) rate being used by the FEC module in the A2B direc-tion (for ATM Interface A panel), or B2A direc-tion (for ATM Interface B panel). This field is dymanic when auto rates are selected. In other cases it will display the rate set by the user.

Note: This field is displayed only on the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window only.

Received Odometer(display only)



Displays the number of valid cells received since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the Cells Received field tracks usage for the life of the circuit.


2-28 255-700-377


Adding/Viewing a Backup PVC Connection

Begin

Procedure for Adding/Viewing a Backup PVC Connection

1 From the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-10).

Transmitted Odom-eter(display only)



Displays the number of valid cells transmitted since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the Cells Transmitted field tracks usage for the life of the circuit.

Time Elapsed(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric(hour, minute, sec-ond)

Displays the time elapsed since last reset.

Time Since Reset(display only)

Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Reset Statistics command was used. The Reset Statistics command on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corre-sponding clock. . Other counters are incre-mented for the duration of the connection.



255-700-377 2-29




2 The fields on this window are described in Table 2-6:

Figure 2-10. ATM-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds the connection entered on the backup ATM interface right panel.

Delete Connection Deletes the backup connection.

Go Back to Primary PVC Connection

Returns to the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.


2-30 255-700-377


Table 2-6. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VCC PVC Connection Window


ATM Interface Panel (display only)

[Slot](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: Equipment dependent

Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection slot in use.

[Port](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: Determined by the number of ports available on the module selected in the Slot field

Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection port on module in slot in use.

[Channel](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: Determined by the number of channels available on the port selected in the Port field

Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection channel on port on module on slot in use.

[VPI](display only)

Default: N/ARange: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Displays the connection virtual path identifier assigned to the interface.

[VCI](display only)

Default: 32

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Displays the primary connection virtual channel identifier assigned to the interface.

Backup ATM Interface Panel

Slot Default: N/A

Range: Listed as avail-able from the PSAX device

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot containing the module for which you are creating a connection.

Port Default: N/ARange: Determined by the number of ports available on the module selected in the Slot field

Format: Numeric

Indicates the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection.

255-700-377 2-31



Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connections

Creating a ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VPC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

Channel Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection.

VPI Default: N/ARange: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection.virtual path identifier assigned to this interface.

VCI Default: 32Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection virtual channel identifier assigned to the interface

VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules.

[Current Active PVC](display only)

Default: NoneRange: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays an inactive connection.

Primary Displays the active primary connection carrying user traffic.

Backup Displays the active backup connection carrying user traffic.

[Switch Back to Pri-mary Automati-cally](display only)

Default: Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays CPU monitors primary connection. If primary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.

No This option is not currently supported.

Once active, the backup connection will not switch back to primary connection automatically if primary becomes available.

Table 2-6. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VCC PVC Connection Window



2-32 255-700-377


Begin

Steps to Create an ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7).

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30).


1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select ATM-to-ATM VPC and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-11) is displayed.

The ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table window provides a way to view, create, delete, and monitor connections and connection statistics. This table loads and displays all current ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC connections.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window is displayed all the connections of this type in the system.

Figure 2-11. ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table Window

255-700-377 2-33




Field Descriptions The display-only fields on this window provide the following information about all the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC connections in the PSAX system:


The ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-12) is dis-played.

Command Function





Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Chnl, and VPI fields. If the connec-tion exists, it will display on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Con-nection window.

Go Back to Connection Menu


Table 2-7. ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window Field Descriptions

Field Description

ATM Interface A Displays the information for all interface A sides of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, and VPI.

ATM Interface B Displays the information for all interface B sides of the connections.

Flow Displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections. An asterisk (*) indicates if the connection is inactive.

Total: 0/0 The first number in this field indicates the identification number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently dis-played window. The second number indi-cates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.


2-34 255-700-377




Figure 2-12. ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Window

Command Function




View Connection Statistics Displays the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Sta-tistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Displays window to add or view a backup PVC.


Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 2-35



Table 2-8. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Window


ATM Interface A Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: Predefined

One side of the connection that will send and receive signals.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The other side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Enter the slot number for the module for which you are creating a connection on both sides of the connec-tion. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the port number of the module indicated in the Slot field for which you are creating a connection on either side of the connection. The range of port num-bers varies with the module type.

Note: For the DS1 IMA module, enter port number 7 only.For the E1 IMA module, enter port number 7 only.For the DS3 IMA module, enter port number 30 only.For the MD DS1 IMA module, enter port number 13 only.For the HD E1 IMA module, enter port num-ber 22 only.

Channel Default: 1Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the channel number associated with the port indicated on the Port field for which you are creating a connection on either side of the connection. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

Note: For the DS1 IMA module, enter channel num-ber 1, 2 or 3.For the E1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.For the DS3 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–14.For the MD DS1 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–6.For the HD E1 IMA module, enter chan-nel number within the range of 1–10.

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–255 (AtmUNI); 0-4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Virtual path identifier. Enter a value for both sides of the connection.

VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0.

VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connection.



2-36 255-700-377




Format: Predefined

PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the Reference Appendix in this guide for more information.













255-700-377 2-37



Cnfrm Type Default: Best-effort


Format: Predefined

The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traf-fic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-prior-ity cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

See the Reference Appendix in this guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including repre-sentative examples.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algo-rithm.



2B-NT-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.


Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, with-out specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

SAR Type Default: NullRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

Aal5Aal3-4Aal2Aal1

The segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type must correspond to the SAR type of the incoming data stream.




2-38 255-700-377


Peak Rate(0+1) Default: 1

Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted at right, see Description column)

Range:



Note: If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Rate field.If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled setting on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below will cause traf-fic-shaped connections to default back to the mini-mum cps value when the connection passes traffic.

• On the 1-Port OC-3c MM/SM and the 1-Port STM-1 MM/SM, the cps range is 18–999999999.

• On the OC-12c/STM-4c SM/MM, the cps range is 87–999999999.

• On the 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM, the cps range is 7–999999999.


SCR/PCR(0) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Rate field.If using traffic shaping on the OC-3c or STM-1 modules, the modules will not pass data until these parameters are set to a specified rate. Very large bursts of traffic may exceed the 8 MB memory typically available on the module, resulting in dropped cells. If very large bursts are typical for a specific network configuration, the module memory can be upgraded to 64 MB.



255-700-377 2-39




Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than antici-pated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for maximum burst size to 0.


Traffic Shaping Default: Disabled

Range: As noted below.

Format: Predefined alphanumeric

Indicates the method for controlling the flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on the following modules:



• 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM



Disabled Traffic Shaping is disabled.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system via these modules complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

Connection Features, Lower Left Panel


Default: NoneRange: True/False

Format: Predefined

Displays a transmission failure cause on the A or B side of the connection.



Format: Predefined

SimplexA2BPoint-to-point-Multi-point A2B

Direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection.

When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel do not display.




2-40 255-700-377




Oam Status AOam Status B

Default: Unsupp


Format: Predefined

Indicates on what portion of the transmission path the operations and maintenance status AIS and RDI cells will be processed.


End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM, and will process AIS/RDI cells on the A or B side.

The OAM loopback test is supported for end-to-end connections only.

Seg-Pt The PSAX system is used as a single ATM link, or is part of a group of inter-connected ATM links that pro-cess OAM maintenance cells only on the A or B side.

End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a seg-ment point on the A or B side.

Intermediate-Pt The PSAX system is used as a network node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection. It only generates AIS cells during a local failure on the A or B side.

Use this value to enable trunk conditioning. For more information, see the Trunk Conditioning Application Note for PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways (Docu-ment No. 255-700-072).


Intra-Segment-Pt OAM will be performed on any connecting point inside a segment flow on the A or B side.


Default: No

Range: Yes/No

Format: Predefined

Specified whether a backup PVC is displayed, if one has been configured.

No A backup PVC will not be displayed.

Yes A backup PVC will be displayed.

[Conn Status] (display only)

Default: InactiveRange: Inac-tive/Active

Format: Predefined

This field displays the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.

Inactive The connection is not passing traffic.

Active The connection is passing traffic.



255-700-377 2-41



The ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Table window is returned (see Figure 2-11), displaying the values you just applied.

6 To add more connections of this type, repeat steps 2 through 5 for more connections as needed.


8 Select Save Configuration and press Enter to store the values in the PSAX system database.

End

Viewing ATM-to-ATM VPC Statistics

Begin

Steps to View ATM-to-ATM VPC Statistics

1 From the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection window, select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Statistics window is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-13.


Figure 2-13. ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Statistics Window


2-42 255-700-377


Field Descriptions The field descriptions for the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 2-5:

Command Function

Reset Odometers Returns all statistics odometers to the value 0.

Continuous Update Updates the values in the fields every sec-ond.



Go Back to Connection Dis-play

Redisplays the Connection Configuration window.




Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received and transmitted..




Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received and transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells dropped and tagged on incoming side of interface A or B.


Default: 0

Range: 64 bits








Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: predefined



255-700-377 2-43



Adding/Viewing a Backup ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection Begin

Steps for Adding/Viewing a Backup ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection

1 From the ATM-to-ATM VPC Connection window, select the Add/View Backup PVC command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VPC Backup Connection window is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-14.






Default: 0

Range: 64 bits




Default: 0

Range: N/A




Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Reset Statistics command was used. The Reset Statistics command on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corre-sponding clock. . Other counters are incre-mented for the duration of the connection.




2-44 255-700-377



Field Descriptions The fields on this window have the following values:

Figure 2-14. ATM-to-ATM VPC Backup PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds the connection entered on backup ATM interface right panel.

Delete Connection Deletes the selected connection.


Returns to the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.

255-700-377 2-45



Table 2-10. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VPC PVC Connection Window


ATM Interface Panel

[Slot](display only)

Default: Equipment Dependent

Range: Varies depending on equipment

Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection slot in use.

[Port](display only)



Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection port on module in slot in use.

[Channel](display only)


Range: Determined by the number of channels avail-able on the port selected in the Port field

Format: Numeric

Displays the current primary connection channel on port on module on slot in use.

[VPI](display only)

Default: Default: 0Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Displays the primary connection virtual path identi-fier assigned to the interface

Backup ATM Interface Panel

Slot Default: Equipment Dependent

Range: Listed as available from the PSAX device

Format: Numeric


Port Default: Equipment Dependent


Format: Numeric


Channel Default: Equipment DependentRange: Determined by the number of channels avail-able on the port selected in the Port field

Format: Numeric



2-46 255-700-377


Adding Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

The bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC connection supports all non-CBR service types. To perform the following procedures, you must first access the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window as a starting point (see “Accessing the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window””):

• Creating a primary connection

• Creating a backup connection

• Viewing connection parameters for a connection

• Viewing the connection statistics

• Deleting a connection (primary or backup or both)

Note: You cannot change the configuration of an existing connection. If an existing connection has parameters that you do not want, you must delete the connection, and then create a new one with the desired parameters. Remember that when you delete a connection, any traffic currently being transmitted on that connection is imme-diately stopped.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection.virtual path identi-fier assigned to this interface.


Format: Numeric



Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates that the connection is inactive.

Primary Indicates that the primary connection is active (car-rying user traffic).

Backup Indicates that the backup connection is active (car-rying user traffic).

[Switch Back to Primary Auto-matically](display only)

Default: YesRange: Yes/No

Format: Predefined

Displays the switchback status. The CPU monitors the primary connection, if it becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.

Yes Indicates that after activation, the backup connec-tion will switch back to primary connection auto-matically if primary becomes available.

No Not currently supported.

Indicates that after activation, the backup connec-tion will not switch back to primary connection automatically if primary becomes available.

Table 2-10. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM Backup VPC PVC Connection Window


255-700-377 2-47



Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, this connection type must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7.)

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, this connection type must be provi-sioned on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30.)


Accessing the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window

To access the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin1 On the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Connection

Configuration option -> Connection Configuration Menu window.

2 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the Bridge-to-ATM VCC option.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 2-15). The commands for this window are described in Table 1-1. The display-only fields for this window are described in Table 1-2.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the PSAX system.

3 Go to one of the following procedures, depending on the task you want to perform:

• ”Creating a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection” on page 2-49

• ”Creating a Backup Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection” on page 2-56

• ”Viewing Connection Parameters for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Con-nection” on page 2-59

• ”Viewing Statistics for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection” on page 2-60

• ”Deleting a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection” on page 2-62

End


2-48 255-700-377


Figure 2-15. Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window

Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.



Display Field Description

Bridge Side This column displays the information for the inter-face A side of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, VPI, and VCI.

ATM Side This column displays the information for the inter-face B side of the connections.

255-700-377 2-49



Creating a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

To create a new connection in the PSAX system, perform the steps in the fol-lowing procedure.

Begin1 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window, select the Add a Con-

nection command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-16).

2 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, enter values in the fields according to the information provided in Table 2-11. The com-mands for this window are described in Table 1-3.

3 To add (apply) the connection configuration, select the Add This Con-nection command.

4 To review this connection on the table of all bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC connections in the PSAX system, select the Go Back to Connection Table command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is redisplayed with the con-nection you just added (see Figure 2-15 on page 2-48).

5 To add another connection of this type, do the following:

a Select the Go Back to Connection Table command.

b Repeat steps 1–4 .

End

(S) Status(display only)

Indicates status of the connection. An asterisk indicates an operational connection. No asterisk indicates an inactive connection.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the identifi-cation number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.



2-50 255-700-377


Figure 2-16. Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Display Next Connection Displays the next Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC connection in the table.



View Connection Statistics Displays the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Statistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Displays the backup PVC for this connec-tion or gives you the option to add a backup Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC.


Redisplays the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window.

255-700-377 2-51



Table 2-11. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window


Bridge Interface A Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Alphanumeric

Indicates that this is the bridge side of the con-nection that will send and receive signals.

ATM Interface B Default: N/ARange: N/A


Indicates that this is the ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0Range: Varies depending on chassis type

Format: Numeric

Ethernet and 4-Port Ethernet Modules: Indicates the slot number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a slot containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).

Port Default: 6Default: 5

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual port number of this module.

4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a port containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).

Channel Default: 1Range: 1–70 for the Ethernet module; 1–56 for the 4-Port Ethernet module

Format: Numeric

Ethernet and 4-Port Modules: Indicates the vir-tual channel number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a channel containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–255 (AtmUNI); 0–4095 (IISP)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.


2-52 255-700-377


VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and the STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A-to-B or B-to-A side of the connection.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the Multiservice Media Gateway sys-tem-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the section “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic” in the reference appendix.

Ubr Unspecified bit rate.

Vbr-nrt2 Variable bit rate-non-real time 2.


Vbr-rt2 Variable bit rate-real-time 2.


Vbr-express Variable bit rate express.

Gfr2 Guaranteed frame rate 2. Not currently sup-ported.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Note: All ATM-Supporting I/O Modules: See the section, “ATM Traffic Descriptors,” in the Refer-ence Appendix of this guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including representative examples.

Best-effort Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

1B-NT-0+1 Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).

Table 2-11. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 2-53



2B-NT-0+1-0+1 Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity) for bucket 2.

2B-NT-0+1-0 Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

2B-T-0+1-0 Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. PCR is a traffic parameter that specifies an upper bound on the traffic that can be submitted on an ATM connection. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specification for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Rate field.

OC-3c and STM-1 Modules: If traffic shaping is enabled, the modules will not pass data until this parameter is set to a specified rate. Very large bursts of traffic may exceed the 8 MB memory typically available on the module, resulting in dropped cells. If very large bursts are typical for a specific network configuration, the module mem-ory can be upgraded to 64 MB.




2-54 255-700-377


Sustained Rate (cps)

Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. The SCR is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connec-tion. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network operator to allocate suf-ficient resources, but less than those based on the Peak Cell Rate, and still ensure that the perfor-mance objectives can be achieved. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specification for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Rate field.



Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the maximum burst size, which is the maximum number of cells that can be received at one time. This value allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the SCR. If the burst is larger than the traffic contract allows, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for that module.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.


Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays the AAL2 status reason failure cause code for the ATM side of the connection.



255-700-377 2-55




Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.

Inactive Indicates that this connection is not passing traf-fic.

Active Indicates that this connection is passing traffic.


Default: No

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays whether or not a backup PVC exists for this connection.

No Indicates that a backup PVC exists for this con-nection.

Yes Indicates that a backup PVC does not exist for this connection.

OAM Status Default: End-Pt

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of OAM support used on the ATM side of this connection.

Route Server Module: Enabling this field on an ATM network interface subchannel (by selecting either End-Pt or End-Seg-Pt) means the mod-ule will bring the particular interface into service or take it out of service based on the OAM alarms.

End-Pt Indicates that the PSAX system is used as a termi-nation point for ATM traffic, and is processing AID/RDI cells. The OAM loopback test is sup-ported for only end-to-end connections.

End-Seg-Pt Indicates the end-Seg-Pt, which is a connection endpoint and the endpoint of the segment; it will catch the segment and end-to-end OAM cells.

Unsupp Indicates that OAM is not used on this connec-tion.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates that a method for controlling the flow of data traffic is used on this connection. It is implemented on modules that are offered with traffic-shaping variations: the OC-3c Multimode, OC-3c Single-Mode, STM-1 Multimode, and STM-1 Single-Mode modules. When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

Disabled Indicates that traffic shaping is not done on the ATM side of the connection.

Enabled Allows traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection.




2-56 255-700-377


Creating a Backup Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

You must create a primary connection first before you can create a backup connection. To create a backup bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC connection or view a backup connection you created previously, perform the steps in the follow-ing procedure.

Begin1 Make sure you have added the primary connection according to the pro-

cedure in ”Creating a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection” on page 2-49.

2 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-16 on page 2-50), select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-17).

3 Enter values in the fields in the Backup ATM Interface panel on this win-dow according to the information provided in Table 2-12. The commands for this window are described in Table 1-5.

4 Select the Add This Connection command.

5 To return to the Connection window, select the Go Back to Primary PVC Connection command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is redisplayed (see Figure 2-16 on page 2-50).

End

255-700-377 2-57



Figure 2-17. Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds the backup connection with the specified alternate ATM interface parame-ters.

Delete Connection Deletes the selected backup connection.


Redisplays the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.


2-58 255-700-377


Table 2-12. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection WindowTable 2-13.


Slot Default: N/A

Range: varies depending on module type

Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module config-ured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

Note: This field is display only on the bridge interface side of the connection.

Port Default: N/A


Format: numeric

Specifies the port number on the module config-ured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection..


Channel Default: 0

Range: varies depending on chassis type

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel number of the port on the module configured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.


VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual path identifier assigned to the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.


Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual channel identifier assigned to the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

Note: Currently this field is applicable only to the 1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS and the 1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP modules.

255-700-377 2-59



Viewing Connection Parameters for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

To view connection parameters for a primary or backup connection, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin1 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-15 on

page 2-48), select the line in the table displaying the connection for which you want to view the parameters.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-16 on page 2-50). All connection parameters, except connec-tion statistics, are displayed on this window.

2 To view the backup connection for the displayed connection, select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-17 on page 2-57). The backup connection parameters are displayed on this window.

End



Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the primary or backup connec-tion is active.

None Indicates that the connection is inactive.

Primary Indicates that the primary connection is active (carrying user traffic).

Backup Indicates that the backup connection is active (carrying user traffic).

[Switch Back to Pri-mary Automati-cally](display only)

Default: Yes Range: N/A


Indicates whether the traffic on the backup con-nection will revert to the primary connection when it becomes available.

Yes Indicates that once the primary connection becomes available, traffic will revert to the pri-mary connection automatically.


Indicates that if the backup connection is active, traffic will not revert to the primary connection automatically if it becomes available.

Table 2-12. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection WindowTable 2-13.



2-60 255-700-377


Viewing Statistics for a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

To view the statistics for this connection, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin1 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-16

on page 2-50), select the View Connection Statistics command.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 2-18). The commands for this window are described in Table 1-3. The display-only fields for this window are described in Table 1-8.

2 To view connection statistics for the next connection in the PSAX system, select the Display Stats for Next Connection command.

3 To return to the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window on which you can create a new connection, select the Go Back to Connection Dis-play command on the Statistics window, and then select the Go Back to Connection Table command on the Connection window.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 2-15 on page 2-48).

End

Figure 2-18. Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

255-700-377 2-61



Command Function



Display Stats for Next Connection


Go Back to Connection Display

Redisplays the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.

Table 2-14. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window


Slot(display only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot identifier of the ATM interface for either the Bridge Interface panel or the ATM Interface panel.

Port(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the port identifier of the ATM interface for either the Bridge Interface panel or the ATM Interface panel.

Channel(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel identifier for either Inter-face A or Interface B.

VPI (ATM Interface panel only)(display only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) of the connection.

VCI (ATM Interface panel only)(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) of the connection.

[Cells Encoded](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Scientific Notation

Indicates the number of cells encoded going into interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Cells Decoded](display only)



Indicates the number of cells decoded going out of interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Encoded Odometer](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates the total number of cells encoded going into interface side A or B since this counter was reset.


2-62 255-700-377


Deleting a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

When you want to delete a connection, consider the following:

[Decoded Odometer](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates the total number of cells decoded going out of interface side A or B since this counter was reset.

[Time Elapsed](display only)

Default: 00:00:00Range: N/A

Format: hours, min-utes, and seconds (hh:mm:ss)

Displays the time elapsed since the circuit was established.

[Time Since Reset](display only)



Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Reset Statistics command was used.

Note: The Reset command on the statistics win-dow resets only the odometer fields and the cor-responding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.

[AIS Rx/Tx](display only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of AIS cells received or transmitted on the ATM side of the connection.

[RDI Rx/Tx](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received or transmitted.

[Cell Drop/Tag](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells dropped or tagged on the incoming side of interface A or B.

[Cells Received](display only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells received into inter-face side B since the connection was created.

[Cells Transmitted](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells transmitted out of interface side B since the connection was created.

[In Odometer](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the total number of cells encoded going into interface side B since this field was reset.

[Out Odometer](display only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the total number of cells decoded going out of interface side B since this field was reset.

Table 2-14. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window (Continued)


255-700-377 2-63



• If you delete the primary connection, both the primary connection and the backup connection are deleted.

• If you delete only the backup connection, the primary connection still exists.

! CAUTION:When a primary connection is deleted, all traffic on the connection is immediately stopped.

To delete a primary connection or a backup connection or both from the PSAX system, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin1 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-15 on

page 2-48), select the line in the table displaying the connection you want to delete.

The Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-16 on page 2-50), showing the parameters for the selected con-nection.

! CAUTION:Review the parameters for this connection, and be sure that you want to delete it. If you delete a primary connection accidentally, you cannot restore it. You would need to create a new connection to replace the accidentally deleted one.

2 Choose one of the following actions.

End

Table 2-15. Deleting a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

If you want to delete a: perform the following steps on the Connection window.

The PSAX system:

primary and a backup connection,

Select the Delete Connection com-mand.

deletes the primary connection and its backup connection (if one was created), and immedi-ately stops traffic.

backup connection only, 1 Select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

2 On the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection win-dow, select the Delete Connec-tion command.

deletes only the backup connec-tion.


2-64 255-700-377


Adding Bridge-to-Bridge Connections

A bridge-to-bridge VCC PVC connection can be created between virtual channels on the Ethernet module and the 4-Port Ethernet module.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add a bridge-to-bridge VCC PVC connection.

Begin

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the Bridge-to-Bridge option.

The Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 2-19).

Note: At the time of initial installation, the Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.

2 Select the Add a Connection command.

The Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-20).

3 Enter values in the fields on this window according to the information provided Table 2-16.

4 To add (apply) the connection configuration, select the Add This Con-nection command.

5 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Table command.

The Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Table window is returned, displaying the val-ues you just applied.

6 To add more connections of this type, repeat steps 2–5 for more connec-tions as needed.

255-700-377 2-65




Display-Only Fields The display fields on this window provide the following information about all the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC connections in the PSAX system system:

Figure 2-19. Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Table Window

Command Function





Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Con-nection window.




2-66 255-700-377




Bridge A This column displays the information for the interface A side of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, VPI, and VCI.

Bridge B This column displays the information for the interface B side of the connections.

(S) Status(display only)

Indicated status of connection. An asterisk indicates an operational connection. No asterisk indicates inactive connection.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the identification number of the connection table entry on the first line of the cur-rently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of con-nection table entries for this connection type.

Figure 2-20. Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection Window

255-700-377 2-67



Field Descriptions

Command Function




View Connection Statistics Displays the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Statistics window.


Redisplays the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Connection Table window.

Table 2-16. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge Connection Window


Bridge Interface A Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Text

Indicates the side of the connection that will send signals.

Bridge Interface B Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates the side of the connection that will receive signals.

Slot Default: 0Range: (Varies depending on chassis type)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

Port Default: Ethernet Module: 6

Default: 4-Port Ethernet Module: 5

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


Channel Default: 1Range: 1–70 for the Ethernet module; 1–56 for the 4-Port Ethernet module

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel number associated with the port number on this module for which you are creating a connection.


2-68 255-700-377


Viewing Statistics

Begin

1 To view the statistics for this connection, select the View Connection Statistics command.

The Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed.

2 Press Ctrl+G to display the Console Interface Main Menu window.


Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.




Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection.

Table 2-16. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge Connection Window


Figure 2-21. Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Statistics

255-700-377 2-69



3 Select the Save Configuration command (or press Ctrl+A).

End


Field Descriptions The values for the fields on this window are described in Table 2-17.

Command Function






Redisplays the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Connection window.

Table 2-17. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Window

Field Name Field Value Description

Slot Default: 0

Range: Depends on chassis type

Format: Numeric

Displays the slot identifier of the ATM interface for either the Bridge Interface panel or the ATM Interface panel.

Port Default: 1

Range: Depends on module type

Format: Numeric

Displays the port identifier of the ATM interface for either the Bridge Interface panel or the ATM Interface panel.

Channel Default: 1Range: Depends on module type

Format: Numeric

Displays the channel identifier for either Interface A or Interface B.

[Cells Encoded ]

(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates the number of cells encoded going into interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Cells Decoded]

(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates the number of cells decoded going out of interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


2-70 255-700-377


Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

This is a CBR type of connection. A DSP2x Voice Server module must be present and configured in the PSAX system to enable coding translation, voice compression, silence detection, echo cancellation, and tone detection features. This type of connection also supports the use of a backup ATM interface with the option of automatic switchback.

You can process voice traffic using circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC con-nection through a DSP2x Voice Server module by selecting one of the pulse code modulation (PCM) types in the Coding Translation field.

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7.)

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30.)

Note: The OAM feature is supported for this connection type and can be enabled on the Connection window. Statistical OAM information is provided on the related Connection Statistics window. Parame-

[Encoded Odometer]

(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates the total number of cells encoded going into interface side A or B since this counter was reset.

[Decoded Odometer]

(display only)



Indicates the total number of cells decoded going out of interface side A or B since this counter was reset.

[Time Elapsed]

(display only)

Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A



[Time Since Reset]

(display only)

Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Clear button was used.

Note: The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields (labelled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.

Table 2-17. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Window


255-700-377 2-71



ters for OAM operation can be configured from the Diagnostics Menu window. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for more details.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC connection.

Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Connection Begin

Provisioning a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM PVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select Circuit Emula-tion-to-ATM VCC and press Enter.

The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Table (see Figure 2-22) window is displayed.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connec-tions, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-22. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window

Command Function





2-72 255-700-377


Field Descriptions The display fields on this window provide the following information about all the circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC connections in the PSAX system:

2 Select the Add a Connection command and press Enter. The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection (see Figure 2-23) window is displayed.


Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and VCI fields. If the con-nection exists, it displays on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the CE-to-ATM VCC PVC Con-nection window.



Command Function

Table 2-18. Field Descriptions for the CE to ATM VCC PVC Table Window

Field Name Description

Circuit Em. This panel displays the information for all circuit emulation sides of the connections. The connec-tion entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port and channel.

ATM Side This panel displays the information for all ATM interface sides of the connections. The connec-tion entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, VPI, and VCI.

Flow This panel is displayed whether the following fields are set to None or Disabled: Voice Com-pression, Silence Detection, Echo Cancellation, Tone Detection, Coding Translation.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the num-ber of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

255-700-377 2-73



Connection Capacity of DSP2x Modes

If the user is configuring DSP parameters on the connection, see the follow-ing table for connection limits.

Table 2-19. Connection Capacity of DSP2x Algorithm Sets

DSP2x Voice Server Module Configuration Scenarios

Connections per DSP Chip (D)

Chips per Module (N)

Maximum Number of Connections (D X

N) per Module

DSP2C Voice Server (32 DSP chips per module)

Std. AAL2 and Non-Mux AAL2, AlgoSet 1 (Echo Cancellation to 128 msec) 7 32 224

Std. AAL2 and Non-Mux AAL2, AlgoSet 2 (DSP2A, G726), AlgoSet 3 (DSP2B, G729a),AlgoSet 4 (fax relay)

4 32 128

DSP2D Voice Server (48 DSP chips per module)

Std. and Non-mux AAL2, AlgoSet 1 7 48 336

Non-mux AAL2, AlgoSets 2 and 3 4 48 192

AAL1 AlgoSet5 (Echo Cancellation to 64 msec) 21 48 1008

Std. AAL2 AlgoSet 6 (G726, G729a/b, G168, v17, v29, v21, v27) 8 48 384

GR-303 Monitoring 24 48 1152

DSP2E Voice/Data Server (8 DSP chips per module)

Std. AAL2, or AAL5-to-AAL2, AlgoSet 6 6 voice chips support pure voice

8 48

2 chips support wireless voice/data pack-ets in 15 to 256 byte frame sizes

84 168

DSP2F Data Server (8 DSP chips per module)

Std. AAL2 AlgoSet 7 8 chips support wireless voice/data pack-ets in 15 to 256 byte frame sizes

84 672


2-74 255-700-377



Figure 2-23. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window

Command Function



Configure Connection Parameters

Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters win-dow.


View Connection Statistics Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Displays the backup PVC connection for this primary connection or enables you to add a backup PVC for this primary PVC.


Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 2-75




Table 2-20. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window


Circuit Emulation Interface

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Alphanu-meric

Field values in this panel relate to the circuit emula-tion side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

ATM Interface Default: N/ARange: N/A


Field values in this panel relate to the ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive sig-nals.

Slot Default: 0Range: Variable depending on chassis type

Format: Numeric

Enter the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter slot num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Port(display only)

Default: 1

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port numbers for both sides of the connection.

Channel Default: 1

Range: CE side:1–24 (DS1),1–31 (E1),1–28 (DS3)

Range: ATM side: 1

Format: Numeric

On the Circuit Emulation Interface side, enter the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection.

On the ATM Interface side, do not change the default value (1) in this field.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Enter the virtual path identifier for the ATM side of the connection.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Enter the virtual channel identifier for the ATM side of the connection.

VI/VUNI Default: 0/0Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. This field is cur-rently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP) and OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, the default value is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connection.


2-76 255-700-377


AAL2 Cid(display only unless SAR type is Aal2Std)

Default: 0

Range: 8–255 per trunk (0–7 not avail-able; reserved)

Format: Numeric

Enter a channel identifier only if the value Aal2Std is selected in the SAR Type field described below.


Default: N/A Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection.


Range: Cbr-1 DS1 IMA, E1 IMACbr-2Cbr-3Cbr-4

Format: Alpha-mumeric

Default: Cbr-4

Multiservice Media Gateway system-supported qual-ity of service (QoS) class. See the PacketStar Multiservice Media Gateway User Guide for a description of each ser-vice type.

Only CBR (constant bit rate) values are applicable for DS3 IMA.


Range: N/A

Format: Character


Note: The values change on either side of the connec-tion window as you scroll through this field.

SimplexA2B,SimplexB2A,PointToMultipointA2B,PointToMultipointB2A

Select the appropriate value.

SAR Type Default: Aal1

Range: Variable


Indicates the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type of the incoming data stream.

Aal1 AAL1

Aal2Std AAL2 Standard.

Note: Choose this type for AAL2 trunking. Enter the associated channel identifier in the AAL2 field in the upper right panel.

Non-Mux-Aal2 Non-multiplexed AAL2 (Lucent proprietary)



255-700-377 2-77




Range: N/A


The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, deter-mines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Note: See the Reference Tables appendix in this guide for ATM Traffic Descriptors for a detailed description of the values for this field, including representative examples.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without speci-fying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.


2B-NT-0+1-0+1 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity) for bucket 2.

2B-NT-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

2B-T-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, simi-lar to the AQueMan algorithm.




2-78 255-700-377




The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is displayed with the values you just applied.



OAM STATUS Default: Unsupp

Range: N/A

Format: Character

The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and will process AIS/RDI cells.

Note: Enable the type of OAM you want on the DSP2D Voice Server in this field.


End-Pt Use this value to enable trunk conditioning.

For more information, see the Trunk Conditioning Application Note for PacketStar® PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways.

End-Seg-Pt The PSAX system is used as both a termination point and a segment point for ATM traffic.


Default: No Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates whether a backup PVC has been configured.

[Active PVC] Default: No (before connection parameters are con-figured)

Default: Primary

(after connection parameters are con-figured)

Range: N/A

Format: Character


When Primary is displayed, the backup PVC is not in use.


Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.





255-700-377 2-79



8 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values to the Multiservice Media Gateway system database.

End

Begin

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters

To add DSP parameters to your connection, perform the following procedure.

1 From the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-23) select the Configure Connection Parameters command, or press Ctrl+C.

The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters win-dow is displayed (see Figure 2-24).

The commands on this window perform the following functions:

Figure 2-24. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters Window

Command Function



2-80 255-700-377


2 Enter values in the fields on this window according to the information provided in the following table:

Delete Connection and Return

Deletes the connection having the values currently displayed on the window.


Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Table window.

Command Function

Table 2-21. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Parameters Window


Connection Parameters A to B Left Panel; Connection Parameters B to A Right Panel

Voice Compression Default: None

Range: N/A


G726-16k G726-24k G726-32k G726-40k G729a-8k

Not supported.If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through the DSP2x Voice Server modules, do not use the default value. Instead, select the desired type and rate of voice compression from the list of choices.

Silence Detection Default: Disabled

Range: N/A


Enabled

Not supported.If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through the DSP2x Voice Server modules, do not use the default value. Choosing Enabled enables Silence Detec-tion.

Echo Cancellation Default: NoneRange: N/A


G.165-nearEndG.168

Not supported.If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through the DSP2x Voice Server modules, do not use the default value. Select G165-nearEnd if you want to enable Echo Cancellation on this connection.

Tone Detection Default: Disabled

Range: N/A


Not supported.If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through the DSP2x Voice Server modules, use Bypass.

Bypass The value Bypass indicates that the fax tones are to be recognized and data sent by fax is not to be processed by compression and echo cancellation.

FaxRelay The fax calling tone is detected.

FxRlyMdmBypass Fax Relay Modem Bypass. Fax Relay is detected and modem is done in bypass mode.

255-700-377 2-81



Coding Translation Default: NoneRange: N/A


MuLaw2muLaw ALaw2aLawMuLaw2aLaw ALaw2MuLaw

Not supported on the DS3/E3 CES module.If you want data traffic for this connection to be pro-cessed through the DSP2x Voice Server modules, do not use the default value. The other values indicate the desired type of PCM translation. You must specify one of these PCM types to enable data traffic processing through the DSP2x mod-ules.

Note: If configuring the Voice 2-Wire Office or the Voice 2-Wire Station modules for this param-eter, you must select MuLaw2muLaw.

[DigitCollectType](display only unless SAR type selected is Aal2Std in the SAR Type field on lower left panel of win-dow).



This feature is currently not supported. Specifies the tone types you want collected by the DSP2x module during call processing.




2-82 255-700-377



4 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Screen command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+B).

The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window is dis-played.



Encoding Std Default: UserRange: N/A


Defined encoding profiles from industry stan-dards.

Note: Values chosen for this field must be com-patible with the Encoding Profile ID (next field).

User No restrictions or checks are done. The user may select any combination of parameters.

ATMForum ATM Forum profile defined by af-vmoa-0145.000, Voice and Multimedia Over ATM–Loop Emulation Ser-vice Using AAL2 and af-vtoa-0113.000, ATM Trunk-ing Using AAL2 for Narrowband Services.

Itu-t ITU-T profile defined by I-366-2, AAL2 Service-Spe-cific Convergence Sublayer for Narrowband Services.

Encoding ProfileID Default: 0 Range: 1–256.

Note: Do not leave the value in this field as 0, as 0 is not usu-ally used, and there-fore meaningless.

Note: Values chosen for this field must be com-patible with the Encoding Std (previous field).

If the encoding profile is user-defined, both ends of the connection must use the same profile.

If the encoding profile is ITU-T, use the encoding profile from ITU-T I.366.2 Annex P.

If the encoding profile is ATM Forum, use the encoding profiles from af-vmoa-0145.000 and/or af-vtoa-0113.000.

The encoding method for each channel is based on packet length and the received user-to-user indication (UUI) of that channel, according to whatever encoding standard you are using.

Enter the encoding profile ID for the AAL2 con-nection. For example, the encoding profile for PCM-64 is “1”.



255-700-377 2-83



7 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A) to store the values to the Multiservice Media Gateway system database.

End

Connection Statistics

Begin

Viewing Connection Statistics

1 From the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the View Connection Statistics command press Enter. The Cir-cuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed.

Commands The commands in this window have the following functions:

Figure 2-25. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

Command Function






Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.


2-84 255-700-377



Table 2-22. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window



The circuit emulation side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

ATM Interface The ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: Variable depending on the chassis type

Format: Numeric

Enter the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter slot numbers for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: 1

Range:1 to 8

Format: Numeric

Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Channel Default: 1

(both sides)

Range: 1 to 24 (DS1)1 to 31 (E1)

Format: Numeric

On the Circuit Emulation Interface side, enter the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection. On the ATM Interface side, do not change the default value (1) in this field.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0 to 255

Format: Numeric

Virtual path identifier. Enter a value for ATM side of the connection.

VCI Default: 32

Range: 32 to 65535

Format: Numeric

Virtual channel identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.

Cells Encoded(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of encoded (transmitted) user cells going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).

Cells Decoded(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of decoded (received) user cells going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).

Encoded Odometer(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of encoded user cells going into interface side B since the connection was created.

Decoded Odometer(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of decoded user cells decoded going out of interface side B since the connection was created.

255-700-377 2-85



Backup Connection Steps to View/Add a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC

Begin

Connecion

1 From the Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the Add/View Backup PVC command and press Enter.

The Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 2-26).


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: Time in hours (xx), minutes (xx), seconds (xx)

Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection since the circuit was established.




Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection since the last time the Reset Odometers com-mand was used.

Note: The Reset Odometers command on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.


Default: 0/0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Number of OAM alarm indication signal cells received and transmitted.

RDI(display only)

Default: 0/0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Number of OAM remote defect indication cells received and transmitted.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of received OAM cells going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (i.e., since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of transmitted OAM cells going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (i.e., since the cir-cuit was created.)


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Total number of ATM cells received since odome-ter was last reset.

Transmitted Odometer(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Total number of ATM cells transmitted since odometer was last reset.

Table 2-22. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window



2-86 255-700-377




Figure 2-26. Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds connection entered on Backup ATM inter-face right panel.

Delete Connection Deletes backup connection.


Returns to ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.

255-700-377 2-87



Table 2-23. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Window


Slot Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Select the slot containing the module for which you are creating a connection.

Note: This field is display only for the circuit emulation interface.

Port Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Select the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection.




Format: Numeric

Select the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection.




Format: Character




[Switch Back to Pri-maryAutomati-cally](display only)

Default: Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Character

CPU monitors primary connection. If primary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to Primary.


Once active, the backup connection will not switch back to primary connection automatically if Primary becomes available.

Backup ATM Interface (right panel)

Slot Default: N/ARange: Listed as avail-able from the PSAX device

Format: Numeric

Select the slot containing the module for which you are creating a backup connection.


2-88 255-700-377


3 Press Ctrl+G and select the Save Configuration option.

End

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connections

This connection type has fixed-rate [constant bit rate (CBR)] traffic. To enable coding translation and echo cancellation, at least one DSP2x Voice Server module (DSP2A through DSP2F series) must be present and config-ured.

You can process voice traffic using circuit emulation connections through a DSP2x Voice Server module by selecting one of the pulse code modulation (PCM) types in the Coding Translation field.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit-emulation-to-circuit emulation connection.

Port Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Select the port number on the module for which you are creating a backup connection.

Channel Default: N/ARange: Determined by the number of channels available on the port selected in the Port field

Format: Numeric

Select the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a backup connection.

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

The virtual path identifier assigned to this backup interface.

VCI Default: 32

Range: 32–4000

Format: Numeric

The virtual channel identifier assigned to this backup interface.

VI Default: 0

Range: 0-255

Format: Numeric

Backup virtual interface, which provides band-width allocation restrictions. Currently available only on theOC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules.

Table 2-23. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Window (Continued)


255-700-377 2-89



Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Connection

Begin

Provisioning a Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Connection

Use the steps in the following procedure to add a circuit-emulation-to-circuit emulation connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu win-dow.

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select Circuit Emula-tion-to-Circuit Emulation and press Enter.

The Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Table window is dis-played (see Figure 2-27).

Note: At the time of initial installation, the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Table is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-27. Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Table Window

Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it dis-plays on the first line of the table.


2-90 255-700-377


Field Descriptions The display fields on this window provide the following information about all the circuit emulation-to-circuit emulation VCC PVC connections in the PSAX system:


The Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection (see Figure 2-28) window is displayed.



Add a Connection Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection window.



Command Function

Table 2-24. Field Descriptions for the CE to CE PVC Table Window


Circuit Emulation Side A

This panel displays the information for all circuit emulation A sides of the connections. The con-nection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port and chan-nel.

Circuit Emulation Side B

This panel displays the information for all circuit emulation B sides of the connections.

Flow This panel displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total:0/0







N) per Module




4 32 128

255-700-377 2-91











8 48


84 168



84 672

Table 2-25. Connection Capacity of DSP2x Algorithm Sets (Continued)





N) per Module


2-92 255-700-377




Figure 2-28. Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Display Next Connec-tion

Displays the next connection of this type in the table.

Add This Connection Adds a connection having the values currently dis-played on the window.

Delete Connection Deletes the connection having the values currently dis-played on the window.

View Connection Sta-tistics

Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Statistics window.


Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 2-93



Table 2-26. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Window


Circuit Emulation Interface Side A

Default: Predefined

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies Side A of the connection that sends and receives signals. This is the near-end side of the connection, closest to the hybrid digital-to-analog circuit, where the echo is created. The DSP2x module will cancel the echo before the traffic is transmitted out the Side B interface. To cancel the near-end echo, select a voice processing parameter other than None in the Echo Cancel-lation field below.

Circuit Emulation Interface Side B

Default: Predefined

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies Side B of the connection that will send and receive signals. Far-end echo on this side must be canceled at the far end.

Slot Default: VariableRange: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the user-supplied slot number contain-ing the module for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: Variable

Range: Module dependent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the user-supplied port number on the module for both sides of the connection.


Range: 1–25, CE side (DS1)

Format: Numeric

Specifies the channel number of the port on the module for both sides of the connection.


2-94 255-700-377


Coding Translation Default: None


Format: Predefined

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through any DSP2x Voice Server mod-ule with a coding translation parameter, do not use the default value. The other values indicate the desired type of pulse code modulation (PCM) translation. You must specify one of these PCM types to enable data traffic processing through any DSP2x Voice Server modules.

If configuring the Voice 2-Wire Office or Voice 2-Wire Station modules for this parameter, you must select MuLaw2muLaw. The other choices are not supported.

Not supported.

None No coding translation is selected on the connec-tion.

MuLaw2muLaw American and Japanese compression and expan-sion (companding) standard is used on Sides A and B of the connection.

ALaw2aLaw European companding standard is used on Sides A and B of the connection.

MuLaw2aLaw American/Japanese to European companding standard is used between sending Side A and receiving Side B of the connection.

ALaw2MuLaw European to American/Japanese companding standard is used between sending Side A and receiving Side B of the connection.

Echo Cancellation Default: NoneRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

If you using voice applications, an echo cancella-tion algorithm is recommended (select a value other than None). Not supported.

None No echo cancellation is used on the connection.

G165-nearEnd, ITU-T G.165 echo cancellation for the near end of the connection is used.

G168 ITU-T G.1658 echo cancellation is used.


Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Presents the AAL2 status reason failure cause code for both sides of the connection.



Format: Predefined

Specifies the direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Traffic flows in both directions.

SimplexA2B Traffic flows from Side A to Side B only.



255-700-377 2-95





The Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Table window is dis-played with the values you just applied.



8 Select the Save Configuration command, and press Enter to store the values in the PSAX system database.

End


To view statistics for this connection, use the following procedure.

From the Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection window, select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter.

The Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 2-29).

Interworking Default: Disabled


Format: Predefined

Specifies the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.

Disabled Disables the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.

Enabled Enables the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.



Format: Predefined

Multiservice Media Gateway system-supported quality of service (QoS) class.

Cbr-1 Constant bit rate, queue 1

Cbr-2 Constant Bit rate, queue 2

Cbr-3, Constant Bit rate, queue 3





2-96 255-700-377



Field Descriptions The fields on this window are described in Table 2-27.

Figure 2-29. Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation Statistics Window

Command Function







255-700-377 2-97



Adding a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Creating a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a frame relay-to-ATM VCC PVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu win-dow.

Begin

Steps to Create a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7.)

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30.)

Table 2-27. Field Descriptions for Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection Statistics Window



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was estab-lished.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into inter-face side A or B since this counter was reset.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of inter-face side A or B since this counter was reset.



Format: numeric

Time elapsed since the circuit was established.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Time elapsed since the last time the Reset Sta-tistics command was used.

The Reset Statisticscommand on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the duration of the circuit.


2-98 255-700-377



1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC option and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-30) is displayed.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-30. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window

Command Function

Find . . . Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, DLCI/VPI

To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and DLCI/VPI fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

255-700-377 2-99



Field Descriptions The display-only fields on this window provide the following information about all the frame relay-to-ATM PVC connections in the PSAX system:


The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-31) is displayed.

Add a Connection Displays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.



Command Function

Table 2-28. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window


Frame Relay(Side A)

This field displays the information for all interface Side A of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, and DLCI or VPI.

Frame Relay(Side B)

This field displays the information for all interface Side B of the connections.

Flow This field displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total:0/0



2-100 255-700-377



Field Descriptions 3 Select the values for the fields on this window from the values in Table 2-29.

Figure 2-31. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window

Command Function



Configure Traffic Parame-ters

Displays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters window.

View Connection Statistics Displays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Displays the backup PVC or option to add a backup PVC.


Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window.

255-700-377 2-101



Table 2-29. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window


Frame Relay Inter-face

Default: NA

Range: NA

Format: NA

The fields in the Frame Relay Interface panel are used to configure the frame relay side of the con-nection.

ATM Interface Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

The fields in the ATM Interface panel are used to configure the ATM side of the connection.

Slot Default: 0Range: variable

Format: numeric

Enter the slot number containing the module for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1Range: variable

Format: numeric

Enter the port number on the module for both sides of the connection. The range of port num-bers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

ATM side: 1FR side: 1–32

The channel on which you are creating a connec-tion. On the ATM Interface side, do not change the value 1 in this field. On the Frame Relay Interface side, enter the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection.

DLCI Default: 0Range: 16–1007

Format: numeric

Data link connection identifier. DLCI is used when the remote end-point is frame relay.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI), 0-4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric

Virtual path identifier.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Virtual channel identifier.

VI/VUNI Default: 0Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Virtual interface/virtual ATM UNI, which pro-vides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c 1+1 APS, STM-1 1+1 MSP, and OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP modules. When disabled, the default value is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A-to-B or the B-to-A side of the connection.


2-102 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Ubr,Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2,Vbr-rt1,Vbr-express

PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. For a description of the QoS classes, see the reference appendix in this guide.

Cnfrmnce Type Default: Best-effort

Range: N/A


The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic con-trol, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and deter-mines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.



2B-NT-0+1-0 This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high pri-ority) for bucket 2.


Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.



255-700-377 2-103



Configuring Traffic Parameters

To configure the traffic parameters for this connection, perform the steps in the following procedure.


Range: N/A


Duplex,SimplexA2B,SimplexB2A

Direction of the flow of data traffic in this con-nection. When you select the SimplexA2B value and the Configure Traffic Parameters command, only the fields on the Traffic Parame-ters In panel on the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters window are displayed. When you select the SimplexB2A value and the Configure Traffic Parameters command, only the fields on the Traffic Parameters Out panel on the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Param-eters window are displayed. For the 1-Port DS3 IMA module, only Duplex and Simplex are applicable.

OAM Status Default: UnsuppRange: N/A


The status of the operations and maintenance function.


End-Pt The PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and processes AIS/RDI cells.


End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point.


Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A


Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection


Default: NoRange: N/A


No,Yes

This field indicates whether a backup PVC con-nection is configured.


Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.






2-104 255-700-377


Begin


1 On the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-31), select the Configure Traffic Parameters command and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters window is dis-played (see Figure 2-32).


Field Descriptions 2 Select the values for the traffic parameter fields on this window from the values given in Table 2-30.

Figure 2-32. Frame Relay-to-ATM PVC Traffic Parameters Window

Command Function





Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 2-105



Table 2-30. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters Window


Frame Size for Rate Cal.

Default: 4096

Range:

Format: numeric (bytes)

Specifies the size the frame (in bytes) that is used to calculate .

Committed Burst Size

Default: 0

Range:

Format: numeric

Use the default value.

Excess Burst Size Default: 45000000

Range:

Format: numeric (bps)

Measured in bits per second.

Committed Info Rate

Default: 0Range:

Format: numeric (bps)

Committed information rate is the rate of traffic for a given connection that the system will attempt to provide guaranteed delivery. If using traffic shaping on the OC-3c or STM-1 Single-Mode or Multimode modules, set this parameter on the frame relay side of the connection on both ends of the link to control the cell transmission rate. This action is necessary because the SCR field is not available on the ATM side of the con-nection.

Interworking Func-tion

Default: Frf8-Transl

Range: N/A


Default: Frf8-Transl FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

Default: Frf8-Pass FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

Default: Frf5 FRF.5 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.


2-106 255-700-377



4 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Table command and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is redisplayed with the values you just applied.


End


Range: N/A


A method for controlling the flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on modules that are offered with the traffic-shaping feature: the 1-Port OC-3c Multimode and Single-Mode mod-ules, and the 1-Port STM-1 Multimode and Sin-gle-Mode modules. When enabled, traffic shap-ing ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

Default: Disabled Selecting this value disables traffic shaping.

Default: Enabled Selecting this value enables traffic shaping.

[Time Interval](display only)

Default: 1000

Range:

Format: numeric (sec)

Specifices the amount of time (in seconds) since the last reset.

[Peak Cell Rate](display only)

Default: 1

Range:

Format: numeric

Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

[Sustained Cell Rate](display only)

Default: 1

Range:

Format: numeric

Sustained cell rate. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When set-ting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

[Max Burst Size](display only)

Default: 1Range:

Format: numeric

Maximum burst size. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When set-ting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Table 2-30. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Traffic Parameters Window


255-700-377 2-107



Viewing the Statistics Window

On the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the View Connection Statistics command.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 2-33).



Figure 2-33. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

Command Function

Reset Odometers Resets the Encoded Odometer, Decoded Odometer, In Odometer, and Out Odome-ter fields to 0. If a call is disconnected, all odometers are reset to 0.



Displays the statistics for the next connec-tion of this type.


Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window.


2-108 255-700-377


Table 2-31. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.



Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.

Frames Dropped(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.



Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into Frame Relay Interface Side A since this counter was reset.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A since this counter was reset.

AAL5 Error Frames(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of AAL5 errored frames which are not dropped due to UPC in A2B direction. This counter is applicable applicable to only the input side.

Frames Tagged(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames tagged due to UPC in A2B direction. This counter is applicable applicable to only the input side.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numericHH:MM:SS (hours, minutes, seconds)

Time elapsed (in hours, minutes, seconds) since the connection was established.




Time elapsed (in hours, minutes, seconds) since the last time the Reset Statistics command was used. The Reset Statistics command on the sta-tistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the connection.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received and transmitted.



Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received and transmitted.

255-700-377 2-109



Adding a Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection

Creating a Frame Relay-to-Frame PVC Relay Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add a frame relay-to-frame relay PVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu win-dow.

Begin

Steps to Create a Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Table window (see Figure 2-34) is displayed.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells dropped and tagged on incoming side of ATM interface Side B.



Format: numeric

Number of cells Received into ATM Interface Side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was estab-lished.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells Transmitted out of ATM Interface Side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was estab-lished.

In Odometer(display only)


Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into ATM Interface Side B since this counter was last reset.

Out Odometer(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of ATM Interface Side B since ince this counter was last reset.

Table 2-31. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Window



2-110 255-700-377


Note: At the time of initial installation, the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.

Commands The commands on this window have the following functions.

Display Fields The display fields on this window provide the following information about all the frame relay-to-frame relay PVC connections in the PSAX system:

Figure 2-34. Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Table Window

Command Function

• Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Channel, and DLCI fields. If the connec-tion exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

• Add a Connection Displays the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC win-dow.

• Go Back to Con-nection Menu


255-700-377 2-111




The Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-35) is displayed.


Field Description

• Frame Relay Side A

This panel displays the information for all A sides of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, chan-nel, and DLCI.

• Frame Relay Side B

This panel displays the information for all B sides of the connections.

• Flow

•This panel displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

• Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connec-tion type.

Figure 2-35. Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Window


2-112 255-700-377


Field Descriptions 3 Select the values for the fields on this window from the values given in Table 2-32.

Command Function

• Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the table.

• Add This Connection Adds a connection having the values cur-rently displayed on the window.

• Delete Connection Deletes the connection having the values currently displayed on the window.

• Configure Traffic Parameters Displays the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters window.

• View Connection Statistics Displays the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay window.

• Go Back to Connection Table Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Statistics window.

Table 2-32. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Window


Frame Relay Inter-face A

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The side of the connection that will send signals.

Frame Relay Inter-face B

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The side of the connection that will receive sig-nals.

Slot Default: N/ARange: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric


Port Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port numbers for both sides of the connection.

Channel Default:

Range: 1–321–24 for DS1/T11–31 for E1

Format: Numeric

Range: 1–32

Enter the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter channel numbers for both sides of the con-nection.

255-700-377 2-113



End



DLCI Default: 0

Range: 16–1007

Format: Numeric

Data link connection identifier.

Frf8-Transl

Frf8-Pass FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking

Frf5 FRF.5 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.



Format: Predefined

Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2,Vbr-rt1,Vbr-express,Cbr-4, Cbr-3,Cbr-2, Cbr-1

PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Direction of the flow of data traffic in this con-nection.

When you select SimplexA2B, only fields in the Traffic Parameters A to B side display.

Duplex Traffic flows back and forth between the connec-tion terminations.

SimplexA2B Traffic flows from termination A to B only.

[ConnectionStatus]

(display only)

Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

This field displays the current status of the con-nection. The value indicates whether the connec-tion is passing traffic.




Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection.

Table 2-32. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Window



2-114 255-700-377


Begin

Steps to Configure Traffic Parameters

1 On the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-35), select Configure Traffic Parameters and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters window is dis-played (see Figure 2-36).



Figure 2-36. Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters Window

Command Function


Delete and Return Deletes the connection having the values currently displayed on the window.

Go Back to Connection Screen

Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay VCC PVC Connection Table win-dow.

255-700-377 2-115




4 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Table com-mand and press Enter (or press Ctrl + b).

The Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Table window returns, displaying the values you just applied.


End

Viewing the Statistics Window

From the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC window, select the View Statis-tics command.

The Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 2-37).

Table 2-33. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Traffic Parameters Window



Default: 4096 Measured in bytes.


Default: 0 Use the default value.

Excess Burst Size Default: 45000000 Measured in bits per second.

Committed Info Rate

Default: 0 Committed information rate is the rate of traffic (measured in bits per second) for a given connec-tion that the system will attempt to provide guar-anteed delivery.


Default: 1000 Time, in seconds, since last reset.


Default: 1 Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.


Default: 1 Sustained cell rate. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When set-ting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.


Default: 1 Maximum burst size. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When set-ting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.


2-116 255-700-377




Figure 2-37. Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Statistics Window

Command Function







255-700-377 2-117



Table 2-34. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Statistics Window



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.



Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of frames dropped going out of interface side A dur-ing the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of frames dropped going out of interface side B dur-ing the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.



Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A since this counter was reset.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B since this counter was reset.



Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A since this counter was reset.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B since this counter was reset.

AAL5 Errored Frame(display only)


Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of AAL5 errored frames which are not dropped due to UPC in the A-to-B direction. Only applicable to input side.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of AAL5 errored frames which are not dropped due to UPC in the B-to-A direction. Only applicable to input side.


2-118 255-700-377


Adding a GR-303-to-AAL2 VCC PVC Connection

See the application note entitled PacketStar® PSAX Configuring the GR-303 Voice Gateway User Guide, Issue 3, for instructions on configuring this connection.

Adding an In-Band Management ATM PVC Connection

You can create an in-band management PVC connection between a config-ured in-band management address and any module that supports ATM inter-faces. This connection supports the UBR and VBR-express service types.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an in-band manage-ment-to-ATM VCC connection.

Note: As a prerequisite to enable in-band PVC provisioning, you must select and apply the value Disabled in the SVC Connections field on the In-Band Management Configuration window. For more information, see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide.

Setting Up the PSAX System for In-Band Management Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure, which is a test to verify the cor-rect functioning of the console interface windows for configuring the in-band management IP address and the PVC connection.

Begin

Setting Up for Direct In-Band Connections

1 Configure the primary IP address for in-band management on the PSAX system using the console interface. This IP address must be different from the IP address of Ethernet interface for the CPU module.

c On the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Site-Spe-cific Configuration option.

Frame Tagged(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of frames tagged due to UPC in the A-to-B direction. Only applicable to input side.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of frames tagged due to UPC in the B-to-A direction. Only applicable to input side.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric



Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Time elapsed since the last time the Reset com-mand was used.

Note: The Reset command on the statistics win-dow resets only the odometer fields and the cor-responding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.

Table 2-34. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-Frame Relay PVC Connection Statistics Window


255-700-377 2-119



d On the Site-Specific Menu window, select the In-Band Management option to access the In-Band Management Configuration window.

Example:

Primary IP Address: 136.242.140.223

Primary IP Mask : 255.255.255.000

2 Set up the in-band management ATM PVC connection for the PSAX sys-tem. For setting up a connection from the OC-3c module to the CPU module, configure the OC-3c module and put it into service.

a Configure the PVC on the PSAX system side of the connection. See the procedure, “Creating an In-Band-to-ATM VCC Connection,” below.

b Configure the PVC on the FORECARD side of the connection, using the PSAX system console interface.

• On the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Connec-tion Configuration option.

• On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the In-Band Management IP PVC option.

• On the In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table window, select the Add a Connection command.

Example:

Slot<OC3 Slot> VPI: 0 IP Address: 136.242.140.222

Port1VCI: 300IP Mask: 255.255.255.000

Channel 1

You can set up similar connections on other remote PSAX systems.

3 Use ping, telnet, rlogin and ftp commands on the SUN workstation to test the TCP/IP connection to the CPU module using the primary and backup IP addresses.

4 During an FTP session for the in-band management connection, discon-nect one of the cables out of the pair of cables connecting the PSAX sys-tem to the SUN workstation. Reconnect the cable and check whether the FTP session is still active, and whether the software recovers from a momentary connection loss.

End

Creating an In-Band-to-ATM VCC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add an in-band management ATM PVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu win-dow.

Begin

Creating an In-Band ATM PVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the In-Band Management IP PVC option and press Enter.


2-120 255-700-377


The In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table window (see Figure 2-38) is displayed.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table window is empty. After you have set up connec-tions, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-38. In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table Window

Command Function





Find Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, VCI:

Searches the table for a particular in-band management ATM PVC connection. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it is dis-played on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the In-band ATM PVC Connec-tion Configuration window.



255-700-377 2-121



Field Descriptions The fields on this window are described in Table 2-35:


The In-Band Management ATM PVC Connection Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 2-39).

Table 2-35. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table


IP Address, Mask This column displays the IP addresses and masks for the PSAX systems being managed from the management workstation.

In-Band Manage-ment PVC

This column displays the slot, port, channel, VPI, and VCI of the connection to each managed PSAX system.

Type If the connection is inactive, the indicator S is dis-played in this column.

Total:0/0


Figure 2-39. In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window


2-122 255-700-377




Command Function

Add Connection Adds a connection having the values cur-rently displayed on the window.


Add/View Backup PVC Displays backup PVC or option to add backup PVC.



Redisplays the In-Band Management IP PVC Connection Table window.

Table 2-36. Field Descriptions for the In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window


Slot, Port, Chan-nel, VPI, VCI, and VI/VUNI

Default: N/A

Range: Varies

Format: numeric

The values for slot, port, channel, VPI, VCI, VI , and VUNI for the interface in the PSAX system to which you are connecting.


Range: N/A



Ubr Unspecified bit rate express class of service.

Vbr-express Variable bit rate express class of service.

255-700-377 2-123




Range: N/A


The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic con-trol, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and deter-mines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds. For a detailed description of the conformance types, see the reference appendix.

Best-effort The PSAX system attempts to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

1B-NT-0+1 Uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity).

2B-NT-0+1-0+1 Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.

2B-NT-0+1-0 Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

2B-T-0+1-0 Uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag The PSAX system tags all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQue-Man algorithm.

Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1Range:

Format: numeric (cells per sec)

The peak cell rate used for this connection. The peak cell rate displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell trans-mission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. The value in this field should be greater than the Sus-tained Rate field.




2-124 255-700-377



Default: 1

Range:


The sustained cell rate used for this connection. The sustained cell rate displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Rate field.


Default: 1Range:

Format: numeric

The maximum burst size used for this connec-tion. The maximum burst size displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface on the module.

Oam Status Default: Unsupp Indicates the current OAM status of this connec-tion.

Unsupp OAM is not used in this connection.

End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and is processing AIS/RDI cells. The OAM loopback test is supported for only end-to-end connections. Enabling OAM status on an in-band management ATM interface means that in-band management will bring the particu-lar interface into service or out of service based on the OAM alarms.

End-Seg-Pt End-Seg-Pt is an connection endpoint and the endpoint of the segment; it will catch the seg-ment and end-to-end OAM cells. Enabling OAM status on an in-band management ATM interface means that in-band management will bring the particular interface in service or out of service based on the OAM alarms.



255-700-377 2-125



Traffic Shaping Default: Disabled A method for controlling the flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on modules that are offered with traffic-shaping variations: the OC-3c Multimode, OC-3c Single-Mode, STM-1 Multi-mode, and STM-1 Single-Mode modules.

Disabled Disables traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection. The traffic shaping is done only on the outgoing direction.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic exiting the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) com-plies with the parameters of the established ser-vice contracts. Enables traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection. The traffic shaping is done only on the outgoing direction.

[Failure Cause](display only)

Default: None The general connection failure cause code for both sides of the connection.

None This connection has no reported errors.

Physical This connection has detected a physical error on one or both sides of the connection.

IP AddressIP Mask

Default: 000.000.000.000

Range: N/A

Format: Valid dotted quad

The IP address and the IP mask for one of the fol-lowing depending on your in-band management scheme:

• The in-band IP address of the management workstation. This IP address must be different from the one for the management worksta-tion’s same network.

• The in-band IP address of the “router” PSAX system. This IP address must be different from the one for the Ethernet interface on the CPU module.

• The in-band IP address of the managed PSAX system. This IP address must be different from the one for the Ethernet interface on the CPU module.

[Connection Type](display only)

Default: PrimaryRange: N/A


Displays that this connection is the primary con-nection.

Primary The connection being displayed is the primary connection. This is the only possible value for this field.




2-126 255-700-377


4 Select the Add Connection command and press Enter.

5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 to set up as many connections as needed.


7 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values in the PSAX system database.

End

Configuring an In-Band ATM Backup PVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add a backup PVC connec-tion.

Begin

Configuring an In-Band ATM Backup PVC Connection

1 On the In-Band ATM PVC Connection Configuration window, select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

The In-Band ATM Backup Connection window is displayed, (see Figure 2-40).


Default: No

Range: N/A


This field displays whether a backup PVC exists.

No A backup PVC does not exist for this connection.

Yes A backup PVC exists for this connection.


Default: Inactive This field displays the current status of the con-nection.





255-700-377 2-127




2 Select the values for the fields on this window from Table 2-37:

Figure 2-40. INBAND-ATM PVC Connection Configuration Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds the backup connection for the speci-fied slot, port, channel, VPI, VCI, and VI.

Delete Connection Deletes the backup connection.


Redisplays the Inband ATM PVC Connec-tion Configuration window.

Table 2-37. Field Descriptions for the INBAND-ATM Backup PVC Connection Window


Backup ATM Interface side:

Slot

(display only)

Listed as available from the PSAX device


Port

(display only)

Determined by the number of ports available on the mod-ule selected in the Slot field



2-128 255-700-377


Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

Creating a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC connection.

Begin

Steps to Create a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three groups on port 7 (the groups you provision on port 7.)

Channel

(display only)

Determined by the number of channels available on the port selected in the Port field

Select the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a backup con-nection.

VPI Default: 0 Range: 0–255

The virtual path identifier assigned to this inter-face.

VCI Default: 32 Range: 32–4000

The virtual channel identifier assigned to this interface.

VI Default: 0

Range: 0-255

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules.

[Current Active PVC]

(display only)




[Switch Back to Pri-maryAutomatically](display only)

Yes (default) The CPU monitors the primary connection. If the primary connection becomes available, the con-nection on the backup circuit will be switched back to the primary circuit.



IP Interface side

[IP Address], and [IP Mask]

(display only, IP Interface side)

Variable The IP address and the IP mask you entered for the primary connection. See these field descrip-tions on the primary In-band Connection win-dow.

Table 2-37. Field Descriptions for the INBAND-ATM Backup PVC Connection Window


255-700-377 2-129



Note: On the DS3 IMA module, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 groups on port 30 (the groups you provision on port 30).


Use the steps in the following procedure to add a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select VBR-to-ATM VCC Connection and press Enter.

The VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-41) is displayed.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-41. VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Table Window


2-130 255-700-377



The VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-42) is dis-played.


Command Function


Add a Connection Displays the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Con-nection window.



Figure 2-42. VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window

Command Function

Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system.

Add This Connection Adds a connection having the values you entered on this window.

255-700-377 2-131



Field Descriptions 3 The fields on this window are described on the following table:


View Connection Statistics Displays the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Sta-tistics window.

Add/View Backup PVC Adds a backup PVC or, if you have already added a backup PVC, displays its values.


Redisplays the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Table window on which you can view all the connections of this type you have added.

Command Function

Table 2-38. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Window


VBR Interface A Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the VBR side of the connection that will send and receive signals.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the ATM side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: (Varies depending on chassis type)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot. Enter the slot number contain-ing the module for which you are creating a con-nection. Enter slot numbers for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: 0Range: 1–28, depend-ing on the type of module selected

Format: Numeric

Indicates the port. Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port numbers for both sides of the connec-tion.

Channel Default: 1

Range: 1–32, depend-ing on the type of module selected

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel. Do not change the value 1 in this field.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric



2-132 255-700-377


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32– 65535

Format: Numeric



Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0.The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connec-tion.


Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1


Range:


Note: When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifi-cations for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Rate field.If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled setting on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below will cause traffic-shaped connections to default back to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traffic.




Note: The peak cell rate cannot exceed the maxi-mum cell rate for the interface.

If you need to calculate ingress PCRs for the OC-3c APS or the STM-1 MSP modules, see the PCR Determination Formula in the Reference Appendix of either module’s User Guide.



255-700-377 2-133




Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Rate field.


Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.



Format: Predefined








Enabled Ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system via these modules complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.




2-134 255-700-377


Conformnce Type(displayed on the Traffic Parame-ters B to A panel)

Default: Best-effort

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined


See the Reference Appendix for a detailed description of the field values, including repre-sentative examples.








[FailCause A/B] Default: None/None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The transmission failure cause for the A or B side of the connection.

None The connection has not failed.

Physical The failure cause is physical.



255-700-377 2-135




Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2,Vbr-rt1,Vbr-express


See the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the Reference Appendix in the appropriate User Guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including representa-tive examples.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined


When you select SimplexA2B or SimplexB2A, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A or the Traffic Parameters A to B panels, respectively, are not displayed.

Duplex Traffic flows back and forth between termination A and B.


SimplexB2A Traffic flows from termination B to A only.

SAR Type Default: AAL5Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates which Segmentation and Reassembly algorithm is used. SAR is used to convert larger unfilled packets to smaller filled packets before transmission, a process that conserves transmis-sion bandwidth. A packet size re-conversion pro-cess to the original packet size occurs at the receive end.

AAL5 VBR, connection-oriented, delay tolerant data.

AAL2Std Standard AAL2. VBR, delay-intolerant data with compression.

None No AAL layer parameters used.




2-136 255-700-377




The VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Table window (see Figure 2-41) is returned, displaying the values you just applied.



OAM Status Default: Unsupp

Range: N/A

Range: Predefined

Indicates on what portion of the connection OAM cells (AIS, RDI) are processed.

Unsupp OAM is not supported.



Seg-Pt. Segment point. The A side will only respond to aintenance OAM cells and fault cells.

End-Seg-Pt End segment point, which has the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point.

Intermediate-Pt Side A will only generate AISs during local fail-ure.

Intra-Segment-Pt Connecting point with a segment. Generates end-to-end as well as segment flows.


Default: NoRange: No/Yes

Format: Predefined

This field displays whether or not the backup PVC is designated.

Yes The backup PVC is displayed if designated.

No The backup PVC is not designated.

[Conn Status] (dis-play only)

Default: Inactive

Range: Inactive/Active

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether or not the connection is trans-mitting traffic.

Inactive The connection is not transmitting traffic.

Active The connection is transmitting traffic.



255-700-377 2-137



8 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values to the PSAX system database.

End

Viewing the VBR-to-ATM Connection Statistics

From the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the View Con-nection Statistics command and press Enter.

The VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics window is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-43.


Field Descriptions The fields on this window are described in the following table.

Figure 2-43. VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

Command Function








2-138 255-700-377


Table 2-39. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Statistics Window


VBR Interface Panel

Slot Range: Varies depending on chassis type

Format: Numeric

Slot number of VBR interface

Port Range: Varies depending on module type

Format: Numeric

Port number of VBR interface

Channel Range: Varies depending on module type

Format: Numeric

Channel number on port of VBR interface.


Default: 0.0000 e0Range: N/A

Format: Exponent notation

Number of cells encoded going into interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: N/A


Number of cells decoded going out of interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was estab-lished.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: N/A


Total number of cells encoded going into inter-face side A or B since this counter was reset.




Total number of cells decoded going out of inter-face side A or B since this counter was reset.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Time elapsed since the last time the Reset Statistics command was used.

The Reset Statistics command on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.

ATM Interface Panel


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received/transmitted.

255-700-377 2-139



Adding/Viewing a Backup PVC Connection Begin

Steps to Add/View a Backup VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

1 From the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window, select the Add/View Backup PVC command.

The VBR to-ATM VCC PVC Backup Connection window is displayed (Figure Figure 2-44).


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator signal (AIS) cells received/transmitted.



Format: numeric

Number of cells dropped/tagged.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: exponent notation

Total number of cells received.

Cells Transmited(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Total number of cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into inter-face side B since the connection statistics were reset.




Total number of cells decoded going out of inter-face side A since the connection statistics were reset.

Table 2-39. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection Statistics Window



2-140 255-700-377



Field Descriptions 2 The fields on this window are described in the following table.

Figure 2-44. VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Statistics Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds connection entered on Backup ATM interface right panel.

Delete Connection Deletes backup connection.


Returns to VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Con-nection window.

255-700-377 2-141



Table 2-40. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC Backup PVC Window


Slot(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: 0


Format: Numeric


Port(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


Channel(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: 0

Range: 1–32 depend-ing on the module type

Format: Numeric



Format: Numeric


VCI Default: 32

Range: 32–4000

Format: Numeric


VI Default: 0

Range: 0-255

Format: Numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules.

[Current Active PVC] (display only)


Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the primary or backup PVC connection is active or not.

None Neither the primary or backup PVC connection is active.



[Switch Back to PrimaryAutomatically](display only)

Default: Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The CPU monitors primary connection. If pri-mary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.

Yes Once active, the backup connection will switch back to primary connection automatically if pri-mary becomes available.




2-142 255-700-377


Adding VBR-to-VBR VCC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a VBR-to-VBR VCC connection.

Begin

Steps to Create a VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select VBR-to-VBR Connection and press Enter (or press Ctrl+O).

The VBR-to-VBR PVC Table window (see Figure 2-45) is displayed.

Note: At the time of initial installation, the VBR-to-VBR PVC Table win-dow is empty. After you have set up connections, this window is displayed all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 2-45. VBR-to-VBR PVC Table Window

255-700-377 2-143



2 Select the Add a Connection command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A).

The VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection window (see Figure 2-46) is dis-played.


Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it will display on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connec-tion window.



Figure 2-46. VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Window

Command Function




2-144 255-700-377


Field Descriptions 3 The fields on this window are described in Table 2-41.


View Connection Statistics Displays the VBR-to-VBR PVC Statistics window.


Redisplays the VBR-to-VBR PVC Table window.

Command Function

Table 2-41. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Window


VBR Interface A Default:

Range:

Format:

Side A of the connection that will send and receive signals.

VBR Interface B Side B of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Variable depending on chassis type


Port Range: 1–6 Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Channel 1 Do not change the value 1 in this field.


Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1 When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.



Default: 1 When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.


255-700-377 2-145



4 To add (apply) the connection configuration, select the Add This Con-nection command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A).

5 To review this connection, select the Go Back to Connection Table com-mand and press Enter (or press Ctrl+B).

The VBR-to-VBR PVC Table window is returned, displaying the values you just applied.


1 (default) Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.



Default: Null/Null Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection

Flow Default: Duplex, SimplexA2B


Note: When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel do not dis-play.

Service Type Ubr (default)


Multiservice Media Gateway system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the appendix.

[Conn Status]

(display only)

Inactive, Active This field displays the current status of the con-nection. The value indicates whether the con-nection is passing traffic.




2-146 255-700-377




8 Select Save Configuration and press Enter (or press Ctrl+A) to store the values to the PSAX system database.

End

Begin

Viewing VBR-to-VBR PVC Statistics

1 From the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection window, select the View Con-nection Statistics command.

The VBR-to-VBR PVC Statistics window is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-47.


Figure 2-47. VBR-to-VBR PVC Statistics Window

Command Function



255-700-377 2-147








Command Function

Table 2-42. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection Statistics Window



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells encoded going in interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the cir-cuit was created).


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells decoded going out interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the cir-cuit was created).



Format: numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going in interface side A or B since the connection was created.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out interface side A or B since the connection was created.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric




Format: numeric

Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Reset Odometers command was used.

Note: The Reset Odometers command on the statistics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the connection.


2-148 255-700-377



255-700-377 3-1

3 Provisioning SPVC ConnectionsUsing the Console Interface










• PVC connections

• SVC connections




Connection Types by Interface Type

Chapter 3 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceSPVC Reconnection Prioritization for IMA Interfaces

3-2 255-700-377



Connections With I/O Modules for Compressed Voice Begin

Using Compressed Voice with I/O Module Connections

Connections from the DSP2x Voice Server modules to the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station module are not directly supported. To use compressed voice with the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station and the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multi-service modules, perform the steps in the following procedure.

1 On the Console Interface Main Menu, select the Connection Configura-tion option and press Enter.

2 Provision a connection from the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station module to the Enhanced DS1 module.

3 Use a short loopback cable between two ports on the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multiservice module to a DSP2x Voice Server module.

4 For this connection, turn echo cancellation off on a DSP2x Voice Server module.

Note: When using the DSP2x Voice Server module with the 6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multiservice module, the analog levels at the T1/E1 access from the customer premises equipment (CPE) must be set to the value -10dBm.

End

SPVC Reconnection Prioritization for IMA Interfaces

Setting the SPVC prioritization on an IMA link comprises the following major tasks.

1. Planning how many of each SPVC trunk types you need and what their assigned priority levels will be

You need to allocate call control resources according to this plan. When you set up the PSAX systemwide prioritization scheme, this configura-tion allows up to 32 SPVC trunk connections in one IMA group per chas-sis, with 247 CIDs in each SPVC trunk. If you are using more than one SPVC type, determine the priority level you want to assign to each type. You can assign priority level 1 to 6, with level 1 having the highest prior-ity and level 6 having the lowest priority.

2. Configuring the 6-Port DS1 IMA module with only one IMA group

255-700-377 3-3



The 6-Port DS1 IMA module has the capacity for being configured for three groups; however, you should configure only one group when set-ting up your PSAX system for wireless backhaul. See the PacketStar PSAX 6-Port DS1 IMA Module User Guide for information on configuring this module.

3. Changing the call control resource allocation configuration for on the PSAX system and enabling the priority scheme on the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration window.

4. Setting the priority code for ATM AAL2 trunking for SPVCs on the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration window. The priority code set up on this window applies to connections created on the CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection window.

Setting Up Call Control Resource Allocations

The following call control resource allocation configuration applies to the base station only. To set up the SPVC reconnection prioritization, perform the following procedure.

Begin

Setting Parameters for Call Control Resources

1 To access the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration window, follow this path:

Console Interface Main Menu window –> select the Site-Specific Config-uration option –> Site-Specific Menu window –> select the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration option –> Call Control Resource Allo-cation Configuration window (see Figure 3-1)


3-4 255-700-377



2 On the window in Fix x, change the fields highlighted in light gray to the values indicated on the window. The sum of all call fields should not fields in should not exceed 32.

3 Change the fields highlighted in dark gray to the values indicated on the window.

4 Enter the value 0 for all other fields.

See the descriptions of the commands and fields at the end of this proce-dure for more information.

Note: In an existing PSAX system with configured SVCs and SPVCs, setting the fields to the value 0 deletes all SVCs and SPVCs from the system.

5 In the spvcGlobalPriorityScheme field, select the value Enabled.

6 Select the Apply Configuration command. The status line on the win-dow will display:

Need to save configuration and reboot system to take effect.

Figure 3-1. Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window

Command Function

Apply Configuration Applies the values you entered on this window.

Go Back to Site-Specific Menu

Redisplays the Site-Specific Menu win-dow.

255-700-377 3-5



7 Press Ctrl+G to return to the Console Interface Main Menu window.

8 select the Save Configuration (modified) command.

9 To reboot the chassis to reset the system to the new call control resource parameters, follow this path:

• From the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Diagnostics option

• On the Diagnostics Menu window, select the Reboot Hardware Compo-nents option Remote Reboot Configuration window

• On the Remote Reboot Configuration window, select the Reboot Chassis command.

The PSAX system reboots.

The descriptions of the commands and fields on the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration window are provided in the following tables.

Table 3-1. Field Descriptions for the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window


Note: The ranges of values for numeric fields are software imposed. Read the configuration guide-lines and the PSAX System Performance Capabilities per Node table in the preceding section before you enter values in the fields on this window.

svcPtToPtCalls Default: 002000Range: 0–15000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SVC point-to-point calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

svcPtToMultiPtCalls

Default: 002000

Range: 0–4000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SVC point-to-mul-tipoint calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

svcPtToMultiPtParties

Default: 002000

Range: 0–4000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of parties on SVC point-to-multipoint calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

spvcCePtToPtCalls Default: 001000Range: 0–10000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SPVC circuit emu-lation point-to-point calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

Note: The total of all call fields and atmTrunkVccs can-not exceed 32 when the spvcGlobalPriorityScheme field is Enabled.

spvcTePtToPtCalls Default: 000100Range: 0–10000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SPVC terminal emulation point-to-point calls to be supported by the PSAX system.



3-6 255-700-377


spvcAtmPtToPtCalls Default: 002000

Range: 0–10000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SPVC ATM point-to-point calls to be supported by the PSAX system.


spvcFRPtToPtCalls Default: 000900

Range: 0–10000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SPVC frame relay point-to-point calls to be supported by the PSAX sys-tem.

spvcPtToMultiPtCalls

Default: 000500

Range: 0–500

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SPVC point-to-mul-tipoint calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

spvcPtToMultiPtParties

Default: 001000Range: 0–1000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of parties on SPVC point-to-multipoint calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

aal2CirAtmSpvcVccCalls

Default: 001000

Range: 0–4000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of circuit emulation-to-ATM standard AAL2 SPVC calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

aal2VbrAtmSpvcVccCalls

Default: 000100

Range: 0–4000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of VBR-to-ATM stan-dard AAL2 SPVC calls to be supported by the PSAX system.

sgApiCirEmEndPts Default: 001000Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of circuit emulation endpoints for the Connection Gateway API to be sup-ported by the PSAX system.

sgApiAtmSvcEndPts

Default: 000000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of ATM SVC end-points for the Connection Gateway API to be sup-ported by the PSAX system.

sgApiPtToPtSvcCalls

Default: 000000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SVC point-to-point calls for the Connection Gateway API to be supported by the PSAX system.

sgApiPtToMultiPtSvcCalls

Default: 000000Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of SVC point-to-mul-tipoint calls for the Connection Gateway API to be sup-ported by the PSAX system.

sgApiPtToMultiPtParties

Default: 000000

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of parties on SVC point-to-multipoint calls for the Connection Gateway API to be supported by the PSAX system.

Table 3-1. Field Descriptions for the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window (Continued)


255-700-377 3-7



atmTrunkVccs Default: 000100

Range: 1–1024

Range: 1–4096

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of VCCs supported by ATM trunking.

SPVC Priority Configurations: The total of all call fields and atmTrunkVccs cannot exceed 32 when the spvcGlobalPriorityScheme field is Enabled.

V5.2 Applications: You can enter up to the value 4096. If you enter 4096, be sure that you have first freed enough resources in other fields in order to enter a high value in the atmTrunkVccs field.

atmTrunkNarrowBandCalls


Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of switched narrow-band calls supported by ATM trunking.

[callContrlResAllocUsage %](display only)

Default: 0098

Range: 0–100

Format: numeric

Displays the percentage of memory allocated to call control. A portion of the total system memory is allo-cated for call control. The value in this field represents the amount of this allocation that is currently in use. This percentage value is calculated by the system from the values you enter in the other fields.

cgSvcCutThroughOption

Default: cgSvcAcImplicitCutThroughRange: N/A


Specifies whether the PSAX system or the connection gateway device (connection manager) sends a cut-through message to initiate an SVC connection.

Note: The value in this field is not operational if you do not have the Connection Gateway API feature enabled.

cgSvcAcImplicitCutThrough

Indicates that the PSAX system sends a cut-through message to the connection gateway device to initiate an SVC connection.

cgSvcAcExplicitCutThrough

Indicates that the connection gateway device deter-mines when to send a cut-through message to the con-nection manager to initiate an SVC connection.

Note: You must use this value if you are using the H.248 Media Gateway Control protocol feature.

spvcGlobalPriorityScheme

Default: DisabledRange: N/A


Specifies whether the PSAX systemwide priority scheme must be supported for all SPVCs and SPVC trunks.

Disabled Indicates that the priority scheme is not in force (dis-abled).

Enabled Indicates that the priority scheme is in force (enabled).

Note: For SPVC reconnections in priority scheme-enabled trunks in an IMA link, the limit is 32 SPVCs.

Table 3-1. Field Descriptions for the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration Window (Continued)



3-8 255-700-377


End

Setting Up an ATM AAL2 SPVC Trunk

To set up an ATM AAL2 SPVC trunk for SPVC prioritization, perform the fol-lowing procedures.

Begin

Configuring the Local Node

1 To access the ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration window, follow this path:

Console Interface Main Menu window –> select the Site-Specific Config-uration option –> Site-Specific Menu window –> select the ATM Trunk-ing Configuration option –> ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration window (see Figure 3-2)

2 Enter the local IWF ID, the ATM Address, and the maximum number of remote IWFs. See the descriptions of the commands and fields at the end of this procedure for more information.

3 Select the Go to Remote IWF Table command.

The ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-3 in the next procedure).

The descriptions of the commands and fields on the ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration window are provided in the following tables.

Figure 3-2. ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration Window

255-700-377 3-9



Command Function

Apply Configuration Applies the values you set on this win-dow.

Bring Admin Status Up Enables the transmission of calls between the configured local IWF node and the remote IWF nodes.

Bring Admin Status Down Disables the transmission of calls between the local IWF node and the remote IWF nodes while preserving local and remote node configuration settings.

Delete Node Deletes the configuration settings of the local IWF node that is not in service. You must use the Bring Admin Status Down command before you can use the Delete Node command.

Go to Remote IWF Table Displays the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table window.

Go to Broadband Routing Table

Displays the ATM Trunking Broadband Routing Table window.

Go to Narrowband Routing Table

Displays the ATM Trunking Narrowband Routing Table window.

Go Back to Site-Specific Menu

Redisplays the Site-Specific Menu win-dow.


3-10 255-700-377


End

Table 3-2. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration Window


Local IWF ID Default: 0

Range: 1–255

Format: numeric

Specifies the local interworking function (IWF) identifier for the local endpoint.

Wireless Applications: The Cell Site and the MSC must have different IDs. The Cell site is the local IWF; the MSC is the remote.

ATM Address Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: valid dotted quad

Specifies the IWF ATM address for the local end-point. Type an address in hexadecimal format up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 charac-ters each).

Wireless Applications: The Cell Site and MSC must have different addresses.

Max Remote IWF Default: 100Range: 1–1024

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum number of remote IWF IDs that can be connected to the local endpoint in the PSAX system. If you enter a value higher than the default value in this field, you must also increase the value of the atmTrunkVCCs field on the Call Control Resource Allocation window accordingly

Wireless Applications: For the Cell Site to MSC applications, the MSC is the remote IWF.

[Admin Status](display only)

Default: UpRange: N/A


Specifies whether the local IWF is active.

Up Indicates that the local IWF is active.

Down Indicates that the local IWF is inactive.

255-700-377 3-11



Begin

Configuring the Remote IWF Identifier

1 Select the Add Remote IWF Entry command.

The ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 3-4).

Figure 3-3. ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table Window


3-12 255-700-377


2 Enter the remote IWF ID, the remote IWF ATM address, and the value Switched in the Remote IWF Trnk Mode field. See the descriptions of the commands and fields at the end of this procedure for more informa-tion.

3 Select the Add Configuration command.

The window now displays the following additional commands on the lower right side of the window: Go to Sig VCC Table, Go to Bearer VCC Table, and Go to Data Channel Table.

Note: You can view this remote IWF ID (and all the remote IWF IDs currently on the system) on the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table window (see Figure 3-3) by selecting the Go Back to Pre-vious Screen command.

4 Select the Go to Bearer VCC Table command.

The ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-5 in the next procedure).

The descriptions of the commands and fields on the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration window are provided in the following tables.

Figure 3-4. ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration Window

Command Function

Add Configuration Applies the values you set on this win-dow.

Update Configuration This command is not currently supported.

255-700-377 3-13



Bring Admin Status Up When the value in the [Admin Status] field is Down, brings the remote IWF node to the status Up.

Bring Admin Status Down When the value in the [Admin Status] field is Up, brings the remote IWF node to the status Down.

Delete and Return Deletes the remote IWF node that is not in service.

Go to Sig VCC Table This command is not currently supported.

Displays the ATM Trunking Sig VCC Table window. This command is displayed only after you have added a remote IWF ID.

Go to Bearer VCC Table Displays the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Table window. This command is displayed only after you have added a remote IWF ID.

Go to Data Channel Table Displays the ATM Trunking Data Channel Table window. This command is displayed only after you have added a remote IWF ID.

Go Back to Previous Screen Redisplays the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Table window

Command Function

Table 3-3. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration Window


Remote IWF ID Default: 0

Range: 1–1024

Format: numeric

Specifies the remote interworking function (IWF) identifier for the remote endpoint. The value in this field must be less than the value for the max-imum number of remote IWFs in the PSAX sys-tem. You specify the maximum number of IWFs on the ATM Trunking Local Node Configuration window.

Remote IWF ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the IWF ATM address for the remote endpoint. Type an address in hexadecimal format up to 20 bytes (160) bits long (10 groups of 4 characters each).Wireless Applications: If configuring a cell site with an MSC, the MSC is the remote IWF.


3-14 255-700-377


End

Remote IWF Trnk Mode

Default: Switched

Range: N/A


Specifies whether the remote IWF trunk is in switched mode or non-switched mode.Currently only the nonswitched mode is sup-ported.

Switched This mode is currently not supported. Indicates that the specified signaling VCC is used for the connection trunk.

Non-switched Indicates that no signaling is used for the connec-tion trunk.Wireless Applications: If configuring a cell site with an MSC, select this value.


Default: UpRange: N/A


Specifies whether the remote IWF is active.

Up Indicates that the remote IWF is active.

Down Indicates that the remote IWF is inactive.

Table 3-3. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Remote IWF Configuration Window


255-700-377 3-15



Begin

Configuring the Bearer VCC

1 Select the Add Bearer VCC Entry command.

The ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 3-6).

Figure 3-5. ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Table Window


3-16 255-700-377


2 Enter Spvc in the VCC Conn Type field, Spvc in the Apply Type field, and the desired priority level in the Priority field. For information on entering values in the fields, see the descriptions of the commands and fields provided at the end of this procedure.


The bearer VCC ID is added to the system

4 Select the Configure DSP Parameters command.

The ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters window is displayed (see Figure 3-7).

Figure 3-6. ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration Window

255-700-377 3-17



5 Enter values in the fields. See the descriptions of the commands and fields at the end of this procedure for more information.


7 Repeat the procedures, “Configuring the Remote IWF Identifier” and “Configuring the Bearer VCC”, in this section as many times as needed to set up as many ATM AAL2 SPVC trunks as needed.

The descriptions of the commands and fields on the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration window are provided in the following tables.

Figure 3-7. ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters Window

Command Function

Add Configuration Applies the values you set on this win-dow.

Delete Configuration Deletes the configuration.

Restart Connection Restarts the connection.

Display Next Connection Displays the next connecion.

Continuous Update Continuously update the window data every ___ msec.

Configure DSP Parameters Configures DSP parameters.

Note: If DSP parameters are configured on a per connection basis, the settings on this window are overridden by the applicable per connection configuration.


3-18 255-700-377


Bring Into Service Brings the specified ATM trunk bearer VCC into service.

Take Out of Service Takes the specified ATM trunk bearer VCC out of service.

Go Back to Previous Screen Redisplays the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Table window.

Command Function

Table 3-4. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration Window*


[Remote IWF ID](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the remote interworking function (IWF) identifier for the remote endpoint. This value is automatically assigned based on the previously selected remote IWF ID.

ATM Trnk Br VCC ID


Format: Numeric

Specifies the ATM Trunk bearer VCC ID.

Wireless backhaul applications: For connections between active (local) Cell Sites and passive (remote) MSCs, use the same ID number per trunk in the IMA link.

[Sig VCC ID](display only)


Format: Numeric

Displays the identifier of the signaling VCC.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the service type for the connection.

Wireless backhaul applications: If configuring a cell site with an MSC, both the local and remote VCC must be the same service type. Differing types will cause errors, and the bearer VCC will not become active.

Cbr-1 Indicates contant bit rate, priority 1.




Ubr Indicates unspecified bit rate.

Vbr-nrt2 Indicates variable bit rate, nonreal time, queue 2

Vbr-nrt1 Indicates variable bit rate, nonreal time, queue 1

Vbr-rt2 Indicates variable bit rate, real time, queue 2


Vbr-express Indicates variable bit rate, express.

255-700-377 3-19




Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the segmentation and reassembly type for the connection.

Aal2 Indicates that compressed, connection-oriented, delay-sensitive VBR traffic will be transmitted on this connection.

Wireless backhaul applications: Select this SAR Type for connections between cell sites and MSCs on both sides of the connection.

Aal1 Indicates that uncompressed, connection-ori-ented, time-sensitive CBR traffic will be transmit-ted on this connection.

Fwd/Bwd PCR (cps)

Default: 172 (Fwd and Bwd)

Range:

Format: Numeric (cells per second)

Specifies the forward and backward peak cell rate (cells per second) for the connection.

Wireless backhaul applications: This value must be the same on the local and remote VCC or the bearer VCC will not become active.

Fwd/Bwd SCR (cps)


Range:

Format: Numeric (cells per second)

Specifies the forward and backward sustained cell rate (cells per second) for the connection.

Note: This field is displayed only when the value in the Service Type field is one of the following: Vbr-nrt2, Vbr-nrt1, Vbr-rt2, Vbr-rt1, Vbr-express.

Fwd/Bwd MBS (cells)


Range:


Specifies the forward and backward maximum burst size (cells) for the connection.

Note: This field is displayed only when the value in the Service Type field is one of the following: Vbr-nrt2, Vbr-nrt1, Vbr-rt2, Vbr-rt1, Vbr-express.

Table 3-4. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration Window* (Continued)



3-20 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the OAM support used.

Unsupp Indicates that OAM is not in use.

Wireless backhaul applications: The CID range is 8 to 255 when OAM is unsupported.

GR-303/V.5 applications: Select this value. Do not activate OAM; the feature is not available on AAL2 trunks to IADs.

End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic.


Wireless backhaul applications: Select End-Pt to enable OAM for Std AAL2 SPVCs. However, these restrictions apply:

• The CE channel range is 32 to 255. In addition, the CIDs for each CE channel are fixed. Channel 1 must be CID 32, channel 2 must be CID 33, etc., up to 255 CIDs.

• Only one DS1 per AAL2 SPVC trunk (bearer VCC) is allowed.

• No OAM flows are sent toward the ATM side. Instead, a proprietary OAM implementation scheme is used.

• Only Upstream Interworking Unframed 1’s are supported. A configuration of an SPVC trunk, OAM enablement, and Trunk Conditioning upstream interworking is not supported.

• When LOS, AIS or RDI is received on the CE port, the trunk is torn down and AIS or RDI is sent to the far end.

VCC Conn Type Default: Svc


Format: Predefined

Specifies the VCC connection type.

Svc Switched virtual circuit.

Spvc Software-switched permanent virtural circuit.

Wireless backhaul applications: If the spvcGlo-balPriorityScheme field is enabled on the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration win-dow, you must select Spvc as the VCC Conn Type.



255-700-377 3-21



[VCC Interface ID](display only)

Default: 00/00/00

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

VCC interface ID for the outgoing interface. The trunk bearer VCC does not become active until both the local and remote trunk terminations are configured and brought into service. After this is done, the values assigned to the trunk are dis-played in this field and the VCC VPI/VCI field below.

You can enter a value in this field if you first select Pvc in the VCC Conn Type field.

[VCC VPI/VCI](display only)

Default: 0 / 0

Range: 0–4095 (VPI); 0–65535 (VCI)

Format: Numeric

VPI and VCI for outgoing interface. The trunk bearer VCC does not become active until both the local and remote trunk terminations are config-ured and brought into service. After this is done, the values assigned to the trunk are displayed in this field and the VCC Interface ID field above.

[VCC VIB/VUNIB](display only)

Default: 0/0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Specifies the egress part of the A to B side of the the VI/VUNI.

[VCC Owner](display only)

Default: Local

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the bearer VCC owner is the active (local) side or the passive (remote) side of the connection. If the values are improperly set, the bearer VCC will not become active.

Local The VCC owner is local.

Wireless backhaul applications: Select this VCC Owner Type for the cell site (caller) side of the connection.

Remote The VCC owner is remote.

Wireless backhaul applications: Select this VCC Owner Type for the MSC (called) side of the con-nection.

[Retry Timer/Limit](display only)

Default: 30/0Range:

Format: numeric(timer: sec; limit: integer)

Timer: Specifies the amount of time(seconds) to wait before attempting to establish the signaling side of the connection after a previously failed call attempt. The value 0 indicates that the call attempt is to be retried immediately.

Limit: Specifies the maximum limit on how many retried calls are to be attempted. The value 0 indi-cates no limit on how many call attempts can be made.

Wireless backhaul applications: On active (local) side SPVCs, this is a configurable parameter.

Inactive Timer Default: 3600

Range: 0–999999999

Format: numeric (msec)

Specifies the time period during which no activity is taking place before the signaling side of the connection clears the call.




3-22 255-700-377



Default: OutOfService

Range: N/A


Indicates whether the connection is attempting to make calls or receive calls.

OutOfService Indicates that the connection is not available to attempt making or receiving calls.

InService Indicates that the connection is available to attempt making calls or receiving calls.

Priority Default: 3Range: 1–6

Format: numeric

Specifies the the user-defined priority level of this connection. Assigning Priority 1 to all wireless calls ensure they will be reconnected first in the event that an ATM IMA link failure. Typically, level 1 is the highest priority and level 6 is the lowest. This value overrides the QoS class, end-point type, and/or AAL type with regard to prior-ity. The AAL2 VCC that is assigned to the bearer VCC will be transmitted according to the priority value. If the passive side of the bearer VCC does not have the same value as the active side, it will not affect the priority because the active side con-trols priority.

Application Type Default: Narrowband

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the PSAX application that will use this trunk connection.

Narrowband Indicates the the trunk will be used for narrow-band connections.

V5 This value is not currently supported.

Gr303 Indicates the the trunk will be used for GR-303 connections.

H248 Indicates the the trunk will be used for H.248 connections.

Spvc Indicates the the trunk will be used for SPVC connections.

Wireless backhaul applications: If the spvcGlo-balPriorityScheme field is enabled on the Call Control Resource Allocation Configuration win-dow, you must select the value Spvc in the Application Type field.



255-700-377 3-23



Dsp Iwf Type Default: None

Range: N/A



None Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connec-tions to DSP chips on the DSP2C Voice Server module that are configured as AlgoSet1 through AlgoSet3, and on the DSP2E/F as AlgoSet1 and AlgoSet6. This parameter allows the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group, such as is used in the European LES trunking standard V.5.2. This parameter supports applica-ble connection types of previous PSAX system software releases.

Packet-pipe Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connec-tions to DSP chips on the DSP2E/F modules that are configured as AlgoSet7. This parameter will not allow the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group. This parameter supports applicable connection types for pure data (VBR-to-ATM) in wireless applications.

Note: The value Packet-pipe cannot be used with the DSP2C Voice Server module.

Dsp Select Type Default: Automatic

Range: N/A


Specifies whether the DSP resources are allo-cated. The setting you select in this field must match the setting in the Selection Type column on the Dsp Resource Management Table (after the site-specific DSP Resource Configuration option), or your connections will not be made.

Automatic Indicates that the DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a chassiswide pool automatically.

Manual Indicates that the DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a particular module specified in the Dsp Card Slot Id field.




3-24 255-700-377


Dsp Card Slot Id Default: 0

Range: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the slot number of the DSP2x Voice Server module from which the DSP Resource Manager selects DSPs. If you selected Manual in the Dsp Select Type field, you must specify the DSP2x Voice Server module slot number in the Dsp Card Slot Id field from which you want the DSP Resource Manager to select DSPs. If no DSP resource is available on the DSP2x module in the specified slot, the connection is rejected. If you selected Automatic in the Dsp Select Type field, the Dsp Card Slot Id field is not displayed.

Num of DSP Chnl Default: 0Range: 0–384

Format: Numeric

Specifies the number of DS0s that can be reserved as DSP channels. If the IWF Type is Packet-pipe, the bandwidth configured by you for the trunk calculates how many DS0s fit into the trunk. For example, the DS0 line rate is approximately 171 cps. If you want 200 cps, the bw actually alloocated is 200/171, or 1.16 DS0s.

The CAC reserves the DS0 resource when the first connection is made on the trunk. If the value is left at the default 0, the number of reserved DS0s is best-effort.

[Last Rls Cause](display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the last release cause code. The cause code indicates a reason why the last attempted call was released. See the reference appendix in this guide for the description of SPVC Connection Cause Codes.

[Last Rls Diag](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Displays the last release diagnosis. The value in this field explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the con-nection.

[Retry Counter](display only)

Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays how many attempts to establish the con-nection have failed. The counter is reset when-ever a connection is successfully established or the signaling side of the connection is restarted.



255-700-377 3-25



The descriptions of the commands and fields on the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters window are provided in the following tables.

[Oper Status](display only)

Default: Idle

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays the operational status of the bearer VCC.

Idle Indicates that the bearer VCC is not transmitting.

OutOfService Indicates that the bearer VCC is not operational.

Init Indicates that the bearer VCC is initializing.

Active Indicates that the bearer VCC is transmitting.

Release Indicates that the bearer VCC has been released.

[Active Chnl Cnt](display only)


Format: Numeric

Displays the number of currently active channels for the bearer VCC

[Avail Bandwidth](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the available bandwidth remaining for the bearer VCC.

Wireless backhaul applications: This value is static and does not change when bandwidth is used; you must manually keep a record.

* If you are configuring wireless backhaul applications, all parameters selected for the local and remote VCC must have the same value (symmetric), or the bearer VCC will not become active.



Command Function

Add Configuration Applies the values you set on this window.

Go Back to Previous Screen Redisplays the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Configuration window.

Table 3-5. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters Window


PCM Encoding Default: A-law

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the type of pulse code modulation encoding used.

A-law European companding standard is used.

U-law Mu-law is the North American and Japanese companding standard.

None No companding is done on the connection.


3-26 255-700-377


Compression Type Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies the type of voice compression used in this connection.

None No compression is used on the connection.

G726-16K Voice compression ITU-T G.726 standard at 16-Kbps.




G729a-8K Voice compression ITU-T G.729a standard at 8-Kbps.

Audio Profile Src Default: Itu-t

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Select the type of audio profile source.

Itu-t ITU-T predefined profile.

Other ATM Forum predefined or user-defined profile.

Audio Profile ID Default: 1Range: 1–255

Format: Numeric

Audio profile identifier.

Max AAL2 Channel ID

Default: 255

Range: 9–255

Format: Numeric

Specifies the maximum number of channel IDs within this bearer VCC.

Max Frame Length Default: 4095

Range: 1–65535

Format: Numeric

Maximum length of frame mode data.

Combined Use Timer


Format: Numeric

Specifies the amount of time the host processor will wait for a cell to fill. The combined use timer (CuTimer) is set to zero, so that every ATM cell transmitted contains only one AAL2 packet. The first octet of the AAL2 packet header follows immediately after the Start Field in the ATM cell payload. If the AAL2 packet payload is less than 44 octets, the remainder of the ATM cell payload following the end of the AAL2 packet is filled with zeros as padding. Each increment of CuTimer is 5 msec waiting time. The default value 4 indicates a wait of 20 msec (4 x 5 msec) before an ATM cell is sent out.


Table 3-5. Field Descriptions for the ATM Trunking Bearer VCC Parameters Window (Continued)


255-700-377 3-27



Circuit Data Supp Default: Enable

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for circuit data is dis-abled or enabled.

Disable Support for circuit data is disabled.

Enable Support for circuit data is enabled.

Frame Mode Supp Default: DisableRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for frame mode is dis-abled or enabled.

Disable Support for frame mode is disabled.

Enable Support for frame mode is enabled.

Fax Mode Supp Default: Enable

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for fax mode is dis-abled or enabled.

Enable Support for fax mode is enabled.

Disable Support for fax mode is disabled.

CAS Pkt Xport Sup Default: DisableRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for CAS packet export is disabled or enabled.

Disable Support for CAS packet export is disabled.

Enable Support for CAS packet export is enabled.

DTMF Pkt Xport Sup

Default: Enable

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for DTMF packet export is disabled or enabled.

Enable Support for DTMF packet export is enabled.

Disable Support for DTMF packet export is disabled.

MF-R1 Pkt Xport Sup

Default: Disable

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for multi-frame R1 packet export is disabled or enabled.

Disable Support for MF-R1 packet export is disabled.

Enable Support for MF-R1 packet export is enabled.

MF-R2 Pkt Xport Sup

Default: DisableRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for multi-frame R2 packet export is disabled or enabled.

Disable Support for MF-R2 packet export is disabled.

Enable Support for MF-R2 packet export is enabled.



Chapter 3 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceProvisioning SPVC Connections

3-28 255-700-377


End

Begin

Saving Your Configured ATM AAL2 Trunks

1 To go back to Console Interface Main Menu window, press Ctrl+G

2 To save the system configuration, select the Save Configuration (modified) command.

All configuration data is saved to the database on the PSAX system.

End

Provisioning SPVC ConnectionsAn illustration of an SPVC connection is illustrated in Figure 3-8.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to configure your local SPVC address.

Idle Chan Supr Sup Default: Enable

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for idle channel sup-pression is disabled or enabled.

Enable Support for idle channel suppression is enabled.

Disable Support for idle channel suppression is disabled.

Silence Detect Sup Default: EnableRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether support for silence detection is disabled or enabled.

Enable Support for silence detection is enabled.

Disable Support for silence detection is disabled.



Figure 3-8. Example of SPVC Configuration

ATMPSAX

Local NSAP Address

SPVC EndpointRemote NSAP Address

SPVC Endpoint

Passive Endpoint

PSAX

Active Endpoint

255-700-377 3-29



To set up SPVCs, start at the Console Interface Main Menu window (see Figure 3-9).

Begin

1 Select Connection Configuration.

The Connection Configuration Menu window (see Figure 3-10) is dis-played.

Figure 3-9. Console Interface Main Menu Window (Connection Configuration Selected)


3-30 255-700-377


2 Select SPVC Configuration Screen (y).

The SPVC Configuration Menu (see Figure 3-11) is displayed.

Figure 3-10. Connection Configuration Menu Window (SPVC Configuration Screen Selected)

255-700-377 3-31



3 To configure a local SPVC address, select Configure Local Address.

The SPVC Address Table window (see Figure 3-12) is displayed.

Figure 3-11. SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window (Configure Local Address Option Selected)

Figure 3-12. SPVC Address Table Window


3-32 255-700-377


Note: At the time of initial installation, the SPVC Address Table window is empty.


4 Select Add an Entry field.

a. Type a network service access point (NSAP) address up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each), and press the Tab key.

b. In the Slot Port Chnl field, type the slot, port, and channel values for the endpoint ATM cell-bearing I/O module that has a configured ATM IISP (User or Network), ATM UNI 3.0, 3.1 or 4.0, or ATM PNNI 1.0 interface.

c. Press Enter to add the entry to the table.

5 Repeat step 2 as many times as needed to add NSAP addresses.


7 Select Save Configuration to store the values in the Multiservice Media Gateway system database.

End

Viewing Local NSAP Addresses

To view NSAP addresses, select Configure Local Address command on the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window (see Figure 3-11 on page 3-31).

The SPVC Address Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-13).

Command Function

Find: " " To find a particular SPVC address, enter the address values after the Find field. If the address exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Add an Entry: Highlights the line under the Add an Entry field. Press Enter to activate edit mode, then enter your address in the field.

Go Back to connection table


255-700-377 3-33



Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Creating an ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.



3-34 255-700-377


Begin

Creating an ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the SPVC Con-figuration Screen option and press Enter. The SPVC Connection Configu-ration Menu window is displayed (see Figure 3-14).

2 On the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window, select the ATM-to-ATM VCC option, and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-15).

Figure 3-14. SPVC Connection Configuration Menu Window

255-700-377 3-35



Note: At the time of initial installation, the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window is displayed all the connections of this type in the system.


Field Descriptions The display-only fields on this window provide the following information about all the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC connections in the PSAX system:

Figure 3-15. ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window

Command Function


Add a Connection Displays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.

Restart all Unconnected Restarts connection establishment proce-dure for all active ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC connections that are not previously set up.




3-36 255-700-377



The ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-16).


Table 3-6. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window


ATM PVC Interface This column displays the information for all Interface A (PVC) sides of the connections. The connection entries are shown in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, VPI, and VCI.

Remote Port Address

This column displays the ATM NSAP address for the remote end of the connection in hexadecimal notation.

Total: 0/0 The first number in this field indicates the num-ber of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

Figure 3-16. ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window

255-700-377 3-37



Field Descriptions 4 The fields on this window are described in Table 3-7.

Command Function


Delete Connection Deletes the out-of-service connection cur-rently displayed on the window.

Restart Connection Restarts the connection establishment procedure for this connection when the value InService is displayed in the [Admin Status] field.

Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system (all connections of this type are displayed on the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table win-dow).

View Connection Statistics Displays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Sta-tistics window.


Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table window.

Bring Into Service Brings this out-of-service connection into service so that the connection is available to make or receive calls.

Take Out Of Service Takes this in-service connection out of service so that the connection is not avail-able to make or receive calls.


Table 3-7. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window


ModuleGuide Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: N/A

Indicates Side A (local PVC side) of the connec-tion that will send and receive signals.


Range: N/A

Format: N/A

Indicates Side B (remote PVC side) of the connec-tion that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the slot number containing the module (or modules) for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.


3-38 255-700-377


Port Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the port number on the module (or modules) for both sides of the connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the channel where the call originates. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–4095

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier, an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 0–4095

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier, an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VUNI Default: 0Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. ModuleGuide-The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A to B or B to A side of the con-nection. Currently this function is available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules.

Conn Type Default: ActiveSvc

Range: N/A


Indicates the type of SPVC connection.

ActiveSvc Indicates that the PSAX system attempts calls.

PassiveSvc Indicates that the PSAX system accepts calls from another device. When you select this value, sev-eral fields on this window are not displayed.

Remote VPI/VCI Default: Required

Format: numeric

Indicates whether you select the VPI and VCI val-ues for the remote device or the remote device selects its own VPI and VCI values.

Note: This field is displayed only when you select the value ActiveSvc in the Conn Type field.

Required Indicates that you must enter the values for the remote (destination) in the VPI and VCI fields.

Any Indicates that the remote (destination) device selects the VPI and VCI values. The VPI and VCI fields are not displayed when you select this value.

VPI(for the remote endpoint)

Default: 0

Range: 0-4095

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier for the remote endpoint.

Note: This field is displayed only when you select the value Required in the Remote VPI/VCI field.

Table 3-7. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 3-39



VCI(for the remote endpoint)

Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier for the remote endpoint.

Note: This field is displayed only when you select the value Required in the Remote VPI/VCI field.

Flow Default: Duplex Indicates the direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Indicates that data flows in two directions between the two connection points: interface Side A and interface Side B.

SimplexA2B Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from Side A to Side B.


Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from one point on Side A to several points on Side B.

Simplex B2A Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from Side B to Side A.

PointToMultipointB2A

Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from one point on Side B to several points on Side A.

Retry Limit Default: 0

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the maximum limit on how many con-secutive unsuccessful call setup attempts the PSAX system makes before it stops making attempts to set up the connection. The value 0 indicates no limits on the number of attempts to set up the connection. Certain connection cause codes sent by the remote (destination) device instruct the PSAX system to retry the call. The cause code is displayed in the [Last Rls Cause] field.

Retry Interval (sec) Default: 1Range: 0–3600


Indicates the number of seconds elapsing between retried connection setups. The value 0 results in a retried connection setup with no delay.

Remote NSAP Addr Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Hexadecimal

Indicates the ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, that contains the NSAP of the side B interface selected for this connection. Enter the NSAP address of the remote ATM inter-face.





3-40 255-700-377



Default: Other

Range: N/A


Displays the operational status of the connection.

Other Indicates that none of the types specified below applies to the current operational status.

EstablishmentInProgress

Indicates that the connection is not operational, but call attempts are ongoing.

Connected Indicates that the connection is currently opera-tional.

RetriesExhausted Indicates that the retry limit has been reached and connection setup attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSupplied

Indicates that no remote address has been config-ured, so no connection attempts are initiated.

LowerLayerDown Indicates that the SPVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall Indicates that the passive endpoint of an SPVC connection is waiting for a call from the active side.

WaitingForRetryTimer

Indicates that the active endpoint of an SPVC connection is waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.

[Retry Failure Count](display only)


Format: numeric

Displays how many times the call retry failed since the last successful call setup. When a call is released, the PSAX system will continue to retry up to the retry limit that is specified in the Retry Limit field. See the ATM UNI 3.0 specification for more information.

Note: This field is displayed only when you select the value ActiveSVC in the Conn Type field.




Displays the last release diagnosis. The value in this field explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the con-nection.




Format: numeric

Displays the last release cause code. The cause code indicates a reason why the last attempted call was released. See the reference appendix in this guide for the description of SPVC Connection Cause Codes.See the SPVC Connection Cause Codes table in the help window for the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window.




255-700-377 3-41





Range: N/A






Format: numeric

Specifies the the user-defined priority level of this connection. To ensure that a wireless SPVC con-nections is not affected in the event that an ATM IMA link fails, you can assign a priority level that you define. Typically, level 1 is the highest prior-ity and level 6 is the lowest.


Range: N/A


Specifies the PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. For a description of the QoS classes, see the reference appendix in this guide.See the QoS tables in the help window for the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu win-dow. The type selected causes the conformance type for the connection to be derived from the class of service. This derived value is enforced by the UPC setting of the I/O module.


Vbr-nrt2 Indicates variable bit rate, non-real time, queue 2




Vbr-express Indicates variable bit rate, express

Cbr4 Indicates constant bit rate, queue 4






3-42 255-700-377




Range: 1–(2E32-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted at right, see Description column)


Indicates peak cell rate. The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per second), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.

Note: If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled setting on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the mini-mum listed below will cause traffic-shaped con-nections to default back to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traffic.





SCR/PCR (0) (cps) Default: 1

Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range)

Range: 1–(2E32-1)(theoretical range)


Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the PCR with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

Note: The sustained cell rate cannot exceed the maximum cell rate for the interface.



255-700-377 3-43




Default: 1

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.

TS Default: DisabledRange: N/A


Indicates whether traffic shaping for controlling the flow of data traffic is used. This feature is implemented on the following modules:



• 1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP Multi-mode and Single-Mode modules


• 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM Protection module

See the Peak Rate field on this table for restric-tions on the minimum range for the cells per sec-ond parameter on these modules.

Disabled Inactivates the traffic shaping function.


SarType Default: Aal5Range:

Format:

Aal5

Aal3-4

Aal2

Aal1

Null




3-44 255-700-377




The ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed with the values you just applied.



To view statistics, select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 3-17).


Figure 3-17. ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window

Command Function



255-700-377 3-45







Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.

Command Function

Table 3-8. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window


Slot Default: N/A

Range: Varies depending on chassis type

Format: numeric

Slot identifier of the ATM interface for either the ATM Interface A panel or the ATM Interface B panel.

Port Default: N/ARange: Varies depending on module type

Format: numeric

Port identifier of the ATM interface for either the ATM Interface A panel or the ATM Interface B panel.


Range: Varies depending on module type

Format: numeric

Channel identifier of the ATM interface for either Interface A or Interface B.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Virtual path identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) of the connection.


Format: numeric

Virtual channel identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) of the connection.

Cells Received Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of valid cells received since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.

Cells Transmitted Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of valid cells transmitted since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.

FEC Rate Used Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the forward error correction (FEC) rate being used by the FEC module in the A to B direction (for ATM Interface A panel), or the B to A direction (for ATM Interface B panel). This field is dymanic when auto rates are selected. In other cases it will display the rate set by the user.


3-46 255-700-377


Adding NSAP Addresses

To add NSAP addresses for SPVC connections, perform the steps in the fol-lowing procedure.

Begin

Adding NSAP Addresses to the SPVC Address Table

1 On the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window, select the Con-figure Local Address command and press Enter.


Received Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of valid cells received since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the cell transmit/receive counters track usage for the life of the circuit.

Transmitted Odom-eter

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of valid cells transmitted since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the cell transmit/receive counters track usage for the life of the circuit.

Time Elapsed Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Time, in hours, minutes, and seconds, since last reset.

Time Since Reset Default: 00:00:00Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Time elapsed since the last time the Reset Odometers command was used.



255-700-377 3-47





2 Select the Add an Entry field, and press Enter.

a Type a network service access point (NSAP) address up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each), and press the Tab key.

b In the Slot Port Chnl field, type the slot, port, and channel values for the ATM-cell-bearing I/O module that has a configured ATM IISP (User or Network) or ATM UNI 3.0 or 3.1 interface.


Command Function





Add an Entry: Adds to the table a new NSAP address, slot, port, and channel for an I/O module configured with an ATM interface.

Find: " " Finds the address entry with the specified NSAP address.

Go Back to connection table Redisplays the SPVC Connection Configu-ration Menu window.


3-48 255-700-377


c Press Enter to add the entry to the table.

3 Repeat Step 2 as many times as needed to add additional NSAP addresses.


5 Select the Save Configuration command, and press Enter to store the values in the PSAX system database.

End

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connections

Creating a Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC connection.

Begin

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the SPVC Con-figuration Screen option and press Enter. The SPVC Connection Configu-ration Menu window is displayed (see Figure 3-14).

2 On the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window, select the ATM-to-ATM VPC option, and press Enter.


255-700-377 3-49



The ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-15).

Note: At the time of initial installation, this window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 3-20. ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table Window

Command Function

PageUp Scrolls up one page.

PageDown Scrolls down one page.



Find ... Searches the table for a connection using the given interface. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Channel, and VPI fields. If the connection exists, it displays on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection window.


3-50 255-700-377


Field Descriptions The descriptions of the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 3-9.


The ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-16).

Restart All Uncon-nected

Restarts the connection establishment procedure for all active ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVCs that were not previously set up.

Go Back toConnec-tion Menu


Command Function

Table 3-9. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table Window


ATM PVC Interface This column displays the information for all ATM PVC Interface sides of the connections. The con-nection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, and VPI.

Remote Port Address

This column displays the ATM NSAP address for the remote end of the connection in hexadecimal notation.

S Connection status. An asterisk in this column indicates an operational connection. No asterisk indicates an inactive connection.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the identi-fication number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

255-700-377 3-51




Figure 3-21. ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window

Command Function



Restart Connection Restarts the connection establishment procedure for this connection when the value InService is displayed in the [Admin Status] field.

Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system (all connections of this type are displayed on the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table win-dow).

View Connection Statistics Displays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Sta-tistics window.


Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table window.



3-52 255-700-377





Command Function

Table 3-10. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection Window


ATM Interface A Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Side A (PVC side)of the connection that will send and receive signals.


Range: N/A


Side B (SVC side)of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Range:

The range varies depending on chassis type.


Port Range: 1–28,

depending on module selected

Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Channel Range: 1–32 This is the channel where the call originates.

For example, on a port of the DS3 IMA module, you can configure more than one channel in a port.

VPI Range: 0–4095 Virtual path identifier; an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VUNI Range: Range: 0–255 Virtual user network interface; an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.


PassiveSvc

The type of connection. ActiveSvc attempts calls. PassiveSvc accepts calls. When Pas-siveSvc is selected, the system conceals fields that are not configured for that type of connec-tion.

255-700-377 3-53



Flow Default: Duplex Direction of flow of data traffic in this connection. Data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

SimplexA2B, Sim-plex B2A





Range: 0–65535

Maximum limit on how many consecutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the con-nection. A value of zero indicates no limits. This will result in an infinite number of retries.

Remote NSAP Addr (shown when ActiveSvc is selected as the con-nection type)

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexadecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote ATM interface.


Range: N/A


Specifies the PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. For a description of the QoS classes, see the reference appendix in this guide. The type selected causes the conformance type for the connection to be derived from the class of service. This derived value is enforced by the UPC setting of the I/O module.


Vbr-nrt2 Variable bit rate, non-real time, queue 2.


Vbr-rt2 Variable bit rate, real time, queue 2.


Vbr-express Variable bit rate, express.

Cbr4 Constant bit rate, queue 4.







3-54 255-700-377




Range:


Note: Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Rate field.If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled setting on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below will cause traf-fic-shaped connections to default back to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traffic.







255-700-377 3-55



TS Default: Disabled


Format: predefined








Disabled Disables traffic shaping.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the VBR traffic entering the PSAX system (via these modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.


Default: Other None of the types specified below.

EstablishmentIn-Progress

Connection is not operational, but call attempts are ongoing.

Connected Connection is currently operational.

RetriesExhausted Retry limit has been reached and call attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSup-plied

No remote address has been configured, so no call attempts are initiated.

LowerLayerDown PVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall Passive endpoint of a SPVC connection, waiting for call from an active side.

WaitingForRetry-Timer

Active endpoint of an SPVC connection, waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.

[Last Rls Diag] (dis-play only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Last release diagnosis. Explains how the connec-tion was released and reported by the far end of the connection.

[Retry Failure Count]

(display only)


Format: Numeric

Displays how many times the call retry failed since the last successful call setup. When a call is released, the Multiservice Media Gateway will continue to retry up to the retry limit that is spec-ified in the Retry Limit field. See the ATM UNI 3.0 specification for more information.




3-56 255-700-377


5 To add (apply) the connection configuration, select the Add Connec-tion command and press Enter.

6 To view this connection on the table for this connection type, select the Go Back to Connection Table command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table window is returned, displaying the connection you just added.

7 To add more connections of this type, repeat steps 2 through 5.


To view connection statistics, select the View Connection Statistics com-mand on the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection window and press Enter. The ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 3-17).


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric





Range: N/A






Format: numeric

Specifies the the user-defined priority level of this connection. To ensure that a wireless SPVC con-nection is not affected in the event that an ATM IMA link fails, you can assign a priority level that you define. Typically, level 1 is the highest prior-ity and level 6 is the lowest.



255-700-377 3-57





Figure 3-22. ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window

Command Function






Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Connection window.


3-58 255-700-377


Table 3-11. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Statistics Window


Slot Default: NA

Range: Chassis-dependent

Format: Numeric


Port Default: NA

Range: 1–28

Format: Numeric


Channel Default: NA

Range: 1–32

Format: Numeric


VPI Default: NARange: 0–4095

Format: Numeric


Cells Received Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric


Cells Transmitted Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric


FEC Rate Used Default: NoneeighthRatequarterRatehalfRateautoHiQautoautoLoQRange: NA

Format: Character

Displays the forward error correction (FEC) rate being used by the FEC module in the A2B direc-tion (for ATM Interface A panel), or B2A direc-tion (for ATM Interface B panel). This field is dynamic when auto rates are selected. In other cases it will display the rate set by the user.

Note: This field is not used in SPVC connections.

Received Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Number of valid cells received since this counter was reset.

This counter serves as an odometer while the cells Tx/Rx counters track usage for the life of the circuit.

255-700-377 3-59



Adding NSAP Addresses

To add NSAP addresses, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin

Adding NSAP Addresses to the SPVC Address Table

1 On the ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVC Table window select the Go Back to Connection Table command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+B).

The SPVC Connection Configuration Menu is displayed (see Figure 3-14).

2 Select the Configure Local Address command and press Enter.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Number of valid cells transmitted since this counter was reset.

This counter serves as an odometer while the cells Tx/Rx counters track usage for the life of the circuit


Range: NA



Time Since Reset Default: 00:00:00

Range: NA






3-60 255-700-377



Commands The commands on this window have the following functions.


a. Type a network service access point (NSAP) address up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each), and press the Tab key.

b. In the Slot Port Chnl field, type the slot, port, and channel values for the ATM-cell-bearing I/O module that has a configured ATM IISP (User or Network) or ATM UNI 3.0, 3.1, or 4.0 interface.


Command Function





Add an Entry: Adds to the table a new NSAP address, slot, port, and channel for an I/O module configured with an ATM interface.

Find: " " Finds the address entry with the specified NSAP address.

Go Back to connection table Redisplays the SPVC Connection Configu-ration Menu window.

255-700-377 3-61



c. Press Enter to add the entry to the table.

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 as many times as needed to add NSAP addresses.


6 Select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values in the Multiservice Media Gateway system database.

End

Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Creating a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.

Begin

Steps to Create a Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC Connection

1 On the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window, select Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC(y), and press Enter.

The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-24).

Figure 3-24. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window


3-62 255-700-377


Note: At the time of initial installation, the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connec-tions, this window will display all the connections of this type in the system.


Display Field Descriptions

The display-only fields on this window provide the following information about all the circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC connections in the PSAX system:


The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window is dis-played (see Figure 3-25).

Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. If the connection exists, it will display on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window. Enter the CE side slot, port, channel, and parameters of the new connection on this window.

Restart all unconnected Restarts connection establishment procedure for all inactive Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVCs which were not previously operationally active.


Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window.

Table 3-12. Field Descriptions for the CE to ATM VCC SPVC Table Window


Circuit Emulation Side This column displays the information for all circuit emula-tion sides of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port and channel.

Remote Port Address This column displays the ATM NSAP address for the remote end of the connection in hexadecimal notation.

Flow This column displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

255-700-377 3-63










N) per Module




4 32 128









8 48


84 168



84 672


3-64 255-700-377



Figure 3-25. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window

Command Function



Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system (all connections of this type are displayed on the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table win-dow).


Restart This Connection Restarts the connection establishment procedure for this connection when the value InService is displayed in the [Admin Status] field.

Configure DSP2 Parameters Displays the DSP2 Parameter Configura-tion window. This command is not sup-ported.

255-700-377 3-65






View Connection Statistics Displays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window.


Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window.

Command Function

Table 3-14. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window




Format: N/A


ATM Interface Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

The ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: N/A

Range: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the circuit emulation-side slot number con-taining the module for which you are creating a connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: N/A

Range: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the circuit emulation-side port number on the module for which you are creating a connec-tion. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: N/ARange: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter circuit emulation-side channel number for the port on the module for which you are creat-ing a connection. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

[VPI ](display only)

Default: 0

Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric

Virtual path identifier (ATM side).

[VCI](display only)

Default: 0Range: 0– 65535

Format: numeric

Virtual channel identifier (ATM side).


3-66 255-700-377


VI Default: 0

Range: 0–1024

Format: numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the 1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP, the 1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS, and the 1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP modules. When disabled, the default value is 0.

Connection Type Default: ActiveSvc

Range: N/A


The type of SPVC connection. See Chapter 2 of the PacketStar® PSAX DSP2x Voice Server Module User Guide for rules.

ActiveSvc Selecting the value ActiveSvc attempts calls.

PassiveSvc Selecting the value PassiveSvc accepts calls. Sev-eral fields are not displayed when this value is selected.


Range: N/A







Range: N/A

Format: alphanu-meric

Direction of flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

SimplexA2B Data flows in only one direction, from side A to side B.


Data flows in only one direction, from one point on side A to several points on side B.

Simplex B2A Data flows in only one direction, from side B to side A.


Data flows in only one direction, from one point on side B to several points on side A.



255-700-377 3-67




Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexidecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote circuit emulation or ATM interface. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

SAR Type Default: Non-Mux-Aal2

Range: N/A


The type of segmentation and reassembly of data. If you are upgrading your PSAX system software, see the note at the end of this table.

Non-Mux-Aal2 Non-multiplexed AAL2. Choose this type to con-figure an SPVC if you are using DSP parameters with the connection. If you are using structured, channelized DS1/T1 service, see the note at the end of this table.

Aal1 AAL1 (uncompressed CBR).


Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Maximum limit on how many consecutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the con-nection. The value 0 indicates no limits and results in an infinite number of retries. See the reference appendix in this guide for the descrip-tion of ATM User-Network Specification, Version 3.1, Cause Codes. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Retry Interval(sec) Default: 1

Range: 0–3600


The number of seconds between retry intervals. The value 0 results in a retry with no delay. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.




3-68 255-700-377



Default: Other

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Operational status of the connection.

Other None of the types specified below.


The connection is not operational, but call attempts are ongoing.

Connected The connection is currently operational.

RetriesExhausted The retry limit has been reached and call attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSup-plied


LowerLayerDown The PVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall The passive endpoint of a SPVC connection is waiting for call from an active side.


The active endpoint of a SPVC connection is wait-ing for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.




Last release diagnosis. The text explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the connection.


Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Displays how many times the call retry failed since the last successful call setup. When a call is released, the PSAX system continues to retry up to the retry limit that is specified in the Retry Limit field. See the ATM UNI 3.0 specification for more information.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric





255-700-377 3-69



Note: SAR type for using structured, channelized DS1/T1 service: You must select nonmultiplexed AAL2 when using structured, chan-nelized DS1/T1 service on the following modules: 1-Port Channel-ized DS3 Multiservice, 1-port Channelized DS3 CES, 1-Port Chan-nelized STS-1e, T1 Format, 3-Port Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES, 6-Port Enhanced DS1 Multiservice, 6-Port Enhanced E1 Multiser-vice, 21-Port High-Density E1 Multiservice, and 12-Port Medium-Density DS1 Multiservice. Save your SPVC connection configura-tions before upgrading your PSAX system software, or you will have to re-enter these configurations.


End

Configuring Digital Signal Processing (DSP2) Parameters

Configuring DSP2 Parameters on the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC

Begin

SPVC Connection

1 From the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window, select the Configure DSP2 Parameters command and press Enter (or press Ctrl+C).

The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC DSP2 Parameters window is displayed.



Range: N/A






Format: numeric





3-70 255-700-377




Figure 3-26. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC DSP2 Parameters Window

Command Function

Add This Connection Adds a connection having the values currently displayed on the window.

Delete Connection and Return Deletes the connection having the values cur-rently displayed on the window.

Go Back to Connection Table Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.

255-700-377 3-71



Table 3-15. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC DSP2 Parameters Window



Range: N/A


None,G726-16k,G726-24k,G726-32k,G726-40k,G729a-8k

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not select the default value None. To enable voice compression, select the desired type and rate of voice compression from the list of values.

Note: Not supported on the 3-Port Unstructured DS3/E3 CES module.


Range: N/A


If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not select the default value Disabled.


Disabled Disables silence detection.

Enabled Enables silence detection.



None,G165-nearEnd,G168

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not select the default value None. If you want to enable echo cancellation on this connection, select G165-nearEnd or G168.



3-72 255-700-377


3 After entering the values you want for the DSP2 parameters, select the Add This Connection command (or press Ctrl+A).


The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is returned, dis-playing the values you just applied.


6 To permanently save these connections, press Ctrl+G to return to the Console Interface Main Menu window, select Save Configuration, and press Enter to store the values to the PSAX system database.

End


Range: N/A


If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, select the value Bypass.


Disabled Disables tone detection.

Bypass Indicates that the fax tones are to be recognized and data sent by fax is not to be processed by compression and echo cancellation algorithms.


Range: N/A


None,MuLaw2muLaw,ALaw2aLaw,MuLaw2aLaw,ALaw2MuLaw

Note: If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not select the default value None. To enable coding translation, select one of the values for pulse code modulation (PCM) translation. Selecting the value None actually uses Mu-law to Mu-law as the default PCM type. If used, noise will result on E1 circuits.


Note: If you are configuring this parameter for the 6-Port Enhanced DS1 or E1 modules, select the value ALaw2aLaw.

Note: If you are configuring this parameter for the Voice 2-Wire Office or the Voice 2-Wire Sta-tion module, select the value MuLaw2muLaw. The other values are not supported.

Table 3-15. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM SPVC DSP2 Parameters Window


255-700-377 3-73




From the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window, select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter. The Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 3-27).



Figure 3-27. Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window

Command Function




Displays the statistics for the next selected con-nection.

Go Back to Connec-tion Display

Redisplays the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.


3-74 255-700-377


Table 3-16. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window




ATM Interface The ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot(display only)

Default: 0


Format: numeric

The slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection.

Port(display only)

Default:

Range: Module-dependent

Format: numeric

The port number on the module for which you are creating a connection.


Default: 1Range: CE side:1–24 (DS1)1–31 (E1)ATM side:1

Format: numeric

On the Circuit Emulation Interface side, enter the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection. On the ATM Interface side, do not change the default value (1) in this field.

VPI(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric


VCI(display only)

Default: 32

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric



Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into either inter-face side during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of either inter-face side during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into either interface side since the odometer was last reset.

Decoded Odometer

(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of either interface side since the odometer was last reset.

255-700-377 3-75



Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections

Begin

CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC

1 From the Connection Configuration Menu, select the SPVC Configura-tion screen command under the SPVC Configuration option. The SPVC Connection Configuration Menu is displayed (see Figure 3-28).


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A




Default: 00:00:00Range: NA


Time elapsed since the last time the Reset Odometers command was used. This command resets only the odometer fields and the corre-sponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.


6.5000 e1 (default) Number of valid cells received since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.


6.5000 e1 (default) Number of valid cells transmitted since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.


6.5000 e1 (default) Total number of ATM cells received since odome-ter was last reset.


6.5000 e1 (default) Total number of ATM cells transmitted since odometer was last reset.




3-76 255-700-377


2 Select the CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC menu option. The CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Table is displayed (see Figure 3-29). (Upon first display, the table will be empty if you are configuring this connec-tionfor the first time).

Figure 3-28. CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection Option

Figure 3-29. CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Table

255-700-377 3-77



The display fields on this window indicate the following:

Table 3-17. Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table


CE Side

Slot Displays the slot for all CE interface sides of these types of connections.

Port Displays the port for all CE interface sides of these types of connections.

Channel Displays the channel for all CE interface sides of these types of connections.

ATM Side

RemoteIwfId Displays the unique ID of the receive end of the con-nection.

VccId Displays the unique VCC ID of the receive end of the connection.

Cid Displays the unique channel ID of the receive end of the connection. The CID path is located inside the VCC.

Connection

Status Displays Active if the connection is alive; displays Inactive if the connection is not.

Total: 0/0 First number in this field indicates the number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. Second number in this field indi-cates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

Command Function





Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the search parameters you specify. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.


3-78 255-700-377


3 Select the Add a Connection command. The CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-30).

4 Remain on this window and continue to the next procedure.

End

Begin

Configuring the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window

The fields and commands on this window are described in the tables after the window.


Add a Connection Displays the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection window on which you can enter or change values for a connection, or delete a connection.


Redisplays the SPVC Connection Configu-ration Menu window.

Figure 3-30. CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC TConnection Configuration Window

Command Function

255-700-377 3-79



5 Select the values for the fields on this window from the following table:

Command Function

Add Configuration Adds a connection having the values you entered on this window.




Redisplays the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table window on which you can view all the connections of this type you have added.

Table 3-18. Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Connection Window


CE Interface Panel

Slot Default: 1

Range: chassis depen-dent

Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the connection.

Port Default: 1Range: module dependent

Format: numeric

Specifies the port on the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the connection.

Channel Default: 1

Range: port depen-dent

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel of the port on the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the connection.


Default: Active

Range:


Specifies whether the connection is active (passing traffic) or inactive (not passing traffic).

Default: Active Indicates that the connection is passing traffic.

Default: Inactive Indicates that the connection is not passing traffic.

AAL2 ATM Interface Panel

RmtIwfId Default: 0

Range: 0–1024

Format: numeric

Specifies the remote interworking function (IWF) identifier for the remote endpoint. The remote end-point is the AAL2 trunk side of the connection.

VccId Default: 0

Range: 0–4096

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual channel connection identifier for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection. Only 1,024 bearer VCCs are supported per chassis.


3-80 255-700-377


Cid Default: 0

Range: 8–255 for non-OAM trunks;32–255 for End-Pt OAM trunks (0–15 is reserved)

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel identifier for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection. This identifier is unique for each AAL2 connection. For trunks with End-Pt selected as the OAM support type, the starting CID is 32. In this case, CIDs are preassigned to each CE channel; that is, channel 1 always has to be on CID 32, channel 2 always has to be on CID 33, and so on, up to CID 63 for channel 31 on an E1 interface.

Connection Parameters Panel

Note: For Release 8.0.0 and subsequent, the CAS refresh rate for all ITU-T profiles below is 5 sec-onds for the LES on-hook monitoring state.

Encoding Profile Default: Itut-profile-1

Range: N/A


Specifies the ITU-T or ATM Forum parameter set that applies to the connection. A parameter set specifies the compression algorithm used, packet size, whether silence detection is included, and so on. For more information on ATM Forum profiles, see the reference appendix in this guide..

Note: See the ITU-T Transmission Profile Tables in the reference appendix of this guide.

Itut-profile-1 Indicates that the connection uses the ITU-T Standard profile-1. This profile supports PCM G.711-64 Kbps (no compression).

Itut-profile-3 Indicates that the connection uses the ITU-T Standard Profile 3. This profile supports ADPCM G.726 at 16, 24, 32, and 40 Kbps compression and silence detection.

Itut-profile-7 Indicates that the connection uses the ITU-T Standard Profile 7. This profile supports CS-ACELP G.729 8 Kbps compression and G.729 silence detection.

Af-profile-7 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Stan-dard Profile 7. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, and silence detection. Data is transmitted in 44-octet packets.



Af-profile-10 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Stan-dard Profile 10. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, without silence detection. Data is trans-mitted in 44-octet packets.

Table 3-18. Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 3-81



Af-profile-11 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Stan-dard Profile 11. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, without silence detection. Data is trans-mitted in 40-octet packets.

Af-profile-12 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Stan-dard Profile 12. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, with silence detection. Data is transmitted in 40-octet packets.

Custom Indicates that the connection uses user-defined voice encoding.

Default Indicates that the connection uses the default encoding profile of the AAL2 trunk configuration.

Voice Compression Default: NoneFormat: predefined alphanumeric

G726-16kG726-24kG726-32kG726-40kG729a-8k

Specifies the ITU-T standard of compression in Kbps.


Range: N/A


Specifies whether silence detection will be used on this connection or not. You can specify if you want periods of silence in the connection to generate cells or not. To conserve bandwidth, select enabled.

Disabled Disables silence detection. Cells will be sent during silent periods in the connection.

Enabled Enables silence detection. No cells will be sent during silent periods in a connection. On the DSP2D Voice Server module, silence packets are sent every 100 msec.



Specifies what type of echo cancellation will be used on the connections. Echo is a portion of the transmis-sion that returns to the caller. Echo cancellation allows for the isolation and filtering out of unwanted signals caused by echoes from the main transmitted signal. Echo strength is measured in msec “tails”.

None Echo cancellation is not enabled.

G165-nearEnd ITU-T Standard G.165 (for near end only).

G168 ITU-T Standard G.168.




3-82 255-700-377


6 After entering your values for the fields on this window, select the Add Configuration command.

End

Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Creating a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection

Follow the steps below to create a frame relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC connec-tion.

Begin

Steps to Create a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection

Use the steps in the following procedure to add a Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.


Range: N/A


Specifies what kind of fax or modem tone the connec-tion will detect or bypass.

Disabled Disables fax/modem tone detection. The PSAX system reverts to uncompressed processing.

Bypass Bypasses fax/modem tone detection.


Range: N/A


Specifies the coding translation type on the connec-tion. Mu law is the Japanese and North American PCM coding and companding standard. A law is the Euro-pean PCM coding and companding standard.

None Indicates that the coding translation type is automati-cally set to the Mu law to Mu law standard for the con-nection, even though the field displays the value None.

MuLaw2muLaw Indicates that the coding translation type is Mu law to Mu law.

ALaw2aLaw Indicates that the coding translation type is A law to A law.

MuLaw2aLaw Indicates that the coding translation type is Mu law to A law.

ALaw2muLaw Indicates that the coding translation type is A law to Mu law.



255-700-377 3-83



1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select SPVC Configu-ration Screen(y), and press Enter.

The SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window is displayed (see Figure 3-31).

2 Select Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-32).



3-84 255-700-377


Note: At the time of initial installation, the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Display Fields The display fields on this window provide the following information about all the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC connections in the Multiservice Media Gateway system:

Figure 3-32. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window

Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Channel, and DLCI fields. If the connection exists, it will dis-play on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the Frame Relay-to ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.

Restart all unconnected Restarts connection establishment proce-dure for all active Frame Relay-to ATM VCC SPVCs that are not previously set up.



255-700-377 3-85




The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-33).



(Frame Relay) This column displays the information for all interface A (PVC) sides of the connections. The connection entries are displayed in ascending numerical order by slot, then by port, channel, and DLCI.

(ATM Side) This column displays the information for all interface B (SVC) sides of the connections.

Flow (S) This column displays the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total:0/0

The first number in this field indicates the num-ber of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. The second number indicates the total number of connec-tion table entries for this connection type.

Figure 3-33. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window


3-86 255-700-377


Command Function






Configure Traffic Parameters

Displays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Traffic Parameters window.

View Connection Statistics Displays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window.

Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system (all connections of this type are displayed on the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window).


Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 3-87




Table 3-19. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window


Frame Relay Inter-face


Format: N/A

Frame relay side (PVC side) of the connection.

ATM Interface ([Slot], [Port], [Channel], [VPI], [VCI] fields are dis-play only)

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

ATM side (SVC side) of the connection.

Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Enter the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter slot numbers for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Enter the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter port num-bers for both sides of the connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: 1Range: variable

Format: numeric

The channel number on the module for which you are creating a connection. This is the channel where the call originates. For example, on a port of the 6-Port Enhanced DS1 Multiservice mod-ule, you can configure more than one channel in a port. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

DLCI Default: N/A

Range: 16–1007

Format: numeric

Data link connection identifier. DLCI is used when the remote end point is frame relay.

Connection Type Default: ActiveSvc Range: N/A


The type of connection.




3-88 255-700-377



Range: N/A




Vbr-nrt2 Variable bit rate, non-real time, queue 2


Vbr-rt2 Variable bit rate, real time, queue 2











Range: N/A


Type of interworking to be done.

Frf8-Transl FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

Frf8-Pass FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.




255-700-377 3-89



Remote VPI, VCI/DLCI

Default: Required

Range: N/A


Indicates whether the remote VPI and VCI/DLCI values are to be used at the destination. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Required The destination device uses the values specified at this end.

Any The destination device selects the VPI and VCI/DLCI values. The VPI and the VCI/DLCI fields are not displayed when Any is selected.

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI);0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric

Virtual path identifier. The VPI field is displayed when Required is selected in the Remote VPI,VCI/DLCI field.

VCI/DLCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535 (VCI);16-1007 (DLCI)

Format: numeric

Virtual channel identifier/data link connection identifier. The VCI/DLCI field is displayed when Required is selected in the Remote VPI,VCI/DLCI field.


Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Maximum limit on how many consecutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the con-nection. The value 0 indicates no limits and results in an infinite number of retries. See the reference appendix in this guide for the descrip-tion of ATM User-Network Interface Specifica-tion, Version 3.1, Cause Codes. This field is dis-played only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Retry Interval (sec) Default: 2

Range: N/A


The waiting period before attempting to establish the SPVC after one call attempt has failed. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.


Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexidecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote frame relay or ATM interface in hexadecimal notation. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.




3-90 255-700-377




Range: N/A






Format: numeric



Default: Other

Range: N/A








NoAddressSupplied





Active endpoint of a SPVC connection, waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.



255-700-377 3-91





Begin

Steps to Configure Traffic Parameters

1 On the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window (see Figure 3-31), select Configure Traffic Parameters and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Traffic Parameters window is dis-played (see Figure 3-34).


Default: N/A

Range: N/A








Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric






3-92 255-700-377




Figure 3-34. Frame Relay-to-ATM SPVC Traffic Parameters Window

Command Function




Go Back to Connection Screen

Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table window.

255-700-377 3-93



Table 3-20. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Traffic Parameters Window



Default: 4096

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Measured in bytes.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric


Excess Burst Size Default: 45000000Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Measured in bits per second.

Committed Info Rate


Format: numeric

Committed information rate is the rate of traffic (measured in bits per second) for a given connec-tion that the system will attempt to provide guar-anteed delivery.

Note: If using traffic shaping on the STM-1 or OC-3 modules, set this parameter on the FR side of the connection on both ends of the link to con-trol the cell transmission rate. This is necessary because the SCR field is not available on the ATM side of the connection.


Range: N/A

Format: character (predetermined)

A method for controlling the flow of data traffic. It is implemented on modules that are offered with traffic-shaping variations: the OC-3c Multi-mode, OC-3c Single-Mode, STM-1 Multimode, and STM-1 Single-Mode modules.

Disabled Traffic shaping does not function.

Enabled Traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.


Default: 1000

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Time, in seconds, since the last reset.


3-94 255-700-377




The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window returns, displaying the values you just applied.


End


To view the statistics for this connection, on the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window (see Figure 3-33), select View Connection Sta-tistics and press Enter.

The Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window is displayed.


Default: 1

Range: N/A

Format: numeric



Default: 1

Range: N/A

Format: numeric



Default: 1

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Maximum burst size. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When set-ting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Table 3-20. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Traffic Parameters Window


255-700-377 3-95



Commands The commands on this window ha ve the following functions:

Field Descriptions The connection statistics on this window as described in Table 1-3.

Figure 3-35. Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window

Command Function

Reset Odometers Resets the Encoded Odometer, Decoded Odometer, In Odometer, and Out Odome-ter fields to zero.

If a call is disconnected, all odometers are reset to zero.





Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.


3-96 255-700-377


Table 3-21. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Window


Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Slot identifier of the frame relay interface (Inter-face A). The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Port identifier of the frame relay interface (Inter-face A). The range of port numbers varies with the module type.


Format: numeric

Channel identifier of the frame relay interface (Interface A). The range of channel numbers var-ies with the module type.

DLCI Default: N/ARange: 16-1007

Format: numeric

Data link control identifier of the frame relay interface in which the call is configured.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric


Cells Encoded Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Decoded Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Frames Dropped Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames dropped for a given DLCI in the A2B direction. This field is only applicable to the input side.

Encoded Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into inter-face side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Decoded Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of inter-face side B since the connection was created or statistics were reset.


Range: N/A


Default:

Time, in hours, minutes, and seconds, since the circuit was established.

255-700-377 3-97



Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

This connection is supported on the Ethernet and the 4-Port Ethernet mod-ules beginning with PacketStar PSAX Release 6.5.0, and AQueView EMS Release 4.5.

Creating a VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.

Begin

1 On the SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window, select the VBR-to-ATM VCC option, and press Enter.


The VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-37).





Range: NA



The Reset Odometers command on the statis-tics window resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters incre-ment for the life of the circuit.


Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells received into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Transmitted Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells transmitted out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

In Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


Out Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


Table 3-21. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Window



3-98 255-700-377


The VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed with the values you just applied.


End

The VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is displayed (see Figure 3-36).

Note: At the time of initial installation, the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections, this window displays all the connections of this type in the system.


Figure 3-36. VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window

Command Function

Find . . . To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Con-nection window.

255-700-377 3-99



Field Descriptions The display-only fields on this window provide the following information about all the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC connections in the PSAX system:

Restart all Unconnected Restarts the connection establishment procedure for this VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.



Command Function

Table 3-22. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Table Window


VBR Side Displays the slot, port, and channel information for all VBR interface sides of the connections.

Remote Port Address

Displays the ATM NSAP address in hexadecimal notation for the remote end of the connection.

Flow Displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total: 0/0 First number in this field indicates the number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. Second number in this field indicates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.


3-100 255-700-377



Figure 3-37. VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window

Command Function



View Connection Statistics Displays the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Sta-tistics window.



Display Next Connection Displays the next connection of this type in the PSAX system (all connections of this type are displayed on the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table win-dow).


255-700-377 3-101



Field Descriptions



Redisplays the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Table window.

Command Function

Table 3-23. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM SPVC Connection Window


VBR Interface A Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: N/A

Specifies the VBR interface side of the connection that will send and receive traffic. This side is used for the Ethernet side of the connection.


Range: N/A

Format: N/A

Specifies the ATM side of the connection that will send and receive traffic.

Slot Default: N/A


Format: numeric

Specifies the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter a slot numbes for Side A of the connection.

Port Default: N/ARange: module dependent

Format: numeric

Specifies the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Enter a port number for Side A of the connection.



Format: numeric

Specifies the channel number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Do not change the value 1 in this field.

[VPI](display only)

Default: N/A

Range: 0–4095

Format: numeric

Displays the virtual path identifier (ATM side). This value must be set up on the SPVC Address Table window.

[VCI](display only)

Default: N/ARange: 0–4095

Format: numeric

Displays the virtual channel identifier (ATM side). This value must be set up on the SPVC Address Table window.

[VUNI](display only)

Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Displays the virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently this field is applicable only on the OC-12c/STM-4c APS/MSP), OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP mod-ules. When disabled, the default value is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) is associated with the egress part of the A-to-B or B-to-A side of the connec-tion.


3-102 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Specifies whether the connection is active or pas-sive.

ActiveSvc Indicates that the connection attempts calls.

PassiveSvc Indicates that the connection accepts calls. Once you select this value, fields associated with the connection type set to ActiveSvc are hidden on this window.

Peak Rate Default: 1Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted at right, see Description column)

Range:


Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the mod-ule. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.








255-700-377 3-103



Sustained Rate Default: 1



Specifies the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.



Default: 1

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.



Range: N/A



Ubr Unspecified bit rate. If you select this value, the Sustained Cell Rate (cps) and Max Burst Size fields are hidden on this window.

Vbr-nrt2 Variable bit rate—nonreal-time 2.


Vbr-rt2 Variable bit rate—real-time 2.


Vbr-express Variable bit rate—express.




3-104 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Indicates the ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection. Enter the NSAP address of the remote VBR or ATM interface.




Specifies the direction of flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Indicates that data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

SimplexA2B Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from side A to side B.

Simplex B2A Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from side B to side A.

Retry Limit Default: 0 Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Specifies the maximum limit on how many con-secutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the connection. The value 0 indicates no limits, results in an infinite number of retries.


Range: 0–3600


Specifies the number of seconds between retry intervals. The value 0 will result in a retry with no delay.

Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1 Range:


When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.



255-700-377 3-105




Range: N/A








Disabled Indicates that traffic shaping is not used on this connection.



Default: OtherRange: N/A


Displays the operational status of this connection.

Other Indicates that the operational status of this con-nection is not described by the types specified any other field values below.




RetriesExhausted Indicates that the retry limit has been reached and call attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSupplied

Indicates that no remote address has been config-ured, so no call attempts are initiated.

LowerLayerDown Indicates that the PVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall Indicates that the passive endpoint of a SPVC connection is waiting for call from an active side.


Indicates that the active endpoint of a SPVC con-nection is waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.


Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Displays the last release diagnosis, which explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the connection.




3-106 255-700-377



Begin

1 Select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter.

The VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 3-38).

2 Select the Go Back to Connection Display command and press Enter.


Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: numeric



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric





Range: N/A






Format: numeric




255-700-377 3-107



3 To permanently save these connections, press Ctrl+G to redisplay the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Save Configuration command, and press Enter to store the values to the PSAX system data-base.

End



Figure 3-38. VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window

Command Function

Reset Odometers Resets the Encoded Odometer, Decoded Odometer, In Odometer, and Out Odome-ter fields to zero. If a call is disconnected, all odometers are reset to 0.





Redisplays the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection window.


3-108 255-700-377


Table 3-24. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window


Slot Default: Varies depending on selected slot


Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot identifier of the ATM interface for either the ATM Interface A panel or the ATM Interface B panel on this connection.

Port Default: Varies depending on selected slot


Format: Numeric

Indicates the port identifier of the ATM interface for either the ATM Interface A panel or the ATM Interface B panel on this connection.

Channel Default: Varies depending on selected slot


Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel identifier of the ATM inter-face for either Interface A or Interface B on this connection.

VPI (ATM Interface panel only)


Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) on this connection.

VCI (ATM Interface panel only)

Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier of the ATM side (SVC side) on this connection.

Cells Encoded Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cells encoded going into interface Side A on this connection during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Decoded Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cells decoded going out of interface Side B on this connection during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Encoded Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going into interface Side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Decoded Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out of interface Side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Cells Received Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


255-700-377 3-109



Adding VBR-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections

Accessing the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection

Begin

Window

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the SPVC Con-figuration Screen option under the SPVC Configuration option.

The SPVC Connection Configuration Menu window is displayed (see Figure 3-39).


Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


In Odometer Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going into interface Side B since the connection statis-tics were reset.

Out Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out of interface Side A since the connection sta-tistics were reset.


Range: N/A

Format: hh:mm:ss

Displays the time, in hours, minutes, and sec-onds, since last reset.


Range: N/A

Format: hh:mm:ss

Time elapsed in hours, minutes, and seconds, since the last time the Reset Odometers com-mand was used.

Table 3-24. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Window



3-110 255-700-377


2 Select the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC command. The VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table is displayed (see Figure 3-40).

Note: At the time of initial installation, the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table window is empty. After you have set up connections,

Figure 3-39. VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC SPVC Connection Option

Figure 3-40. VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table Window

255-700-377 3-111



this window displays all the connections of this type in the sys-tem.

Descriptions of the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 3-25.


3 Select the Add a Connection command.

The VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 3-41).

Table 3-25. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table Window


(VBR Side) Displays the slot, port, and channel information for all VBR interface sides of the connections.

RemoteIwfId Displays the ATM NSAP address in hexadecimal nota-tion, the VCC ID, and the CID for the remote end of the connection.

Status Displays the direction of the data traffic flow for the connections.

Total: 0/0 First number in this field indicates the number of the connection table entry on the first line of the currently displayed window. Second number in this field indi-cates the total number of connection table entries for this connection type.

Command Function





Find . . . Searches the table for a connection using the search parameters you specify. To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Add a Connection Displays the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection window on which you can enter or change values for a connection, or delete a connection.




3-112 255-700-377


The commands in this window have the following functions.


Figure 3-41. VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Configuration Window

Command Function

Add Configuration Adds a connection having the values you entered on this window.




Redisplays the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Table window where you can view all the connections of this type you have added.

255-700-377 3-113



Table 3-26. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window

Field Name Field Values Field Description

VBR Interface (Left Panel)

Slot Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the con-nection.

Port Default: 1

Range: module dependent

Format: numeric

Specifies the port on the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the connection.

Channel Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the channel of the port on the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the connection.

AAL2 ATM Interface (Right Panel)

RmtIwfId Default: 0Range: 0–1024

Format: numeric

Specifies the remote interworking function (IWF) identifier for the remote endpoint. The remote endpoint is the AAL2 trunk side of the connec-tion.

VccId Default: 0

Range: 0–4096

Format: numeric


Cid Default: 0Range: 8–255 for non-OAM trunks;32–255 for End-Pt OAM trunks (0–15 is reserved)

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel identifier for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection. This identifier is unique for each AAL2 connection. For trunks with End-Pt selected as the OAM support type, the starting CID is 32. In this case, CIDs are preas-signed to each circuit emulation channel, that is channel 1 always has to be on CID 32, channel 2 always has to be on CID 33, and so on up to CID 63 for channel 31 on an E1 interface.

General Connection Parameters (Left Panel)


Range: N/A


Indicates the PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a description of each service type.








3-114 255-700-377



Default: Active

Range: N/A


Specifies whether the connection is active (pass-ing traffic) or inactive (not passing traffic).

Active Indicates that the connection is passing traffic.

Inactive Indicates that the connection is not passing traffic.

Traffic Parameters A to B (Left Panel)

Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range)



Indicates peak cell rate on the VBR interface side of the connection. The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per second), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be greater than the value in the Sustained Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

In Packet Pipe Mode on the DSP2 Voice Server Modules, this value cannot exceed 22,092 cps.



Default: 1




Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells on the VBR interface side of the connection. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be less than the Peak Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

In Packet Pipe Mode on the DSP2 Voice Server modules, this value cannot exceed 22,092 cps.



Default: 1

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric (cells)

Indicates the maximum burst size on the VBR interface side of the connection. This traffic parameter specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Table 3-26. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 3-115



Traffic Parameters B to A (Right Panel)

Peak Rate (cps) Default: 1




Indicates peak cell rate on the AAL2 ATM inter-face side of the connection. The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per sec-ond), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be greater than the value in the Sustained Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.




Default: 1




Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells on the AAL2 ATM interface side of the connection. When setting this value, calcu-late the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each inter-face for the module. The value in this field must be less than the Peak Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.






Indicates the maximum burst size on the AAL2 ATM interface side of the connection. This traffic parameter specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Table 3-26. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window (Continued)



3-116 255-700-377



255-700-377 4-1

4 Provisioning SVC Connections Usingthe Console Interface









• PVC connections

• SVC connections




Connection Types by Interface Type For a matrix of connection types by interface types, see the Connection Types

by Interface Types table in the appendix, “Reference Information.”

Chapter 4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceProvisioning SVC Connections

4-2 255-700-377



Provisioning SVC Connections

Note: SVC connections are not supported on the STM-1 MM/SM Traffic Shaping modules.

To display SVC connections on the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table window, they must be enabled by configuring IISP or PNNI links on the PSAX system. To enable SVC connections, you must first set up a PNNI link or an IISP link.

Setting Up a PNNI Link

To set up a PNNI link, do the following:

1. Configure a PNNI node and bring it into service. Be sure that Up is dis-played in the [Admin Status] field.

For instructions on PNNI node configuration, the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide.

2. Configure a channel on an I/O module with the ATM PNNI interface, and bring the interface into service.

For instructions on ATM PNNI interface configuration, see the appropri-ate PacketStar PSAX module user guide.

After enabling this PNNI link, ATM-to-ATM SVC connections can be dynamically created by the PSAX system through an interface with a call controller such as a Lucent Softswitch–T3 (Toll/Tandem/ Transit), a Lucent 7R/E™, or aLucent ConnectStar™ Interworking Call Router. If you enable a PNNI link and an IISP link, the PSAX system will use the PNNI link first to create an SVC. If the PNNI link goes down, the IISP link will be used to sustain the SVC.

Setting Up an IISP Link

To set up a IISP link, do the following:

1. Configure a channel on an I/O module with the ATM IISP user or ATM IISP network interface, and bring the interface into service.

For instructions on ATM IISP interface configuration, see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX module user guide.

2. Add an entry to the IISP VBR routing table or the IISP CBR routing table.

For instructions on adding IISP VBR and IISP CBR routing entries, see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX module user guide.

After enabling this IISP link, ATM-to-ATM SVC connections can be dynamically created by the PSAX system through an interface with a call controller such as a Lucent Softswitch–T3 (Toll/Tandem/Transit), a Lucent 7R/E™, or a Lucent ConnectStar™ Interworking Call Router. If you enable a PNNI link and an IISP link, the PSAX system will use the PNNI link first to create an SVC. If the PNNI link goes down, the IISP link will be used to sustain the SVC.

255-700-377 4-3



Viewing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connections

Note: SVC connections are not supported on the OC-3c or the STM-1 MM/SM Traffic Shaping modules.

The SVC connections that display on the ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Table win-dow change dynamically as they are created and then torn down. Use the following steps to display SVC connections, starting at the Connection Con-figuration Menu window.

In the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC option and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table window is displayed (see Figure 4-1).


To refresh the display of SVCs, select the Go Back to Connection Menu command, and then select the ATM-to-ATM VCC option again.

Figure 4-1. ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Table Window

Command Function

Find To find a particular connection, enter values in the Slot, Port, Chnl, VPI, and VCI fields If the connection exists, it is displayed on the first line of the table.

Go Back to Con-nection Menu→

Redisplays the Connection Configuration Menu win-dow.


4-4 255-700-377


Editing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connection Entries

Note: SVC connections are not supported on the OC-3c or the STM-1 MM/SM Traffic Shaping modules.

The SVC connections that display on the ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Table win-dow change dynamically as they are created and then torn down.

Viewing or Editing an ATM-to-ATM SVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to view or edit an ATM-to-ATM SVC connection, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

Begin

Steps to View or Edit an ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connection

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC option and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table window is displayed (see Figure 4-2).


Figure 4-2. ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table Window

255-700-377 4-5



If connection entries exist in the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table win-dow, you can edit traffic parameters.

2 To edit an existing SVC connection entry in the table, select the entry and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection window is displayed (see Figure 4-3).


Command Function

Find To find a particular connection, enter val-ues in the Slot, Port, Chnl, VPI, and VCI fields. If the connection exists, it is dis-played on the first line of the table.



Figure 4-3. ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection Window

Command Function



4-6 255-700-377


Field Descriptions 3 You may edit this entry by entering the values for the fields on this win-dow as described in Table 4-1.

View Connection Statistics Displays the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection window.


Redisplays the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table window.

Command Function

Table 4-1. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Window


Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot numbers for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.


Format: numeric

Select the port number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot numbers for both sides of the connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.

Channel Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

The channel number of the port on the module for which this connection was created. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.


Format: numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric


VI Default: 0

Range: 0–1024

Format: numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0.

255-700-377 4-7




Range: Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1Vbr-rt2Vbr-rt1Gfr-1Vbr-expressCbr4Cbr3Cbr2 Cbr1 Gfr-2



See the appendix in the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a detailed description of the values for this field.




4-8 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: Character


Note: See the section, “ATM Traffic Descriptors,” in the Reference Appendix for a detailed descrip-tion of the values for this field, including repre-sentative examples.






Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

SAR Type Default: Null

Range: Aal5Aal3/4Aal2Aal1


Range:

The segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type should correspond to the SAR type of the incom-ing data stream.



255-700-377 4-9



Frwd Error Correct(Forward Error Correction)

Default: None

Range: Eighth RateQuarter RateHalf RateAuto Hi QAutoAuto Lo Q

Format: Character

The values Eighth Rate, Quarter Rate, and Half Rate are a Reed-Solomon encoding rate with a specific error-correction capability. The values Auto Hi Q, Auto, and Auto Lo Q are dynamically changing rate options.


Range: module-dependent

Format: numeric (cps)

Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (measured in cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.










4-10 255-700-377


SCR/PCR (0) Default: 1


Format: numeric

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high pri-ority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells, measured in cells per second.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than or equal to the Peak Rate(0+1) field.

If using traffic shaping on the OC-3c or STM-1 modules, the modules will not pass data until these parameters are set to a specified rate. Very large bursts of traffic may exceed the 8 MB mem-ory typically available on the module, resulting in dropped cells. If very large bursts are typical for a specific network configuration, the module mem-ory can be upgraded to 64 MB.

Max Burst Size Default: 1Range: module-dependent

Format: numeric

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module.


Flow(display only) Default: Duplex

Range: SimplexA2BPoint-to-Multi-point A2B





255-700-377 4-11



4 To view the updated SVC entry, select the Go Back to Connection Table command.

This entry is displayed in the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table window (Figure 4-3 on page 4-5) with the values you set in the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection window(see Figure 4-2).


Range: N/A

Format: Character

OAM is not in use.

End-Pt The Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a ter-mination point for ATM.


Seg-Pt Not supported.

End-Seg-Pt Not supported.

Intermediate-Pt The Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a net-work node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection.



[Conn Status](dis-play only)

Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Active





4-12 255-700-377


End


To view the statistics for the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP connection, go to the ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Connection window (see Figure 4-3), select the View Connection Statistics command and press Enter.

The ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 4-5).

Figure 4-4. ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Table Window (Displaying Entries)

255-700-377 4-13





Figure 4-5. ATM-to-ATM VCC/VPC SVC/SVP Statistics Window

Command Function








4-14 255-700-377


Table 4-2. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC /VPC SVC/SVP Statistics Window


Interface A Statis-tics

Default: Varies depending on ATM interface type

Range: N/A

Format: text


Interface B Statis-tics


Range: N/A

Format: text


Slot(display only)

Default: Varies depending on selected slot


Format: numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot numbers for both sides of the connection.

Port(display only)

Default: Varies depending on selected slotRange: Varies depending on module type

Format: numeric

Select the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection. Select port num-bers for both sides of the connection.


Default: Varies depending on selected slot


Format: numeric

Select the channel number of the port on the module for which you are creating a connection. Select channel numbers for both sides of the con-nection.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Virtual path identifier. Enter a value for ATM side of the connection.


Format: numeric

Virtual channel identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.

cell Drop/Tag Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Cells dropped or tagged due to UPC/traffic polic-ing.

255-700-377 4-15


Chapter 4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceConfiguring In-Band Management SVC Connections

5 Press Ctrl+G and select the Save Configuration menu option.

End

Configuring In-Band Management SVC Connections

If you want to manage one or more PSAX systems over an ATM wide-area network (WAN), you can set up a PSAX system or a network management system (NMS) computer to provision either PVC or SVC connections to the remote PSAX systems being managed.

For a PVC connection, you set up the management host, which is typically a Unix workstation running an SNMP client that manages one or more PSAX systems over an Ethernet network.

Three basic methods for configuration are possible:

• Direct connection

• Routed connection

• Hybrid connection

For more information on these connections, see the appendix, “Configuring In-band Management.”

To configure the primary IP address for the management host, perform the steps in the following sections, “Adding an In-Band Management ATM SVC Connection,” and ”Creating an In-Band-Management SVC Connection.”


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of OAM cells received on Interface A or B.

Cells Transmitted Default: 6.5000 e1Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of OAM cells transmitted on Inter-face A or B.


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of ATM cells received on Interface A or B since odometer was last reset.


Default: 6.5000 e1

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of ATM cells transmitted on Inter-face A or B since odometer was last reset.


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection.

Time Since Reset Default: 00:00:00Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection since the last odometer reset.




4-16 255-700-377


A Unix workstation is used as the address resolution protocol (ARP) server. The host PSAX system and all remote systems on the same ATM network register their IP addresses on the ARP server when they are initialized (booted). When you want to create an in-band management SVC connection to one or more remote PSAX systems, you use the host PSAX system to request the IP addresses of the remote PSAX systems. After you obtain these IP addresses, you can create the SVC connections (see Figure 4-6).

Preparing to Create an In-Band Management SVC Connection

Before creating an SVC connection, you need to set up the Unix workstation as the ARP server, and each of the PSAX systems. To do this, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin

1 To configure the Solaris workstation to act as an ARP router, you must install an ATM Network Interface Card (NIC) and configure the card as an ATM ARP Server. To do this, consult the procedures in the appropriate section of your Sun Solaris ATM User Guide.

2 Log on to your PSAX system, and go to the Equipment Configuration window.

Figure 4-6. In-Band SVC Connections

Unix Unix

PSAX System

PSAX System

Primary ARP Backup ARP Server

Local Host Sys-

Remote Systems

PSAX System

Workstation Workstation

255-700-377 4-17



3 In the Equipment Configuration window, select the module you will use. The OC-3c module is the most often used I/O module for this connec-tion.

4 Configure the OC-3c module (or the module you have selected) for the ATM UNI 3.1 interface type and select the Apply Port and Channel Configuration command.

5 Select the Configure the Interface command.

6 On the ATM UNI 3.1 Configuration window, in the ATM Signaling field, select Enabled. In the Interface Type field, select Network.

7 Enter an appropriate value in the Address Prefix field.

This is the Address Prefix of the node address of the OC-3c module.

8 Configure the ILMI interface. (This is an optional step, but strongly rec-ommended.)

9 On the ILMI Configuration window select Enabled in the ILMI Protocol, Address Registration, and Connectivity Procedure fields.

10 Select the Apply ILMI Configuration > Go Back to Previous Screen commands.

11 Check the ILMI Registered User Address window to see that the address has been created, and return to the Main Menu.

12 From the Site-Specific Menu, select PNNI System-Wide Configura-tion command.

13 Select the Create a Node command.

14 Follow the instructions in the “PNNI System-Wide Configuration” sec-tion in this chapter.

15 Return to the Site-Specific Configuration window to create the in-band SVC Connection.

End

Creating an In-Band Management SVC Connection

An in-band management SVC connection can be created between a config-ured in-band management address and any module that supports ATM inter-faces. This connection supports the UBR and VBR-express service types.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an in-band manage-ment SVC connection.

Begin

1 From the Console Interface Main Menu window, select the Site Specific Configuration option.


4-18 255-700-377


The Site-Specific Menu window is displayed (see Figure 4-7).

2 Select the In-band Management IP Configuration option.

The In-Band Management IP Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 4-8).

3 Enter the primary IP address and primary IP mask for the PSAX system.

Note: This address must be on a different subnet from the subnet that is assigned to the Ethernet interface for the management host.

4 In the SVC Connections field, select Enabled.

The In-Band Management IP Configuration Window with additional fields is displayed (see Figure 4-9 ). Note that the default value for the ATM ARP Server field is Disabled.

5 If you want to designate the PSAX system as an ATM address resolution protocol (ARP) server, select Enabled in the ATM ARP Server field.

Additional fields are displayed on the window (see Figure 4-10).


7 Select the Apply Configuration command.

End

Figure 4-7. Site-Specific Menu Window (In-band Management Option Selected)

255-700-377 4-19



The commands on this window have the following functions:

Figure 4-8. In-Band Management Configuration Window (SVC Connections Disabled)

Function

Applies the configuration.

Resets the display.

Alternate Gateway Address Config.

Displays the Site Alternate Gateway Con-figuration window.

In-Band Management IP Route Table

Displays the In-Band Management IP Routing Table window.


4-20 255-700-377


Figure 4-9. In-Band Management Configuration Window (ATM ARP Server Disabled)

Figure 4-10. In-Band Management Configuration Window (ATM ARP Server Enabled)

255-700-377 4-21



Table 4-3. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Configuration Window


Primary IP Address Default: 0000.0000.0000.0000

Range: N/A


Specifies the in-band management IP address of the PSAX system.

Primary IP Mask Default: 0000.0000.0000.0000

Range: N/A


Specifies the in-band management IP mask of the PSAX system

SVC Connections Default: Disabled

Range: N/A


Specifies whether you want to use SVC connec-tion provisioning for in-band management.

Disabled Indicates that SVC connection provisioning for in-band management is disabled. You can config-ure only PVC connections for in-band manage-ment when you choose this value.

Enabled Indicates that SVC connection provisioning for in-band management is enabled.

ATM ARP Server Default: DisabledRange: N/A


Specifies whether you want to use the PSAX sys-tem as an ATM ARP server.

Disabled

Enabled

Application ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the application ATM address of the PSAX system.

App. ATM Address Type

Default: NsapRange: N/A

Nsap, E164, E164nsap

Specifies the type of application ATM address for the PSAX system.

Arp Server ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the ATM address of the ARP server.

Note: This field is displayed only if you selected Enabled in the ATM ARP Server field.

Arp Server ATM Address Type

Default: Nsap

Range: N/A


Specifies the type of ATM address for the ARP server.



4-22 255-700-377


Adding Destination IP Addresses

After configuring an in-band management SVC connection, you can add des-tination IP addresses to create the route for in-band management. Use the following procedure to create these addresses.

Begin

1 On the In-Band Management IP Configuration window, select the In-Band Management IP Route Table command.

The Inband Management Route Table window is displayed (see Figure 4-11).

Note: At the time of initial setup, the In-Band Management IP Routing Table window is empty. After you have set up destination IP addresses, this window displays all these addresses for the PSAX system.

The descriptions of the display-only fields on this window are provided in Table 4-4.

2 Select the Add a New Route command.

The Inband Management IP Route Configuration window is displayed (see Figure 4-12).


4 Select the Add a Route command.

The route is now added.

Primary ARP ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the primary ATM address for the ARP server. Enter the ATM address for the Solaris workstation.

Primary ATM Address Type



Specifies the type of primary ATM address for the ARP server.

Backup ARP ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the backup ATM address for the ARP server. Enter the ATM address for the Solaris workstation.

Backup ATM Address Type

Default: Nsap

Range: N/A


Specifies the type of backup ATM address for the ARP server.



255-700-377 4-23



5 Select the Go Back to Routing Table command.

The In-Band Management IP Routing Table window is redisplayed with the new route added (see Figure 4-13).

End


Figure 4-11. Inband Management Route Table Window

Command Function

Add a New Route Use to add a new route.

Go Back to In-Band Man-agement IP Configuration

Redisplays the In-Band Management IP Configuration window.

Table 4-4. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Routing Table


Destination IP Displays the destination network IP address.


4-24 255-700-377



Mask Displays the destination network IP mask.

Metric Displays the number of hops to reach to the desti-nation.

Total:0/0


Figure 4-12. Inband Management IP Route Configuration

Command Function

Reset Resets the display.

Add a Route Adds a destination IP address (route).

Delete a Route Deletes a destination IP address (route).

Go Back to Routing Table Redisplays the In-Band Management IP Routing Table window.

Table 4-4. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Routing Table


255-700-377 4-25



Table 4-5. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management IP Route Configuration Window


Destination IP Default: 0

Range: N/A


Enter the destination network IP address.

IP Mask Default: 0

Range: N/A


Enter the destination network IP mask.

Metric Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

The number of hops to reach to the destination.

Next Hop Default: 0Range: N/A


Gateway to the destination network

Default: Invalid

Range: N/A

Format: predefined

Indicates the status of this route.

Invalid This route has not been created or is otherwise not valid.

Inuse This route is valid and in use.


4-26 255-700-377


Viewing In-Band Management Interface Statistics

To view the In-Band Management Interface Statistics window, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin

1 From the In-Band Management Configuration window, select the View In-Band Mgmt Statistics command.

The In-Band Management Interface Statistics window is displayed (see Figure 4-14).

2 View the statistics in this window, which are described in Table 4-6.

End

Figure 4-13. Inband Management Route Table (Route Displayed)

255-700-377 4-27




Figure 4-14. In-Band Management Interface Statistics Window

Command Function

Continuous Update Continuously updates the information in the fields every second. Use this command to turn the continuous updating on and off as needed.

Go Back to In-Band Mgmt Redisplays the In-Band ManagementCon-figuration window.

Table 4-6.


Packets Received(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of packets received.

Chapter 4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceAdding Entries to the ATM IISP CBR Routing Table

4-28 255-700-377


Deleting an In-Band Management SVC Route

Perform the steps in the following procedure to delete an In-Band SVC route.

Begin

1 In the Inband Management Route Configuration window, select the Delete a route command.

2 Select the Go Back to Route Table command to check that the Inband Management Route Table window does not contain the route you just deleted.

End

Adding Entries to the ATM IISP CBR Routing Table

Creating IISP CBR Entries

Note: SVC connections are not supported on the STM-1 or the OC-3c MM/SM Traffic Shaping modules.

Use the steps in the following procedure to add an entry to the CBR Routing table, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

Begin

Creating Entries in the IISP CBR Routing Table

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the IISP CBR Routing Table option and press Enter.

The IISP CBR Routing Table window will display (see Figure 4-15).

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of packet receive errors.

Packets Transmitted(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of packets transmitted.

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of packet transmit errors.

Table 4-6.


255-700-377 4-29


Chapter 4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceAdding Entries to the ATM IISP CBR Routing Table



a. In the Address (Hex) field, type a network service access point address up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each), and press the Tab key. If configuring the OMG side, enter the TMG Master ATM address from the Site Specific Configuration win-dow. If configuring the TMG side, enter the OMG Master ATM address from the Site Specific Configuration window.

b. In the # Bits field, type a value from 1–152 for the NSAP address mask, and press the Tab key. Enter 152.

c. In the Sl Pt Chn field, type the slot, port, and channel values for the ATM-cell-bearing I/O module that has a configured ATM IISP (User or Network) interface. If configuring the OMG side, enter the slot, port, and channel of the TMG’s ATM UNI 4.0 ATM module in the Sl Pt Chn field. If configuring the TMG side, enter the slot, port, and channel of the OMG’s ATM UNI 4.0 ATM module in the Sl Pt Chn field.

Figure 4-15. IISP CBR Routing Table

Command Function

Find Finds the routing entry with the specified NSAP address.

Go Back to Connection Menu→


Chapter 4 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the Console InterfaceAdding Entries to the IISP VBR Routing Table

4-30 255-700-377


d. If applicable to your configuration, enter a value in the Vuni ID field. Enter a 0 if configuring H.248.

e. Press Enter to add the entry to the table.

3 Repeat step 2 as many times as needed to add entries to the table.

4 To permanently save these table entries, press Ctrl+G to return to the Console Interface Main Menu window.


End

Adding Entries to the IISP VBR Routing Table

Creating IISP VBR Entries

Use the steps in the following procedure to add an entry to the VBR routing table, starting at the Connection Configuration Menu window.

Begin

Adding NSAP Address Entries

1 On the Connection Configuration Menu window, select the IISP VBR Routing Table option and press Enter.

The IISP VBR Routing Table window is displayed (see Figure 4-16).

255-700-377 4-31





a. Type a network service access point (NSAP) address in hexadecimal format up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each), and press the Tab key.

b. In the # Bits field, type a value from 1–152 for the NSAP address mask, and press the Tab key.

c. In the Sl Pt Chn field, type the slot, port, and channel values for the ATM-cell-bearing I/O module that has a configured ATM IISP (User or Network) interface.

d. If applicable to your configuration, enter a value for the Vuni ID field.

e. Press Enter to add the entry to the table.

3 Repeat step 2 as many times as needed to add entries to the table.

4 To permanently save these table entries, press Ctrl+G to return to the Console Interface Main Menu window.

Figure 4-16. IISP VBR Routing Table Window

Command Function

Find Finds the routing entry with the specified NSAP address.

Go Back to Connection Menu→



4-32 255-700-377



End

Part B: Connections Using theAQueView® EMS System


255-700-377 5-1

5 Managing Connections Using theAQueView® EMS System







• PVC connections

• SVC connections




Using the Right-Click Menu

You can perform various functions in the AQueView system by clicking the right mouse button. This section describes the right-click menu options you can use in the various windows in the AQueView system when creating con-nections.

Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemUsing the Right-Click Menu

5-2 255-700-377


Connection Provisioning

Context-Sensitive Help

When you right-click on a field in a connection configuration window, a description of that field appears (see Figure 5-2):

Figure 5-1. Connection Configuration Right-Click Menu Options

Table 5-1. Descriptions of the Connection Provisioning Right-Click Menu Options

Option Description

Display Displays the Display Connection window for the specified connection

Delete Eliminates all selected con-nections

You can select multiple con-nections to delete simulta-neously by holding the Ctrl key while highlighting the connections with the mouse.

Create New Makes a new connection on any existing interfaces

255-700-377 5-3


Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemManaging Connections

Managing Connections

Within the Connections tab are four tabs that open the following pages:

• By default, the Listing page appears when you click the Connections tab. The Listing page displays all existing connections established on the device by default, that you can filter. Connections can be created from this win-dow by clicking the right mouse button to display the connections menu. The number in parentheses on the tab is the number of connections in the list.

• The Filter page enables you to sort and view connection types listed on the Listing page by connection type, slot, port, and channel

• The SPVC NSAP Address page allows you to enter new SPVC NSAP addresses and to view a list of existing SPVC NSAP addresses

• The AAL2 Trunk page allows you to add AAL2 trunk entries

Note: AAL2 is not supported on all I/O and server modules.

Listing Page

To access the Listing page, click the Connections tab in the Device window.

Figure 5-2. Sample of Context-Sensitive Help (As Displayed on a Display Connection Window)


5-4 255-700-377


The buttons on the Listing page have the following functions:

Searching for Specific Connection Entries

In the Listing and the SPVC NSAP Address pages, you can search for any combination of letters or numbers (a text string), and the page will change its display to show only the entries that contain the text string you enter.

For example, the Listing page shown in Figure 5-4 has hundreds of connec-tion entries. It is quicker to search this page based on a text string than to scroll up and down the page looking for a specific entry.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to search for entries using a text string.

Note: This procedure uses the Listing page, but the procedure is the same for the SPVC NSAP Address page.

Figure 5-3. Listing Page

Button Function

Find Searches the table and displays a matching text string entered in the Show connections containing: field.

Reset Removes text entered in the Show connections containing: field.

255-700-377 5-5



Begin

1 Click the Connections tab.

The Listing page appears (see Figure 5-4).

2 In the Show connections containing: field (at the bottom of the Listing page) or Show table entries containing: field (in the middle of the SPVC NSAP Address page), enter a string of letters and/or numbers that you want to find. (In this example, 19 is used.)

3 Click Find.

The page displays the entries that contain the text string you entered (see Figure 5-5).

4 To perform another search, repeat Step 2 and Step 3 as often as needed.

5 To return the page to its original display, click Reset.

End

Figure 5-4. Listing Page (Displaying Multiple Entries)


5-6 255-700-377


Viewing Connection Details

To view the connections for a specific PSAX device, view the Listing page in the Connections tab for that PSAX device. To view the detailed information for a specific connection, double-click the connection in the Connections page.

Displaying and Updating Connection Information

You can do either of the following to view the Display Connection window:

~ Click on any entry in the Listing page, right-click the mouse, and select Display from the right-click menu

~ Create a connection, and the Display Connection window will appear for the selected connection

Up to four tabs may be displayed within the Display Connection window: Primary, Statistics, Backup, and Utilization.

Display Connection Tabs

Clicking the Primary tab displays the Primary page, which contains the same information as the Create Connection window for the selected connection.

Clicking the Statistics tab displays the Statistics page, which contains statisti-cal information for the selected connection.

Figure 5-5. Listing Page (Displaying Search Results)

255-700-377 5-7



Clicking the Backup tab displays the Backup page, which can be displayed for all PVC and SPVC connection types. You can use the Backup page to establish a backup PVC or SPVC connection. Backup connections can be created at any time after the primary connection has been established.

Clicking the Utilization tab displays the Utilization page, which can be dis-played for all PVC and SPVC connection types. You can use the Utilization page to calculate and display the average number of cells per second, the average number of bits per second for a given PVC or SPVC and for a given time interval (from 20 seconds to 5 minutes).

Utilization Information

The Utilization page can be displayed for some interface and connection types. You can use the Utilization page to calculate and display the average number of cells per second, average number of bits per second for a given ATM interface and for a given time interval.

The following information describes the Utilization page for each supported connection type.

• The Average Bits/Sec and Average Cells/Sec panels display the percentage of traffic that is passing through the channel.

• The Time column displays the time in hours, minutes and seconds, when the traffic was polled.

• The Out A/Encoded A/Decoded A column displays cells or bits transmitted from side B to side A (also displayed on the Statistics page in the Cells Transmitted field on the Interface A Statistics panel).

• The Out B/Encoded B/Decoded B column displays cells or bits transmitted from side A to side B (also displayed on the Statistics page in the Cells Transmitted field on the Interface B Statistics panel).

Perform the steps in the following procedure to use the Utilization page.

Begin

1 Select a time interval from the pull-down menu.

2 Average bits per second is displayed by default. If you want to display uti-lization by average cells per second, click Average Cells/Sec.

3 Click Poll+ and the polling begins. Click Poll- to terminate polling.

4 To refresh this window, click Clear.

5 To close the Display Connection window, click Close.

6 To save this connection to the PSAX configuration database, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration in the Device Menu Bar.

End


5-8 255-700-377


Filtering the Listing Page by Connection Type

This section describes how to filter the Listing page in the Connections tab by choosing the types of connections that should be displayed. You can deter-mine which connection types appear in the Listing page of the Connections tab. This is accomplished by making selections in the Filter By Connection Type and Filter By Interface panels in the Filter page of the Connections tab (see Figure 5-6).

Perform the steps in the following procedure to filter the Listing page by the types of connections you select in the Filter page.

Begin

1 In the Device window, click the Connections tab.

The Listing page appears.

2 Click the Filter tab and the Filter page appears (see Figure 5-6).

Figure 5-6. Filter Page

255-700-377 5-9



The Filter page contains the Connection Type and Filter By Interface pan-els.

Buttons The buttons in this window have the following functions:

3 Remove the check mark next to any connection type that you do not wish to view in the Listing page.

4 If you want to filter the Listing page further, make selections in the Filter By Interface panel (see “The Filter By Interface panel in the Filter page lets you select specific locations on the PSAX device by which to filter the list of connections. This panel contains the following user-selectable options:”).

5 When finished selecting all the desired filters, click Apply Filter.

Note: Only the connection types you selected will appear in the Listing page.

End

The Filter By Interface panel in the Filter page lets you select specific loca-tions on the PSAX device by which to filter the list of connections. This panel contains the following user-selectable options:

• Slot—Allows you to view only connections from a specific module or from all modules.

• Port—Allows you to view only connections from a specific port or from all ports

• Channel—Allows you to view only connections from a specific channel or from all channels

Perform the steps in the following procedure to filter the Connection List by PSAX hardware.

Button Function

De-select All Removes check marks from all connection types and changes the button label to Select All.

Select All Places check marks in all connection types and changes the button label to De-select All.

Apply Filter Filters the connection types that you checked, or that you selected on the Filter By Interface panel (see “The Filter By Interface panel in the Filter page lets you select specific locations on the PSAX device by which to filter the list of connec-tions. This panel contains the following user-selectable options:”).


5-10 255-700-377


Begin



2 Click the Filter tab and the Filter page appears.

3 In the Filter by Interface panel (see Figure 5-6), select the following val-ues:

a. A module in the Slot field to remove any connection that does not begin or end at the module from the Listing page.

b. A port number in the Port field to remove any connection that does not begin or end at a port with that number from the Listing page.

c. A channel number in the Channel field to remove any connection that doesn’t begin or end at a port with that channel from the Listing page.

4 If you want to filter the Listing page further, make selections in the Filter By Connection Type panel (see “This section describes how to filter the Listing page in the Connections tab by choosing the types of connections that should be displayed. You can determine which connection types appear in the Listing page of the Connections tab. This is accomplished by making selections in the Filter By Connection Type and Filter By Interface panels in the Filter page of the Connections tab (see Figure 5-6).”).

5 When finished selecting all the needed filters, click Apply Filter.

Note: Only the types of connections you selected will appear in the List-ing page.

End

SPVC NSAP Addresses

You can enter new SPVC NSAP addresses and view a list of existing SPVC NSAP addresses on the SPVC NSAP Address page (see Figure 5-7).

255-700-377 5-11



Buttons The buttons on this window have the following functions:

Figure 5-7. SPVC NSAP Address Page

Button Function

Find Searches the table and displays a matching text string entered in the Show table entry containing: field.

Reset Removes text entered in the Show table entry containing: field and de-selects any selected entries.

Retrieve from NSAP database

Searches the entries listed on this page for the NSAP address entered in the NSAP Address (Hex) field.

Add Address Adds the information you entered in the fields on the bottom right panel to the SPVC NSAP Address page.


5-12 255-700-377


For information about using the NSAP address database, see the appropriate Navis™ AQueView® Element Management System User Guide.

End

AAL2 Trunk Configuration

You can add an AAL2 trunk entry using the slot, port, and channel of an I/O module that supports ATM and circuit emulation on the AAL2 Trunk page.

Note: This module does not support AAL2 trunking. For information on AAL2 trunking, see the appropriate PacketStar® PSAX Module User Guide.

Adding an AAL2 Trunk Entry

To create a non-multiplexed AAL2 or AAL1 connection, you need a config-ured circuit emulation interface. To create a standard AAL2 connection, you need a configured circuit emulation interface and an AAL2 trunk.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add an AAL2 trunk.

Begin

Steps to Configure an AAL2 Trunk Connection

1 Click the AAL2 Trunk tab in the Connections tab.

The AAL2 Trunk page appears, displaying the AAL2 Trunk Configuration Table (see Figure 5-8).

If the AAL2 Trunk Configuration Table is empty before you perform Step 2, the AAL2 Trunk Config Entry window will appear with the default values.

Delete Selected Removes the selected entry from the SPVC NSAP Address page.

Update Refreshes the SPVC NSAP Address page manually.

Button Function

255-700-377 5-13



If you select an existing AAL2 trunk entry before performing Step 2, the AAL2 Trunk Config Entry window will appear as a template, containing the values of the original AAL2 trunk entry.

2 Right-click the mouse and a menu appears. Select Create.

The AAL2 Trunk Config Entry window appears (see Figure 5-9).

3 Click Add.

The AAL2 trunk is added to the AAL2 Trunk Configuration Table.

4 Click Close.

End

Figure 5-8. AAL2 Trunk Page (Displaying Menu)


5-14 255-700-377


Note: Upon initial configuration, this window displays “ADD” in its title; upon updating this configuration, this window displays “VIEW” in its title.

Buttons The buttons in these windows have the following functions:

Field Descriptions 5 Select the values for the fields in this window as described in Table 5-2.

Figure 5-9. ADD AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window

Button Function

Add Adds this entry to the AAL2 Trunk Configuration table.

Close Closes this window.

255-700-377 5-15



Table 5-2. Field Descriptions for the AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window


Slot Default: N/A

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot number for the module for which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: N/A

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the port number on the module indicated in the Slot field to which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.


Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel number associated with the port indicated on the Port field to which you want to add an AAL2 trunk on the ATM side output. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255 (user-to-user interface, out-put side), 0–4095 (network-to-net-work interface, out-put side)

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual path identifier value for the ATM output side of the connection. User-to-user and net-work-to-network interface types are configured on the ATM UNI or PNNI Configuration windows.

Note: If using FaxRelayMode on the DSP2C or DSP2D Voice Server Module, the send and receive sides must use the same value.

VCI Default: 0Range: 32–65535, 5–32 (signaling dis-abled)

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual channel identifier value for the ATM output side of the connection.

VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates a virtual interface value, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions for the ATM output side. VI support must be enabled on the appropriate Interface Configuration window. Currently available only on OC-3c 1+1 APS and STM-1 1+1 MSP modules. When the virtual interface is disabled, the default value is 0.

Traffic Parameters In and Out Panels

Peak Rate(cps) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Enter a peak rate value to set the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second), defining the shortest time period allowed between cells. When set-ting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Note: Ensure that the peak cell rate for the connection is correct. The CAC function uses this value to deter-mine whether or not a call can be completed to the sub-scriber line.


5-16 255-700-377


Sustained Rate(cps) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Enter a SCR with CLP (cell loss priority) =0 (high prior-ity) cells or the peak cell rate (PCR) with CLP=0 cells. For VBR traffic, the value you set is the SCR, or the average cell transmission rate (cells per second), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. For CBR traffic, the value you set is the PCR, or the maxi-mum allowed transmission rate (cells per second), for the CLP=0 cells, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are allotting for each interface on the module.

Max Burst Size(cells)

Default: 1 Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Enter a value for the maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This setting allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than antici-pated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.

Available Bandwidth(display only)

Default: N/ARange: variable

Format: cps

Indicates the total ingress and egress bandwidth avail-able for the trunk. This value is based on line rate, or on what you set in the Peak Rate and Sustained Rate fields. Adding CE connections to the trunk decreases the amount of available bandwidth, as indicated in this field.



255-700-377 5-17



Conformance Type(displayed on the Traffic Parameters In Panel only)


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, deter-mines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traf-fic exceeds traffic parameter thresholds.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best-effort” fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algo-rithm.

One-bucket-notag-0plus1

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).

Two-bucket-notag-0plus1-0plus1

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.

Two-bucket-notag-0plus1

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.

Two-bucket-tag-0plus1

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells. The system then attempts to send all cells in a “best-effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

Connection Features Panel

FailCause B(display only)

Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the AAL2 connection status reason code.




5-18 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of OAM to be used for the connec-tion.

GR-303 Applications: OAM is not required. Any failure on the ATM side will be detected by the DSP2x module through CAS monitoring.


GR-303/V.5 Applications: Do not select a value other than Unsupp if you are configuring AAL2 trunks to an IAD; the feature is not available on AAL2 trunks to IADs.


OAM loopback test is supported for end-to-end con-nections only.

Note: You must use Release 7.1.0 or later for the value End-Pt to work for GR-303 connections.

End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a seg-ment point.

Note: You must use Release 7.1.0 or later for the value End-Seg-Pt to work for GR-303 connections.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Cbr-1, Cbr-2, Cbr-3,Cbr-4, Ubr,Vbr-nrt2, Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2, Vbr-rt1, Vbr-express

Specifies a PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. For a description for the QOS classes, see the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the reference appendix of any PacketStar PSAX Multi-service Media Gateway user guide.

Traffic Flow(display only)

Default: DuplexRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Presents the direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection. Duplex data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

Duplex Data flows back and forth between connection termina-tions.

SimplexA2B Data flows in only one direction from side A to side B.

SimplexB2A Data flows in only one direction from side B to side A.


Point-to-multipoint data flows in only one direction, from one point on side A to several points on side B, or from one point on side B to several points on side A.



255-700-377 5-19



GR303 Support Default: Disabled

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Disables or enables support for the GR-303 interface.

Disabled Disables the GR-303 interface.

Enabled Enables the GR-303 interface. This field must be enabled if you are using AAL2 trunking on a GR-303 interface.

Connection Status(display only)

Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.

Inactive The connection is inactive and not passing traffic.

Active The connection is active and passing traffic.

Combined Use Timer

Default: 4

Range: 0–99

Format: Numeric

Specifies the amount of time the host processor will wait for a cell to fill. The combined use timer (CuTimer) is set to zero, so that every ATM cell transmitted con-tains only one AAL2 packet. The first octet of the AAL2 packet header follows immediately after the Start Field in the ATM cell payload. If the AAL2 packet payload is less than 44 octets, the remainder of the ATM cell pay-load following the end of the AAL2 packet is filled with zeros as padding. Each increment of CuTimer is 5 msec waiting time. The default value 4 indicates a wait of 20 msec (4 x 5 msec) before an ATM cell is sent out.





5-20 255-700-377


IWF Type Default: None


Format: Predefined


None Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connections to DSP chips on the DSP2C Voice Server module that are configured as AlgoSet1 through AlgoSet3, and on the DSP2E/F as AlgoSet1 and AlgoSet6. This parame-ter allows the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group, such as is used in the European LES trunking standard V.5.2. This parameter supports applicable connection types of previous PSAX system software releases.

Packet-pipe

Note: Packet-pipe cannot be used on the DSP2C Voice Server module.

Allows the assignment of standard AAL2 connections to DSP chips on the DSP2E/F modules that are config-ured as AlgoSet7. This parameter will not allow the mixture of pure voice (CE-to-ATM) with data (VBR-to-ATM) in the same AAL2 trunk group. This parameter supports applicable connection types for pure data (VBR-to-ATM) in wireless applications.



255-700-377 5-21



Viewing an AAL2 Trunk Entry

To view an existing AAL2 trunk entry, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Begin



2 Do one of the following (a or b):

DSP Resource Selection

Default: Automatic


Format: Predefined

Specifies whether the DSP resources are allocated.

Automatic The DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a chassis-wide pool.

Manual The DSP resource manager selects DSPs from a particu-lar module designated in DSP Slot ID field.

DSP Slot ID Default: 1

Range: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric

When the Dsp Resource Selection field is set to Man-ual, you designate the DSP2x Voice Server Module slot number in the DSP Slot ID field that you want the DSP Resource Manager to select DSPs from. If no DSP resource is available on the DSP2x module in the desig-nated slot, the connecion will be rejected. If the Dsp Resource Selection field is set to Automatic, the DSP Slot ID field displays which DSP2x module slot the trunk is using after it has been bound to a DSP2x mod-ule.

Num of DSP Reserved Chnl

Default: 0

Range: 0–384

Format: Dependent on number of mod-ules inserted into chassis

Format: Numeric

Specifies the number of DS0s that can be reserved as DSP channels. If the IWF Type is Packetpipe, the bandwidth configured by you for the trunk calculates how many DS0s fit into the trunk. For example, the DS0 line rate is approximately 171 cps. If you want 200 cps, the bw actually alloocated is 200/171, or 1.16 DS0s.

The CAC reserves the DS0 resource when the first con-nection is made on the trunk.

If the value is left at the default 0, the number of reserved DS0s is best-effort.




5-22 255-700-377


a. Select the entry that you want to delete in the AAL2 Trunk Configu-ration Table. Click the right mouse button and a menu appears. Select Display.

b. Double-click the entry you want to view.

The VIEW AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Primary Page appears, displaying the Primary page.

3 To view statistics for this trunk, click the Statistics tab.

The VIEW AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Statistics page appears, displaying the Primary page (see Figure 5-10).

4 Click Close.

End

Deleting an AAL2 Trunk Entry

To delete an AAL2 trunk entry, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Figure 5-10. VIEW AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Window (Statistics Page)

255-700-377 5-23


Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemStandard AAL2 SPVC Configuration

Begin



2 Do one of the following (a or b):

a. Select the entry that you want to delete in the AAL2 Trunk Configu-ration Table. Click the right mouse button and a menu appears. Select Delete.

A confirmation window appears (see Figure 5-11). Proceed to Step 4.

b. Do one of the following:

~ Double-click the entry you want to delete.

~ Click the entry you want to delete, and select Display from the right mouse menu.

The VIEW AAL2 Trunk Config Entry window appears.

3 Click Delete.

A confirmation window appears (see Figure 5-11).

4 Click Yes.

The AAL2 trunk entry is removed from the AAL2 Trunk Configuration Table. Proceed to Step 4.

5 Click Close.

6 In the Provisioning Menu Bar, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration.

End

Standard AAL2 SPVC Configuration

The standard AAL2 SPVC connections have three segments:

• Circuit emulation-to-ATM or VBR-to-ATM connections on the near end

• AAL2 SPVC trunk (bearer VCC) across the ATM network

Figure 5-11. Delete AAL2 Trunk Config Entry Confirmation Window


5-24 255-700-377


• Circuit emulation-to-ATM or VBR-to-ATM connections at the far end

The circuit emulation side of the connection should not have an NSAP. If an NSAP is configured on the circuit emulation side, the standard AAL2 connec-tion cannot be configured. Only the setup and teardown of the AAL2 SPVC trunk needs signaling.

To configure an AAL2 SPVC trunk between two PSAX devices, define each PSAX device as a local IWF with a valid ATM NSAP assigned to it. Enter the address of the far end PSAX device to the remote IWF table on each side of the connection. One or more AAL2 SPVC trunks can be configured on each remote IWF.

PSAX R7.1.3 supports up to 255 Remote IWFs per chassis, up to 1024 Bearer VCCs total, and up to 4000 circuit emulation-ATM Standard AAL2 SPVC connections. PSAX R7.1.4 supports up to 1024 Remote IWFs per chassis and up to 1024 VCCs total.

Setting the Values for the Wireless Backhaul SPVC Application

Perform the steps in the following procedures to set the values for the Wire-less Backhaul SPVC Enhancement feature.

Note: When you perform the steps below that are done on the Call Con-trol page, all but 32 connections must be deleted.

The steps to configure Standard AAL2 SPVC connections between two PSAX devices are the following:

• Configure Local and Remote IWF

• Add AAL2 SPVC trunks

• Add Standard AAL2 SPVC connections to the trunk

• DSP resource Allocation for Standard AAL2 SPVC connections

Allocating Call Control Resources

Begin

1From the Device window, click the Site-Specific tab.

The Site-Specific page appears.

2 Click the Call Control tab.

The Call Control page appears.

3 Select Enabled the SPVC Global Priority Scheme field.

4Enter 0 in the following fields: SG API Cir Em Points, Aal2 Cir-Em SPVC Calls, Aal2 Vbr-Em SPVC Calls, and Narrowband Calls.

5Click Apply.

255-700-377 5-25



6 In the Device Menu Bar, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration. (See the section, “Saving Configuration Values.”)

End

Configuring AAL2 Trunking

Configuring Local and Remote IWFs

Perform the steps in the following procedure to configure two PSAX devices for ATM trunking.

Begin

PSAX Device 1

1 Configure a local node as described in the section, “Configuring the Local Node” in Chapter 4.

a Select Up in the Admin Status field.

b Click Apply.

2 Configure a remote IWF as described in the section, “Configuring the Remote IWF” in Chapter 4.

a Select Non-switched in the Remote IWF Trunk Mode field.

b Click Add.

PSAX Device 2

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 above in this procedure.

4 Ensure that the field values for the Local IWF ID and ATM Address are the same as the Remote IWF field value for PSAX device 1.

5 Ensure that the field value for the Remote IWF for PSAX device 2 is the same as the Local IWF field value for PSAX device 1.

End

Adding AAL2 SPVC Trunks

Begin

1 Configure a bearer VCC as described in the section, “Configuring the Bearer VCC” in Chapter 4.

a Enter the same value in the Rmt IWF ID field that you entered in the Remote IWF field on the ADD ATM Trunking Remote Entry window.

b Select Spvc in the Vcc Conn Type field.

c Select Spvc in the App Type field.

The mandatory settings are:


5-26 255-700-377


a Select a value between 1 and 4096 in the ATM Trunk Bearer VCC ID field.

b Select AAL2 in the SAR Type field.

c Select SPVC in the VCC Conn Type field.

d Select SPVC in the Apply Type field.

e Select Local or Remote in the Vcc Owner field.

If one side of the trunk is Local, the other side must be configured as Remote.

2 Optionally, go to the Configure DSP Parameters window and select the appropriate value in the Combined Use Timer field.

The only field that is relevant to this application on this window is the Combined Use Timer. All other field values on this window are config-urable on per-connection basis, and will be ignored by this application.

3 Add trunk configuration.

If a signaling link is present between the two PSAX devices and the local side of the trunks knows the route to the remote side, the SPVC trunk will be established.

End

Adding Standard AAL2 SPVCs to the Trunk

To add standard AAL2 SPVC, the circuit emulation side has to be configured and there must be enough DSP resources in the PSAX device. DSP chips on the DSP2D module must be configured for one of the algorithm sets, support-ing AAL2 Standard (AlgoSet 1 or 6). AlgoSet 6 for DSP2D can process 8 con-nections per chip for a total of 384 connections per module, all compression rates, and all the other DSP functionality. AlgoSet 1 can do echo cancellation only (no compression).

If there is not enough DSP resource in the PSAX device, connections will be rejected, unless the circuit emulation side of the connection is out of service. If the circuit emulation side is out of service, connections can be added, but will be inactive.

Begin

1 On the Create CE-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC window, configure the fol-lowing fields:

a Slot Port, and Channel (for the circuit emulation interface)

b RmtIwfId and VccId (to identify the outgoing SPVC trunk)

c CID

The DSP parameters in both directions (side A-to-side B and side B-to-side A) are assumed the same.

2 Add Connection

255-700-377 5-27


Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemCopying Connections to Multiple Channels

Once the connection is added, it should become active if three conditions are met:

• The circuit emulation side is in service

• The SPVC trunk is active

• There is enough DSP resource

Once the connection is active on both sides, calls can be made.

End

Copying Connections to Multiple Channels

Begin

1 To copy an existing connection configuration (the values selected in the Traffic Parameters and Connection Features panels) to a range of chan-nels, begin by opening the Display Connection window with the connec-tion configuration you wish to copy.

2 Click Copy.

A Copy Connection Configuration window appears (see Figure 5-12) with the appropriate interface types displayed in the Start At and Stop At panels.

3 Select the values for the fields that correspond to the configuration you want to be copied.

Be sure to select a valid, unique range of values for the Slot, Port, and Channel fields. Those fields must correspond to a valid interface type to be used in this connection type.

This means that for Figure 5-12 to be a valid configuration, the following must be true:

• The slot/port/channel combinations of 4/5/1 and 3/2/1 must corre-spond to ATM interfaces, and

• No existing connections for this PSAX device are using the same field values (or are within the range of the specified values) and slot/port/channel combinations.

The number of new connections created depends on the range you spec-ify.

The field values in the Start At panel must be lower than the field values in the Stop At panel. Use the same range distance for each of the like fields in both panels for Interface Side A as you use in both panels for Interface Side B. Both of these items are illustrated in Figure 5-12 and Table 5-3.

4 Click Copy.

Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemCopying Connections to Multiple Channels

5-28 255-700-377


The new connections are displayed on the Listing page.

Buttons The buttons on this window has the following functions:

For more information on valid ranges for each field, see the field description table for this connection type.

End

Figure 5-12. Copy Connection Configuration Window (ATM-to-ATM VPC)

Button Function


Copy Copies this interface to a range of channels.

Abort Terminates the copy process.

Table 5-3. Correct Syntax For Copying Connection Configurations

If You Use the Following Values for Interface Side A...

Then Use These Values for Interface Side B...

VPI: 101 (Start At panel)

151 (Start At panel)

(distance is 50 numbers apart; note that 101 is lower than 151)

VPI: 201 (Start At panel)

251 (Start At panel)


VI: 20 (Start At panel)

35 (Stop At panel)


VI: 80 (Start At panel)

95 (Stop At panel)


VUNI: 50 (Start At panel)

75 (Stop At panel)


VUNI: 60 (Start At panel)

85 (Stop At panel)


255-700-377 5-29


Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemRestoring Connections

Restoring Connections

In previous versions of the PSAX system EMS, If you want to change the interface configuration of an interface that is currently the Side A or Side B portion of an existing connection, you must delete and recreate the interface, thus implicitly deleting the connection. The Connection Restore feature, introduced in AQueView EMS Release 5.1, allows you to automatically restore connections after their corresponding interfaces have been manually recre-ated.

In order for this feature to work properly, the connection.restore property in the aqv.properties file must be set to true. The default setting of this property is false.

Perform the steps in the following procedures to change an existing interface and restore its corresponding connection.

Saving a Connection

Begin

1 Take the appropriate Interface Configuration window out of service and delete it.


2 Click Yes or No (see Table 5-4).

Figure 5-13. Interface Delete Confirmation Window

Table 5-4. Selecting Yes or No on the Delete Interface Confirmation Window

If You Click... Then...

Yes proceed to the next step.

No the remainder of this section on restoring connections is not applicable to you.


5-30 255-700-377



3 Click Yes, No, or Cancel (see Table 5-5).

Note: The next procedure is only applicable if you clicked Yes in steps 2 and 3.

End

Figure 5-14. Save Connection Confirmation Window

Table 5-5. Selecting Yes or No on the Save Connection Confirmation Window

If You Click... This is What Happens

Yes The interface and its corresponding connection are deleted. The system has temporarily saved the connection. Proceed to step 5.

No The interface and its corresponding connec-tion are deleted. After clicking this button, the connection cannot be restored using the Connection Restoral feature.

Note: The remainder of this procedure is not applicable to you if you click this button.

Cancel The interface is not deleted. No connections are lost.


255-700-377 5-31



Restoring a Connection

Begin

WARNING:!The Connection Restore feature cannot be used after the AQueView sys-tem is terminated, nor if you lose power to your workstation while the AQueView system is running. Lucent recommends that you immediately reconfigure the desired interface after deleting it, and then restore its corresponding connection.

1 Recreate the interface with the desired values using the same slot, port, and channel as the interface that you deleted.

Note: The interface you reconfigure must be the same interface type that you deleted unless it is an ATM interface.

2 Bring the interface into service.


Figure 5-15. Connection Restore Confirmation Window (During Interface Configuration)


5-32 255-700-377


3 Click Yes, No, or Cancel (see Table 5-6).

Note: The remainder of this procedure is only applicable if you clicked Cancel in step 7.

4 Do one of the following to restore the connection:

a On the Device Menu Bar, select Connection > Restore.

b Click the Connections tab. Then click the right mouse button within the Listing page, and a menu appears. Select Restore.

Table 5-6. Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices (First Method)

If You Click... Then...

Yes the connection is restored. The connection reappears on the Listing page.

After the connection is restored, the con-nection restore list is maintained by the PSAX system system until you manually delete it (see “”). If you delete another interface that results in a loss of connec-tions, the connection restore list will be overwritten. Thus, the old connection restore list will be lost if the connection has not already been restored.


No the interface is deleted and all associated connections are lost. After clicking this but-ton, the connection cannot be restored using the Connection Restoral feature.


Cancel connections are not restored but can be restored at a later time as long as power is supplied to the AQueView system and the AQueView system is running (see the warn-ing on the previous page). When you are ready to restore the connection, proceed to step 8.

255-700-377 5-33





End

Deleting the Connection Restore List

Begin

1 Do one of the following to delete the connection restore list from the PSAX system system:

a On the Device Menu Bar, select Connection > Clear Restore.

b Click the Connections tab. Then click the right mouse button within the Listing page, and a menu appears. Select Clear Restore.

Figure 5-16. Restore Connection Confirmation Window (Using Connection Menu)

Table 5-7. Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices (Second Method)


Yes The connection is restored. The connection reappears on the Listing page.

No Connections are not restored but can be restored at a later time as long as power is supplied to the AQueView system and the AQueView system is running (see the warn-ing on the previous page). When you are ready to restore the connection, begin this procedure from step 8.


5-34 255-700-377




End

Filter-based Loading of Connections

The filter-based loading of connections feature allows you to use a filter (based on connection types and parameters) to load only the desired connec-tions when opening a PSAX device in the AQueView GUI. This feature allows PSAX devices configured with a large number of connections to be opened much faster in the AQueView GUI, because upon filtering, all configured con-nections will not be loaded simultaneously.

Connection Display Enhancement

The Connection Display enhancement allows you to load connections on a different thread during initialization (when opening a PSAX device for the first time). This allows the PSAX device to open much faster in the AQueView GUI than before. The connection loading will occur simultaneously and need not be complete for the PSAX device to open in the PSAX system GUI. While opening a PSAX device with a large connection table, the PSAX device will open and be available to you (except the connection table) before the con-nection table is fully loaded.

Errors Creating Connections

This section provides instructions on how to create connections and describes the errors that can occur when you are creating them.

Figure 5-17. Delete Connection Restore Confirmation Window

Table 5-8. Delete Restore Connection Confirmation Window Choices


Yes The connection restore list deleted.

No The connection restore list will remain as is intact unless it is overwritten (see Table 5-6).

255-700-377 5-35


Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemSaving Connections

If an error occurs while creating a connection, the AQueView system displays an error message. There are many causes for these errors, but the errors that occur the most frequently are described below:

• Using an out-of-range VPI, VCI, or DCLI

• Selecting an interface that does not support flow settings that are entered

• Selecting out-of-range transmission parameters

• Attempting to create a connection on an unconfigured interface or an interface that has never been brought into service

• Exceeding the maximum bandwidth available for a VBR and CBR connec-tion

• Attempting to create a connection that already exists

• Attempting to use a VCI, VPI, DCLI, or channel that is already allocated elsewhere

For more information about these SNMP trap messages, see the appendix “SNMP Trap Messages” in the appropriate PacketStar® PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway User Guide.

Note: An interface for the appropriate port and channels must be applied and the interfaces must be brought into service at least once before creating a connection.

Note: To create a non-UBR connection type, the committed rates and burst sizes must be adjusted to match a portion of the available bandwidth.

Saving Connections

! CAUTION:Select Device > Save PSAX Configuration to permanently save the con-figuration.

Applied, but unsaved, configuration data will not be lost unless the PSAX system is restarted, or if power to the PSAX system is lost. Terminating the AQueView EMS will not cause the applied values to be lost because the con-figuration data is stored on the PSAX system, not in the AQueView EMS.

Deleting Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to delete a connection.

Begin

Procedure to Delete a Connection



Chapter 5 Managing Connections Using the AQueView® EMS SystemSaving Your Configuration

5-36 255-700-377


2 Do one of the following:

~ Double-click the connection to be deleted in the Connections List. The Display Connection window appears. Click Delete.

~ Right-click the entry of the connection you wish to delete. A menu appears. Select Delete.

A window appears, prompting you to confirm the deletion (see Figure 5-18).

3 Click Yes to delete the connection.

End

Saving Your Configuration



Figure 5-18. Sample Delete Connection Confirmation Window


255-700-377 6-1

6 Provisioning PVC Connections Usingthe AQueView® EMS

Data Flow in PVC Connections

PVCs consist of connections between ports on the various PSAX I/O modules. When setting up some types of connections, you can set up data traffic to flow in several ways, depending on the type of connection as follows:

• Duplex (Point-to-Point)

Data flows in two directions between the two connection points (inter-face side A and interface side B).

• Simplex


• Point-to-Multipoint


Provisioning PVC Connections

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM PVC connection.

Begin

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three channels on port 7 (the channels you provision on port 7).

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 channels on port 30 (the channels you provision on port 30).



2 Click the right mouse button and a menu appears. Click Create New.

Chapter 6 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSProvisioning PVC Connections

6-2 255-700-377


The Create Connection window appears (see Figure 6-1).

3 On the Side A and Side B panels, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel combinations to indicate the type of connection being created. The type of connection will be displayed in the ATM Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the connection is not a valid type of connection, None will be displayed in the ATM Connection Type field.

4 Once the desired connection type appears in the ATM Connection Type field, click Create.

The Create ATM-to-ATM_VCC Connection window appears (see Figure 6-2).

Figure 6-1. Create Connection Window

255-700-377 6-3



The buttons on this window have the following functions:


Figure 6-2. Create ATM-to-ATM_VCC Connection Window

Button Function


Create Establishes the connection you configured.

Copy Copies this configuration information to a range of interfaces.


6-4 255-700-377




ATM Interfaces A and B

Interface Side A:ATM_UNI30, ATM_UNI31, ATM_UNI40, IISP_USER, IISP_NETWORK or PNNI1_0

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates side A of the connection that sends and receives signals.

Interface Side B:ATM_UNI30, ATM_UNI31, ATM_UNI40, IISP_USER, IISP_NETWORK or PNNI1_0

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates side B of the connection that sends and receives signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Indicates the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the port number containing the module for both sides of the connection. The port number on the module for which you are creating a connection.


Note: For the 6-Port E1 IMA module, enter port num-ber 7 only.


Note: For the 12-Port MD DS1 IMA module, enter port number 13 only.

Note: For the 21-Port HD E1 IMA module, enter port number 22 only.


Format: numeric

Indicates the channel number of the port on the mod-ule for both sides of the connection.

Note: For the 6-Port DS1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.

Note: For the 6-Port E1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.

Note: For the 1-Port DS3 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–14.

Note: For the 12-Port MD DS1 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–6.

Note: For the 21-Port HD E1 IMA module, enter chan-nel number within the range of 1–10.

255-700-377 6-5



VPI Default: N/A

Range: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric


VCI Default: N/ARange: 32–65535

Format: numeric


VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules. The VUNI associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connection.



Range: N/A


Indicates the PSAX system-supported QoS class. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a description of each service type.











Gfr2 rate, queue 2




6-6 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresh-olds.

Best-effort Allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.


Uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).


Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.


Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.


Uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag Allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parame-ters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

SAR Type Default: Null

Range: Aal5, Aal3-4, Aal2, Aal1


Indicates the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type. The ATM adaptation layer segments the protocol data unit (PDU) into 48-octet payloads at the transmit end. The SAR extracts and reassembles the octets at the receive end. The SAR type on the receiving end should correspond to the SAR type of the incoming data stream.

Forward Error Cor-rection

Default: NoneRange: Eighth Rate Quarter Rate, Half Rate, Auto Hi Q, Auto, Auto Lo Q


Specifies the forward error correction method. Indi-cates the values Eighth Rate, Quarter Rate, and Half Rate, a Reed-Solomon encoding rate with a spe-cific error-correction capability. The values Auto Hi Q, Auto, and Auto Lo Q are dynamically changing rate options.



255-700-377 6-7




Default: 1

Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted in the Descrip-tion column)


Indicates the peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the TrafficFlow field, set the value of this field to 0.The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.

Note: If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled value on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below causes traffic-shaped connections to default to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traf-fic.

• On the 1-Port OC-3c MM/SM and the 1-Port STM-1 MM/SM modules, the range is 18–999999999 cps.

• On the OC-12c/STM-4c SM/MM modules, the range is 87–999999999 cps.

• On the 3-Port DS3/E3 ATM module, the range is 7–999999999 cps.


If you need to calculate ingress PCRs for the OC-3c APS or the STM-1 MSP modules, see the PCR calcula-tion formula in the reference information appendix of the OC-3c 1+1 APS MM/SM Modules User Guide or the STM-1 1+1 MSP MM/SM Modules User Guide.




6-8 255-700-377


Sustained Cell Rate(0) (cps)

Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: numeric

Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.





Indicates the maximum burst size, a traffic parameter which specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than antici-pated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.


Note: If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traf-fic Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.




255-700-377 6-9





Format: Predefined

Indicates the method for controlling the outgoing flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on the fol-lowing modules:






Disabled Disables traffic shaping in the outgoing direction.

Enabled Enables traffic shaping on the outgoing direction. When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the vari-able bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via these modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

ATM Interface A, Lower Left Panel

Traffic Flow Default: DuplexRange: As noted below


Indicates the direction of the data traffic flow in this connection.

Note: When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel are not displayed.

SimplexA2B Unidirectional flow between terminations.

Point-to-MultipointA2B

Flow from one termination to many terminations.




6-10 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 6-3): Primary, Statistics, and Backup.

If a parameter is invalid, a Connection Creation Failed message appears, stating the reason for the failure.

End

Primary Page The Primary page displays the information used to create the connection. See Table 6-1 for field descriptions.


Range: N/A

Format: predefined

Indicates that OAM is not in use.

End-Pt Indicates the PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and will process AID/RDI cells on the A or B side.


Seg-Pt Indicates the PSAX system is used as a single ATM link, or is part of a group of interconnected ATM links that process OAM maintenance cells only on the A or B side.

End-Seg-Pt Indicates the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point on the A or B side.

Intermediate-Pt Indicates the Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a network node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection. It only gener-ates AIS cells during a local failure on the A or B side.


Intra-Segment-Pt Indicates any connecting point inside a segment flow on the A or B side.


Default: Inactive

ActiveFormat: predefined

Displays the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.



255-700-377 6-11



The buttons on the Primary page have the following functions:

Statistics Page The Statistics page displays the statistics for this connection (see Figure 6-4).

Figure 6-3. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM PVC (Primary Page)

Button Function


Create Establishes the connection youconfigured.


Delete Deletes the connection.


6-12 255-700-377


The buttons on the Statistics page have the following functions:

Figure 6-4. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC (Statistics Page)

Button Description

Update Refreshes the statistics manually.

Clear Resets the resetable statistics to zero.

Poll Poll + continuously update the statistics and changes the button label to Poll-.

Poll- terminates polling and changes the button label to Poll+.

Odometer Restarts counting in the Cells Transmitted and Cells Received fields iin the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels, and to view the trans-mitted cells and received cells in the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels. This button is displayed only on the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Statistics pages.


Restart Restarts connection establishment procedure for the connections that were not previously set up.

255-700-377 6-13




Table 6-2. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC and the ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connection Statistics Page


AIS Received(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received.

AIS Transmitted(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric

Displays the number of AIS cells transmitted.

RDI Received(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 32 bits


Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received.

RDI Transmitted(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 32 bits


Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells transmitted.

Cell Drop(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells dropped on incom-ing side of interface A or B.

Cell Tag(display only)

Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cell tagged on incoming side of interface A or B.


Default: 0

Range: 64 bits








Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: predefined




6-14 255-700-377


Polling Statistics Using the Odometer Delta Window

Perform the steps in the following procedure to use the odometer on the Sta-tistics page.

Begin

Using the Odometer Delta to Poll Statistics

1 Click Odometer.






Default: 0

Range: 64 bits




Default: 0

Range: N/A




Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Clear button was used. The Clear button resets only the odometer fields (labeled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters are incremented for the duration of the connection.



255-700-377 6-15



The Odometer Delta window appears (see the figure below).


The Odometer Delta window allows you to restart polling in the Cells Trans-mitted and Cells Received fields in the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels, and to view the transmitted cells and received cells in the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels.

2 To begin polling click Reset Odometer.

A message appears (see the figure below).

Figure 6-5. Odometer Delta Window

Button Function


Reset Odometer Resets the values in this win-dow to zero.

Display Results Shows the polling results in all the fields on this window.


6-16 255-700-377


3 To terminate polling, click Display Results.

The resulting odometer values are displayed (see the figure below).

4 To reset the values in this window to zero, click Reset Odometer.

5 To close the window, click Close.

End

Figure 6-6. Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Message)

Figure 6-7. Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Results)

255-700-377 6-17



Backup Page The Backup page displays the information used to create a backup connec-tion (see Figure 6-8). Creating a backup connection is optional.

The buttons on the Backup page have the following functions:

Select the values from the fields as described in Table 6-3.

Figure 6-8. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page)

Button Function

Create Backup PVC Establishes the backup VCC PVC connection you configured.

You cannot create a backup VCC PVC connection without selecting an ATM interface type in the Backup ATM Interface panel. Therefore, this button is active when the Slot, Port, and Channel fields correspond to an ATM interface type in the Interface field. Otherwise, the button will be ghosted.



6-18 255-700-377


Table 6-3. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page


Slot Default: N/A


Format: Numeric


Port Default: N/A


Format: Numeric




Format: Numeric


Interface(display only)

Default: Unconfig-uredAtmUni3_0AtmUni3_1AtmUni4_0IispUserIispNetworkCircuitEmulation DbCirEmFrameRelayUniFrameRelayNniPri_Isdn_NetworkPri_Isdn_UserHldcPassThroughAtmPnni1-0Format: Predefined

Indicates the interface type that is configured on the slot, port, and channel (selected in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields).

OperStatus(display only)

InService Indicates that the interface is operational.

OutOfService Indicates that the interface is not operational.

AdminStatus (display only)

InService Indicates that no conditions are preventing the port from being fully operational.

OutOfService Indicates that some condition is preventing the port from being configured with an interface.

255-700-377 6-19



Utilization Page The Utilization page measures the amount of traffic running through this connection (see Figure 6-9).

VPI Default: N/A

Range: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection.virtual path identifier assigned to this interface.


Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection virtual channel identifier assigned to the interface

VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric


Automatic Switch-back

Default: Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the CPU monitors the primary connec-tion. If the primary connection becomes avail-able, backup will switch back connection to pri-mary.

No This option is not currently supported.


Current Active PVC Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: predefined




Table 6-3. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page



6-20 255-700-377


Figure 6-9. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 6-21



The buttons on the Utilization page have the following functions:

For details about this window, see the section, “Utilization Information,” in Chapter 5 of this guide.

Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC connection.

Button Function

60 sec Time, in seconds or minutes, to poll the PSAX device. Select a time interval from the pull-down menu:

5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min

Clear Resets all statistics to zero.

Poll Poll+ continuously updates the statistics and changes the button label to Poll-.


Show Cells/Sec Calculates and displays the average num-ber of cells per second for a given PVC or SPVC for a given time interval specified in the pull-down menu (see above).

Changes button label to Show Bits/Sec.

Show Bits/Sec Calculates and displays the average num-ber of bits per second for a given PVC or SPVC for a given time interval specified in the pull-down menu (see above).

Changes button label to Show Cells/Sec.



6-22 255-700-377


Begin







3 On the Side A and Side B panels, select the desired slot, port, and chan-nel to identify the connection endpoints within the PSAX system.

Based on these parameters, the corresponding connection type appears in the ATM Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the A-side and B-side parameters do not correspond to a valid type of connec-tion, or if one of the selected channels is unconfigured, None appears in the ATM Connection Type field.

4 Click Create.

The Create ATM-to-ATM_VPC Connection window appears (see Figure 6-11).


255-700-377 6-23





Figure 6-11. Create ATM-to-ATM_VPC Connection Window

Button Function





6-24 255-700-377




Interface Side A:ATM_UNI30, Interface Side A:ATM_UNI31, Interface SideA: IISP_USER, or Interface Side A:IISP_NETWORK


Format: Predefined

One side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Interface Side B:ATM_UNI30, Interface Side B:ATM_UNI31, Interface SideB: IISP_USER, or Interface Side B:IISP_NETWORK

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The other side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot num-bers for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: 1

Format: Numeric

Select the port number containing the module for both sides of the connection. The port number on the mod-ule for which you are creating a connection.

Note: For the DS1 IMA module, enter port number 7 only.For the E1 IMA module, enter port number 7 only.For the DS3 IMA module, enter port number 30 only.For the MD DS1 IMA module, enter port number 13 only.For the HD E1 IMA module, enter port num-ber 22 only.

Channel Default: 1

Range: Variable

Format: Numeric

Select the channel number of the port on the module for both sides of the connection.

Note: For the DS1 IMA module, enter channel num-ber 1, 2 or 3.For the E1 IMA module, enter channel number 1, 2 or 3.For the DS3 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–14.For the MD DS1 IMA module, enter channel number within the range of 1–6.For the HD E1 IMA module, enter chan-nel number within the range of 1–10.

VPI Range: 0–255 (AtmUNI); 0-4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric


VI Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules.

255-700-377 6-25



VUNI Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connection.


Service Type Default: UbrRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the Reference Appendix in this guide for more information.














6-26 255-700-377




Format: Predefined

The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traf-fic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-prior-ity cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

See the Reference Appendix in this guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including repre-sentative examples.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algo-rithm.






This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.



Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, with-out specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

SAR Type Default: NullRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

Aal5Aal3-4Aal2Aal1

The segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type must correspond to the SAR type of the incoming data stream.



255-700-377 6-27




Default: 1


Range:


Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maxi-mum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.

Note: If you are using the traffic shaping Enabled set-ting on the bulleted modules listed below, entering a minimum cps value below the minimum listed below will cause traffic-shaped connections to default back to the minimum cps value when the connection passes traffic.







Format: cps

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.





6-28 255-700-377



Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than antici-pated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value for maximum burst size to 0.











Disabled Traffic Shaping is disabled.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system via these modules complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.



Default: NoneRange: True/False

Format: Predefined

Displays a transmission failure cause on the A or B side of the connection.

Traffic Flow Default: Duplex


Format: Predefined

SimplexA2BPoint-to-point-Multi-point A2B


When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel do not display.



255-700-377 6-29





End




Format: Predefined

Indicates on what portion of the transmission path the operations and maintenance status AIS and RDI cells will be processed.


End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM, and will process AIS/RDI cells on the A or B side.


Seg-Pt The PSAX system is used as a single ATM link, or is part of a group of inter-connected ATM links that pro-cess OAM maintenance cells only on the A or B side.

End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a seg-ment point on the A or B side.

Intermediate-Pt The PSAX system is used as a network node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection. It only generates AIS cells during a local failure on the A or B side.

Use this value to enable trunk conditioning. For more information, see the Trunk Conditioning Application Note for PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways (Docu-ment No. 255-700-072).


Intra-Segment-Pt OAM will be performed on any connecting point inside a segment flow on the A or B side.


Default: Inactive

Range: Inac-tive/Active

Format: Predefined

This field displays the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.






6-30 255-700-377



Figure 6-12. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Primary Page)

255-700-377 6-31




Field Descriptions The values for the fields in this window are described in the following table.

Figure 6-13. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Statistics Page)

Button Description









6-32 255-700-377


Polling Statistics Using the Odometer Delta Window




Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received.


Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric

Displays the number of AIS cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: 32 bits


Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received.




Displays the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells dropped on incom-ing side of interface A or B.


Default: 0

Range: 32 bits

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cell tagged on incoming side of interface A or B.






Default: 0

Range: 64 bits




Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: predefined



255-700-377 6-33



Perform the steps in the following procedure to use the odometer on the Sta-tistics page.

Begin

Using the Odometer Delta to Poll Statistics

1 Click Odometer.

The Odometer Delta window appears (see the figure below).






Default: 0

Range: 64 bits




Default: 0

Range: N/A




Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Displays the time elapsed since the last time the Clear button was used. The Clear button resets only the odometer fields (labeled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters are incremented for the duration of the connection.



Figure 6-14. Odometer Delta Window


6-34 255-700-377



The Odometer Delta window allows you to restart polling in the Cells Trans-mitted and Cells Received fields in the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels, and to view the transmitted cells and received cells in the Interface Side A and Interface Side B panels.

2 To begin polling click Reset Odometer.

A message appears (see the figure below).

3 To terminate polling, click Display Results.

Button Function


Reset Odometer Resets the values in this win-dow to zero.

Display Results Shows the polling results in all the fields on this window.

Figure 6-15. Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Message)

255-700-377 6-35



The resulting odometer values are displayed (see the figure below).

4 To reset the values in this window to zero, click Reset Odometer.

5 To close the window, click Close.

End

Figure 6-16. Odometer Delta Window (Displaying Results)


6-36 255-700-377


Backup Page The Backup page displays the information used to create a backup connec-tion (see Figure 6-17).


Field Descriptions Select the values for the for fields as described in Table 6-6.

Figure 6-17. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Backup Page)

Button Function




255-700-377 6-37



Table 6-6. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM_VPC Backup Page


Slot Default: Equipment Dependent

Range: Listed as available from the PSAX device

Format: Numeric


Port Default: Equipment Dependent


Format: Numeric


Channel Default: Equipment Dependent

Range: Determined by the number of channels avail-able on the port selected in the Port field

Format: Numeric



Default: UnconfiguredAtmUni3-0AtmUni3-1IispUserIispNetworkCircuitEmulation DbCirEmFrameRelayUniFrameRelayNniPri_Isdn_NetworkPri_Isdn_UserHldcPassThroughAtmPnni1-0Format: Predefined

Displays the interface type that is configured on the slot, port, and channel (selected in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields).


Default: OutOfServiceRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the connection is capable of transmitting traffic or not.

InService Indicates that the connection is operational.

OutOfService Indicates that the connection is not operational.


6-38 255-700-377





Range: NA

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether any condition is preventing the port from being fully operational or not.



VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates the backup connection.virtual path identi-fier assigned to this interface.

VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric


Automatic Switchback

Default: YesRange: Yes/No

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether automatic switchback is selected or not.

Yes Indicates that after the backup is activated, it will switch back to primary connection automatically if primary becomes available.


Indicates that after the backup is activated, it will not switch back to primary connection automati-cally if primary becomes available.

Current Active PVC


Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the current active PVC is func-tioning as the primary, the backup, or is inactive.

None Indicates the connection is inactive.

Primary Indicates that the primary connection is active (car-rying user traffic).

Backup Indicates that the backup connection is active (car-rying user traffic).

Table 6-6. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM_VPC Backup Page


255-700-377 6-39



Figure 6-18. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VPC (Utilization Page)


6-40 255-700-377




Adding Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

This type of connection supports all non-CBR service types. Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC connection.

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three channels on port 7 (the channels you provision on port 7.)

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min









255-700-377 6-41



Note: On the DS3 IMA module, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 channels on port 30 (the channels you provision on port 30.)

Begin



2 Click the right mouse button in the Listing page and a menu appears. Click Create New.


3 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for each side to select a Bridge and ATM interface.

The type of connection appears in the Connection Type field at the bot-tom of the window. If the connection is not a valid type of connection, None appears in the Connection Type field.

4 Click Create.

The Create Bridge_to_ATM_VCC Connection window will appear (see Figure 6-20).






6-42 255-700-377



Figure 6-20. Create Bridge_to_ATM VCC Connection Window

Button Function




255-700-377 6-43



Field Descriptions

Table 6-7. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM_PVC Connection Window


Interface Side A: Bridge



Indicates that this is the bridge side of the con-nection that will send and receive signals.


Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates that this is the ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot(display only)

Default: N/A


Format: Numeric

Ethernet and 4-Port Ethernet Modules: Indicates the slot number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a slot containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).

Port Default: 6

Default: 5Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a port containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).


Default: 1

Range: 1–70 for the Ethernet module; 1–56 for the 4-Port Ethernet module

Format: Numeric

Ethernet and 4-Port Modules: Indicates the vir-tual channel number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

Indicatesthe channel number associated with the port number on this module for which you are creating a connection.

4-Port Ethernet Module: To enable ATM traffic shaping, specify a channel containing one of the appropriate modules on the ATM side of this con-nection (see the section, “ATM Traffic Shaping,” in Chapter 2).

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–255 (AtmUNI); 0–4095 (IISP)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.


6-44 255-700-377


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier. Enter a value for the ATM side of the connection.


Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and the STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A-to-B or B-to-A side of the connection.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the Multiservice Media Gateway sys-tem-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the section “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic” in the reference appendix.






Vbr-express Variable bit rate express.

Gfr2 Guaranteed frame rate 2. Not currently sup-ported.


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Note: All ATM-Supporting I/O Modules: See the section, “ATM Traffic Descriptors,” in the Refer-ence Appendix of this guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including representative examples.

Best-effort Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without specify-ing traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.

Table 6-7. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM_PVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 6-45




Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority).


Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity) for bucket 2.


Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.


Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag Indicates that the traffic descriptor used for this connection allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.




6-46 255-700-377


Peak Cell Rate (cps) Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. PCR is a traffic parameter that specifies an upper bound on the traffic that can be submitted on an ATM connection. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specification for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.




255-700-377 6-47



Sustained Cell Rate (cps)

Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. The SCR is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connec-tion. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network operator to allocate suf-ficient resources, but less than those based on the Peak Cell Rate, and still ensure that the perfor-mance objectives can be achieved. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specification for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.



Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: Numeric

Indicates the maximum burst size, which is the maximum number of cells that can be received at one time. This value allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the SCR. If the burst is larger than the traffic contract allows, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for that module.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.




6-48 255-700-377


Primary Page The Primary tab displays the information used to create the connection. See Table 6-7 for field descriptions.


Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined




OAM Status Default: End-Pt

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the type of OAM support used on the ATM side of this connection.

Route Server Module: Enabling this field on an ATM network interface subchannel (by selecting either End-Pt or End-Seg-Pt) means the mod-ule will bring the particular interface into service or take it out of service based on the OAM alarms.

End-Pt Indicates that the PSAX system is used as a termi-nation point for ATM traffic, and is processing AID/RDI cells. The OAM loopback test is sup-ported for only end-to-end connections.

End-Seg-Pt Indicates the end-Seg-Pt, which is a connection endpoint and the endpoint of the segment; it will catch the segment and end-to-end OAM cells.

Unsupp Indicates that OAM is not used on this connec-tion.

Traffic Shaping Default: Disabled Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates that a method for controlling the flow of data traffic is used on this connection. It is implemented on modules that are offered with traffic-shaping variations: the OC-3c Multimode, OC-3c Single-Mode, STM-1 Multimode, and STM-1 Single-Mode modules. When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic entering the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.


Enabled Allows traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection.



255-700-377 6-49





Figure 6-21. Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC (Primary Page)

Button Function






6-50 255-700-377




Figure 6-22. Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC Statistics Page

Button Description








255-700-377 6-51



Table 6-8. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page


[Cells Encoded](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established. Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Cells Decoded](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established. Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Encoded Odometer](display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A since this counter was reset. Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B since this counter was reset.

[Decoded Odometer](display only)



Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A since this counter was reset. Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B since this counter was reset.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: days, hours, minutes, and seconds (days hh:mm:ss)




Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells received into inter-face side B since the connection was created.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells transmitted out of interface side B since the connection was created.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the total number of cells encoded going into interface side B since this counter was reset.


6-52 255-700-377


Out Odometer (display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the total number of cells decoded going out of interface side B since this counter was reset.



Format: Numeric




Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of AIS cells received on the ATM side of the connection.



Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of AIS cells transmitted on the ATM side of the connection.

Cells Dropped(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells dropped on incom-ing side of on the ATM side of the connection.

Cells Tagged(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of cells tagged on incoming side of on the ATM side of the connection.



Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Indicates the number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells transmitted on the ATM side of the connection.

Table 6-8. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page (Continued)


255-700-377 6-53



Backup Page The Backup page displays the information used to create a backup connec-tion (see Figure 6-23). Creating a backup connection is optional. Enter values for the fields on this window according to the information provided in Table 6-9.


Field Descriptions

Figure 6-23. Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM PVC (Backup Page)

Button Function





6-54 255-700-377


Table 6-9. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page


Slot Default: N/A


Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module config-ured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.


Port Default: N/A


Format: numeric

Specifies the port number on the module config-ured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection..


Channel Default: N/ARange: varies depending on chassis type

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel number of the port on the module configured with an ATM interface, for which you are creating a backup connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.



Default: Unconfig-uredRange: N/A


AtmUni3_0AtmUni3_1AtmUni4_0IispUserIispNetworkCircuitEmulation DbCirEmFrameRelayUniFrameRelayNniPri_Isdn_NetworkPri_Isdn_UserHldcPassThroughAtmPnni1-0

Displays the interface type that is configured on the slot, port, and channel (selected in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields).

255-700-377 6-55



OperStaus (display only)


Range: N/A


Displays the operational status of the connection.

OutOfService Indicates that the connection is not operational.

InService Indicates that the connection is operational.



Range: N/A

predefined alphanu-meric

Displays the administrative status of the connec-tion.



VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual path identifier assigned to the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

VCI Default: 32

Range: 32–4000

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual channel identifier assigned to the ATM side of the connection. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

VI/VUNI Default: 0 Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Specifies the virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Enter a value in this field that is for a different module from the one specified for the primary connection.

Note: Currently this field is applicable only to the 1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS and the 1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP modules.


Default: Yes Range: N/A


Indicates whether the traffic on the backup con-nection will revert to the primary connection when it becomes available.

Yes Indicates that once the primary connection becomes available, traffic will revert to the pri-mary connection automatically.


Indicates that if the backup connection is active, traffic will not revert to the primary connection automatically if it becomes available.




6-56 255-700-377




Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the primary or backup connec-tion is active.






Figure 6-24. Display Connection: Bridge-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 6-57





Adding Bridge-to-Bridge VCC PVC Connections

A bridge-to-bridge VCC PVC connection can be created between virtual channels on the Ethernet module and the 4-Port Ethernet module. Perform the steps in the following procedure to add a bridge-to-bridge VCC PVC con-nection.

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min










6-58 255-700-377


Begin




The Create Connection window appears (see Figure 6-19). On the Side A and Side B panels, select appropriate slot, port, and channel combina-tions to indicate the type of connection being created.

The type of connection will appear in the Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the connection is not a valid type of connec-tion, None will appear in the Connection Type field.

3 Once the desired connection type appears in the Connection Type field, click Create.

The Create Bridge_to_Bridge Connection window appears (see Figure 6-26).

4 Enter values in the fields in this window according to the information provided in Table 6-10.

If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears (see Figure 6-27) with tabs that contain details about the con-nection: Primary, Statistics, and Utilization.



255-700-377 6-59




Figure 6-26. Create Bridge_to_Bridge Connection Window

Button Function




Table 6-10. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection Window


Interface Side A: Bridge

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Text

Indicates the side of the connection that will send signals.

Interface Side B: Bridge

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Indicates the side of the connection that will receive signals.

Slot Default: N/ARange: (Varies depending on chassis type)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot number containing this module for which you are creating a connection.

Port Default: Ethernet Module: 6

Default: 4-Port Ethernet Module: 5

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric



6-60 255-700-377


Primary Page The Primary tab displays the information used to create the connection. See Table 6-10 for field descriptions.

Channel Default: 1

Range: 1–70 for the Ethernet module; 1–56 for the 4-Port Ethernet module

Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel number associated with the port number on this module for which you are creating a connection.


Default: InactiveRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the current status of the connection. The value indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.




Default: Null/Null

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection.

Table 6-10. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge PVC Connection Window


Figure 6-27. Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge PVC (Primary Page)

255-700-377 6-61




Statistics Page The Statistics page displays the statistics for this connection (see Figure 6-28). The fields on the Statistics page are described in Table 6-11.


Button Function





Figure 6-28. Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge PVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description






6-62 255-700-377


Field Descriptions




Button Description

Table 6-11. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Page


[Cells Encoded ]

(display only)



Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Cells Decoded]

(display only)



Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

[Encoded Odometer]

(display only)



Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A since this counter was reset.

Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B since this counter was reset.

255-700-377 6-63




[Decoded Odometer]

(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A


Indicates, on the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A since this counter was reset.

Indicates, on the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B since this counter was reset.

[Time Elapsed]

(display only)

Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A



[Time Since Reset]

(display only)

Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A




Table 6-11. Field Descriptions for the Bridge-to-Bridge VCC Connection Statistics Page


Figure 6-29. Display Connection: Bridge-to-Bridge VCC (Utilization Page)


6-64 255-700-377




Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

This is a CBR type of connection. A DSP2A, DSP2B, or DSP2C Voice Server module must be present and configured in the PSAX system to enable coding translation, voice compression, silence detection, echo cancellation, and tone detection features. This type of connection also supports the use of a backup ATM interface with the option of automatic switchback.

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min









255-700-377 6-65



You can process voice traffic using circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC con-nection through the DSP2A Voice Server module by selecting one of the pulse code modulation (PCM) types in the Coding Translation field.



Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC connection.

Begin






Based on these parameters, the corresponding connection type appears in the Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the values selected in the Side A and Side B panels do not correspond to a valid type of connection, or if one of the selected channels is unconfigured, None appears in the Connection Type field.

4 Click Create.



6-66 255-700-377


The Create Circuit Emulation_to_ATM Virtual Circuit Connection win-dow appears (see Figure 6-31).



Figure 6-31. Create Circuit Emulation_to_ATM VCC Connection Window

Button Function




255-700-377 6-67





Interface Side A:CIRCUIT_EM

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Field values in this panel relate to the circuit emula-tion side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Interface Side B:ATM_UNI30,ATM_UNI31, ATM_IISP, PNNI10

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Field values in this panel relate to the ATM interface side of the connection that will send and receive sig-nals.

Slot(display only)

Default: 0

Range: Variable depending on chassis type

Format: Numeric


Port(display only)

Default: 1Range: Variable

Format: Numeric



Default: 1

Range: CE side:1–24 (DS1),1–31 (E1),1–28 (DS3)

Range: ATM side: 1

Format: Numeric

The channel on which you are creating a connection.

VPI(displayed on Inter-face Side B panel only)

Default: 0Range: 0–255 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric

Enter the virtual path identifier for the ATM side of the connection.

VCI(displayed on Inter-face Side B panel only)

Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: Numeric

Enter the virtual channel identifier for the ATM side of the connection.

VI/VUNI(displayed on Inter-face Side B panel only)

Default: 0/0Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. This field is cur-rently available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP) and OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connec-tion.

AAL2 Cid(display only unless SAR type is Aal2Std)

Default: 0

Range: 8–255 per trunk (0–7 not avail-able; reserved)

Format: Numeric

Enter a channel identifier only if the value Aal2Std is selected in the SAR Type field described below.


6-68 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: Character


Note: The values change on either side of the connec-tion window as you scroll through this field.

SimplexA2B,SimplexB2A,PointToMultipointA2B,PointToMultipointB2A

Select the appropriate value.


Range: Variable


Indicates the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type of the incoming data stream.

Aal1 AAL1

Aal2Std AAL2 Standard.

Note: Choose this type for AAL2 trunking. Enter the associated channel identifier in the AAL2 field in the upper right panel.

Non-Mux-Aal2 Non-multiplexed AAL2 (Lucent proprietary)



255-700-377 6-69



Cnfrm Type(displayed on the Traffic Parameters B to A panel only)


Range: N/A


The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control, deter-mines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and determines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Best-effort This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without speci-fying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.




This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity) for bucket 2.


This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.


This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buck-ets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a "best effort" fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, simi-lar to the AQueMan algorithm.


nVbr-nrt2Vbr-nrt1Vbr-rt2Vbr-rt1Vbr-expressCbr-4 Cbr-3Cbr-2 Cbr-1(default, DS3 IMA)

PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the Reference Tables appendix in this guide for a detailed description of the values for this field.

Note: Only CBR (constant bit rate) values are applica-ble for DS3 IMA.




6-70 255-700-377



Range: N/A

Format: Character

The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and will process AIS/RDI cells.

Note: Enable the type of OAM you want on the DSP2D Voice Server in this field.


End-Pt Use this value to enable trunk conditioning.

End-Seg-Pt The PSAX system is used as both a termination point and a segment point for ATM traffic.

[Active PVC] Default: No

(before connection parameters are con-figured)

Default: Primary

(after connection parameters are con-figured)

Range: N/A

Format: Character


When Primary is displayed, the backup PVC is not in use.


Default: InactiveRange: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates whether the connection is passing traffic.



Connection Failure Cause A(display only)

Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

This field presents the AAL2 status reason code for the A side of the connection.

None Indicates that no failure is present.

Physical Indicates that a physical level failure is present, such as when a an I/O module or cable is removed from the PSAX device, or an I/O module receives an LOS or LOF alarm. This changes the operational status of the interface to OutofService.

Connection Failure Cause B(display only)

Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

This field presents the AAL2 status reason code for the B side of the connection.


Physical Indicates that a physical level failure is present, such as when a an I/O module or cable is removed from the PSAX device, or an I/O module receives an LOS or LOF alarm. This changes the operational status of the interface to OutofService.



255-700-377 6-71





End


Figure 6-32. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Primary Page)


6-72 255-700-377





Button Function





Figure 6-33. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Statistics Page)

Button Description



255-700-377 6-73



Field Descriptions The values for the fields on this window are given in Table 6-13.






Button Description

Table 6-13. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC StatisticsPage



Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of encoded (transmitted) user cells going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of decoded (received) user cells going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of encoded user cells going into interface side B since the connection was created.


Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of decoded user cells decoded going out of interface side B since the connection was created.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection since the circuit was established.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of received OAM cells going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in the Time Elapsed field (i.e., since the circuit was created).


6-74 255-700-377



Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

The total number of transmitted OAM cells going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (i.e., since the cir-cuit was created.)


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Total number of ATM cells received since odome-ter was last reset.

Transmitted Odometer(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Total number of ATM cells transmitted since odometer was last reset.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Time elapsed since the last time the Clear button was used.



Format: numeric

Number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of AIS cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received.



Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells dropped on incoming side of interface A or B.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells tagged on incoming side of inter-face A or B.

Table 6-13. Field Descriptions for the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC StatisticsPage


255-700-377 6-75



Backup Page The Backup page displays the information used to create the connection (see Figure 6-34).


Field Descriptions Select the values for the for fields as described in Table 6-14.

Figure 6-34. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page)

Button Function





6-76 255-700-377


Table 6-14. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup Page


Slot Default: N/A


Format: Numeric



Port Default: N/A


Format: Numeric





Format: Numeric




Default: Unconfig-uredRange: AtmUni3-0AtmUni3-1IispUserIispNetworkCircuitEmulation DbCirEmFrameRelayUniFrameRelayNniPri_Isdn_NetworkPri_Isdn_UserHldcPassThroughAtmPnni1-0


The interface type that is configured on the slot, port, and channel (selected in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields).


Default: OutOfSer-vice

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates that the interface is not operational.


255-700-377 6-77




AdminStatus(display only)

Default: OutOfSer-vice

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates that some condition is preventing the port from being configured with an interface..

InService Indicates that no conditions are preventing the port from being fully operational

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

The virtual path identifier assigned to this backup interface.

VCI Default: 32

Range: 32–4000

Format: Numeric

The virtual channel identifier assigned to this backup interface.

VI Default: 0Range: 0-255

Format: Numeric

Backup virtual interface, which provides band-width allocation restrictions. Currently available only on theOC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules.


Default: Yes

Range: N/A

Format: Character

CPU monitors primary connection. If primary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to Primary.


Once active, the backup connection will not switch back to primary connection automatically if Primary becomes available.


Range: N/A

Format: Character




Table 6-14. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC Backup Page



6-78 255-700-377


Figure 6-35. Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 6-79





Adding Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation VCC PVC Connections

This is a fixed-rate connection and has no service types. To enable coding translation and echo cancellation, at least one DSP2A, DSP2B, or DSP2C Voice Server module must be present and configured.

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min










6-80 255-700-377


You can process voice traffic using circuit emulation connections through one DSP2A, DSP2B, or DSP2C Voice Server module by selecting one of the pulse code modulation (PCM) types in the Coding Translation field. Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit-emulation-to-circuit emulation connection.

Begin



2 Click the right mouse button and a menu appears. Select Create New.



Based on these parameters, the corresponding connection type appears in the Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the A-side and B-side parameters do not correspond to a valid type of connection, or if one of the selected channels is unconfigured, None will appear in the Connection Type field.

4 Click Create.

The Create Circuit Emulation_to_Circuit Emulation Connection window appears (see Figure 6-37).


255-700-377 6-81



Note: For circuit emulation range limits for DSP Algosets 1 through 7, see the Connection Capacity of DSP2x Algorithm Sets Table in the Ref-erence Information Appendix of the DSP2x Voice Server Module User Guide.



Figure 6-37. Create Circuit Emulation_to_Circuit Emulation Connection Window

Button Function





6-82 255-700-377




Interface Side A:CIRCUIT_EM

Default: Predefined

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies Side A of the connection that sends and receives signals. This is the near-end side of the connection, closest to the hybrid digital-to-analog circuit, where the echo is created. The DSP2x module will cancel the echo before the traffic is transmitted out the Side B interface. To cancel the near-end echo, select a voice processing parameter other than None in the Echo Cancel-lation field below.

Interface Side B:CIRCUIT_EM

Default: Predefined

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Specifies Side B of the connection that will send and receive signals. Far-end echo on this side must be canceled at the far end.

Slot Default: VariableRange: Chassis dependent

Format: Numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: Variable


Format: Numeric

Select the port number containing the module for both sides of the connection.

Channel Format: Numeric Select the channel number containing the mod-ule for both sides of the connection.

255-700-377 6-83





Format: Predefined

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through any DSP2x Voice Server mod-ule with a coding translation parameter, do not use the default value. The other values indicate the desired type of pulse code modulation (PCM) translation. You must specify one of these PCM types to enable data traffic processing through any DSP2x Voice Server modules.

If configuring the Voice 2-Wire Office or Voice 2-Wire Station modules for this parameter, you must select MuLaw2muLaw. The other choices are not supported.

Not supported.

None No coding translation is selected on the connec-tion.

MuLaw2muLaw American and Japanese compression and expan-sion (companding) standard is used on Sides A and B of the connection.

ALaw2aLaw European companding standard is used on Sides A and B of the connection.

MuLaw2aLaw American/Japanese to European companding standard is used between sending Side A and receiving Side B of the connection.

ALaw2MuLaw European to American/Japanese companding standard is used between sending Side A and receiving Side B of the connection.

Echo Cancellation Default: NoneRange: As noted below

Format: Predefined

If you using voice applications, an echo cancella-tion algorithm is recommended (select a value other than None). Not supported.

None No echo cancellation is used on the connection.

G165-nearEnd, ITU-T G.165 echo cancellation for the near end of the connection is used.

G168 ITU-T G.1658 echo cancellation is used.



Format: Predefined

Specifies the direction of the flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Traffic flows in both directions.

SimplexA2B Traffic flows from Side A to Side B only.




6-84 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window

Interworking Default: Disabled


Format: Predefined

Specifies the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.

Disabled Disables the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.

Enabled Enables the conversion between ATM OAM cells and circuit emulation alarms.



Format: Predefined




Cbr-3, Constant Bit rate, queue 3


Connection Status (display only)

Default: Inactive,

Active



Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

General connection failure cause.


Physical Indicates that a physical level failure is present, such as when a an I/O module or cable is removed from the PSAX device, or an I/O mod-ule receives an LOS or LOF alarm. This changes the operational status of the interface to Outof-Service.


Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined






255-700-377 6-85



appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 6-38): Primary and Statistics.


End



Statistics Page The Statistics page displays the statistics for this connection.

Figure 6-38. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-Circuit_Emulation (Primary Page)

Button Function






6-86 255-700-377



Figure 6-39. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-Circuit_Emulation Statistics Page

Button Description








255-700-377 6-87





Table 6-16. Field Descriptions for Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation PVC Connection StatisticsPage




Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells encoded going into interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

On the Interface A Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

On the Interface B Statistics panel, the number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric




Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric




Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric




Format: numeric

Time elapsed since the last time the Clear button command was used.

The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields (labelled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the duration of the circuit.


6-88 255-700-377



Figure 6-40. Display Connection: Circuit Emulation-to-Circuit Emulation VCC (Uti-lization Page)

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min


255-700-377 6-89




Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a frame relay-to-ATM VCC connection.

Begin

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 7). You can use up to three channels on port 7 (the channels you provision on port 7.)

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 channels on port 30 (the channels you provision on port 30.)











Button Function


6-90 255-700-377




Based on these parameters, the corresponding connection type appears in the Connection Type field at the bottom of the window. If the A-side and B-side parameters do not correspond to a valid type of connection, or if one of the selected channels is unconfigured, None appears in the Connection Type field.

4 Click Create.


255-700-377 6-91



The Create Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC Connection window appears (see Figure 6-42).



Figure 6-42. Create Frame_Relay_to_ATM_VCC Connection Window

Button Function





6-92 255-700-377


Table 6-17. Field Descriptions for the Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC PVC Connection Page


Interface Side A:FR_UNI or FR_NNI

Default: NA

Range: NA

Format: NA

The fields in the Frame Relay Interface panel are used to configure the frame relay side of the con-nection.

Interface Side B:ATM_UNI30, ATM_UNI31, ATM_UNI40, IISP_USER, IISP_NETWORK

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

The fields in the ATM Interface panel are used to configure the ATM side of the connection.

Slot Default: 0Range: variable

Format: numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Format: Select the port number containing the module for both sides of the connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.


The channel on which you are creating a connec-tion.

DLCI Default: 0

Range: 16–1007

Format: numeric

Data link connection identifier. DLCI is used when the remote end-point is frame relay.

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI), 0-4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric


VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Virtual interface/virtual ATM UNI, which pro-vides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c 1+1 APS, STM-1 1+1 MSP, and OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP modules. When disabled, the default value is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A-to-B or the B-to-A side of the connection.



Range: N/A


Frf8-Transl,Frf8-Pass,Frf5

FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

FRF.5 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

255-700-377 6-93



Frame Size (bytes) Default: 4096

Range: N/A

Format: numeric (bytes)

Size of the frame (in bytes).

Committed Burst Size (bits/second)

Default: 0Range:

Format: numeric (bits/sec)

Committed burst size. Use the default value.

Excess Burst Size (bits)

Default: 45000000

Range:

Format: numeric (bits)

Excess burst size (in bits per second).

Committed Info Rate

Default: 0

Range:

Format: numeric (bits/sec)


Time Interval (mil-liseconds)(display only)

Default: 1000

Range: variable

Format: numeric (msec)

Time elapsed since the last reset (in msec).

Peak Cell Rate(display only)

Default: 1Range: variable

Format: numeric (cells/sec)


Sustained Cell Rate(display only)

Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric (cells/sec)


Max Burst Size(display only)

Default: 1

Range: variable


Maximum burst size. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.0 specifications for more information. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.

Traffic Flow Default: DuplexRange: N/A


Duplex,SimplexA2B,SimplexB2A

Direction of the flow of data traffic in this con-nection. When you select SimplexA2B and Configure Traffic Parameters, only the fields in the Traffic Parameters In side are displayed. When you select SimplexB2A and Configure Traffic Parameters, only the fields in the Traffic Parameters Out side are displayed. For the 1-Port DS3 IMA module, only Duplex and Simplex are applicable.




6-94 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Ubr,Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1,Vbr-rt2,Vbr-rt1,Vbr-express



Range: N/A








Two-bucket-notag-0plus1-0

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high pri-ority) for bucket 2.

Two-bucket-tag-0plus1-0





255-700-377 6-95




Range: N/A


The status of the operations and maintenance function.


End-Pt The PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and processes AIS/RDI cells.


End-Seg-Pt Has the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point.


Default: Null/NullRange: N/A


Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection


Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Indicates whether the connection is passing traf-fic.




Default: NoneFormat: N/A

Format: Predefined

The cause of the connection failure on side A of the connection.

None The connection has not failed.

Physical The failure cause is physical.

LMI

DLCI




6-96 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 6-43): Primary, and Statistics.


End


Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The cause of the connection failure on side B of the connection.



LMI Indicates that the layer manager has failed, but there is no physical level failure; for example, an lmiDce- or LmiDte-related failure.

DLCI Indicates that this connection has failed, but no physical or LMI failure is related with this con-nection.



255-700-377 6-97





Figure 6-43. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC (Primary Page)

Button Function






6-98 255-700-377




Figure 6-44. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page)

Button Description





255-700-377 6-99



Field Descriptions The values for the fields in this page are described in Table 6-18.




Button Description

Table 6-18. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.



Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into Frame Relay Interface Side A since this counter was reset.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of Frame Relay Interface Side A since this counter was reset.

AAL5 Error Frames(display only)


Format: numeric

Number of AAL5 errored frames which are not dropped due to UPC in A2B direction. This counter is applicable applicable to only the input side.

Frames Tagged(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames tagged due to UPC in A2B direction. This counter is applicable applicable to only the input side.


6-100 255-700-377



Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A


Time elapsed (in hours, minutes, seconds) since the connection was established.




Time elapsed (in hours, minutes, seconds) since the last time the Clear button was used. The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the con-nection.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received and transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received and transmitted.



Format: numeric

Number of cells dropped and tagged on incoming side of ATM interface Side B.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells Received into ATM Interface Side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was estab-lished.



Format: numeric

Number of cells Transmitted out of ATM Interface Side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the connection was estab-lished.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into ATM Interface Side B since this counter was last reset.



Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of ATM Interface Side B since ince this counter was last reset.

Table 6-18. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC Connection Statistics Page


255-700-377 6-101





Field Descriptions Select the values from the fields on this page as described in Table 6-19.

Figure 6-45. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM_VCC (Backup Page)

Button Function





6-102 255-700-377


Table 6-19. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Frame Relay_to_ATM_VCC Backup Page


Slot Listed as available from the PSAX device


Note: This field is display only for the frame relay interface.

Port Determined by the number of ports available on the mod-ule selected in the Slot field



Channel Determined by the number of channels available on the port selected in the Port field




AtmUni3-0

AtmUni3-1

IispUser

IispNetwork

CircuitEmulation

DbCirEm

FrameRelayUni

FrameRelayNni

Pri_Isdn_Network

Pri_Isdn_User

HldcPassThrough

AtmPnni1-0












VI Default: 0

Range: 0–255


255-700-377 6-103




Yes (default) CPU monitors primary connection. If primary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.



Current Active PVC None Indicates that the connection is inactive.



Table 6-19. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: Frame Relay_to_ATM_VCC Backup Page



6-104 255-700-377



Figure 6-46. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 6-105





Adding GR-303 AAL2 PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a GR-303 AAL2 PVC connection.

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min










6-106 255-700-377


Begin

1 From the Site-Specific page, enable the GR-303 feature for your PSAX device.

2 Using one of the following modules (Channelized DS3, Channelized STS1-e, Enhanced DS1, or Medium-Density DS1), create a GR-303 inter-face (the primary interface) including the following:

a Select 12 in the EOC Channel No field.

b Select 24 in the TMC Channel No field.

c Apply the configuration and bring the interface into service.

Note: For the procedure to configure a GR-303 interface, see Chapter 6, “Configuring the Interfaces Using the AQueView® System.“

3 Repeat Step 2 to create a second GR-303 interface (the backup interface).

4 Using the DSP2C Voice Server module, configure the DSP2 interface including the following:

a Select DSP2A in the DSP Mode field.

Compression less than 32 Kbps will not accurately pass tones between subscriber equipment and voice switch.

b Select Standard in the AAL2 Mode field.

c Apply the configuration and bring the interface into service.

Note: For the procedure to configure the DSP2 interface, see the DSP2x Voice Server Modules User Guide.

5 Using the DS3 ATM module, create an ATM interface (IISP, UNI, or PNNI) including the following:

a Select Enabled in the ATM Signaling field.

b Apply the configuration and bring the interface into service.

6 Create an AAL2 trunk for the ATM interfaces created in Step 5, including the following:

a Enter appropriate values in the VPI and VCI fields.

b Select Enabled in the GR303 Support field on the Connection Fea-tures panel.

c Apply the configuration and bring it into service.

Note: When creating the AAL2 trunk connection, ensure that the peak cell rate for the connection needs to be correct as the PSAX Call Admission Control (CAC) function uses this value to determine whether or not a call can be completed to the subscriber line. For the procedure to create an AAL2 trunk connection, see “AAL2 Trunk Configuration” in this chapter.

7 From the GR303 System-Wide tab, create interface group 1, using the primary and backup channel IDs as created in Step 2 and Step 3.

255-700-377 6-107



Note: For the procedure to configure GR-303 system-wide, see Chapter 4 of the appropriate Navis™ AQueView® Element Management System User Guide.

8 Configure at least two DS1 GR-303 interfaces for an Interface Group (one for primary and one for backup). Primary interface should be assigned as interface ID 1. Bring interface group 1 into service.

9 From the Connections tab, select GR303 for the Side A panel, and the ATM interface created in Step 5 for the Side B panel. Click Create.

The Display Connection window appears, displaying the Primary page (see Figure 6-48 on page 6-108).

Continue with the section, “Primary Page” on page -108.

End

Updating a GR-303 AAL2 PVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to view or update a GR-303 AAL2 PVC connection.

Begin



2 Select a GR-303 AAL2 entry in the Listing page and click the right mouse button.

3 Select Display in the menu that appears (see Figure 6-47).

The Display Connection window appears, displaying the Primary page (see Figure 6-48).

Figure 6-47. Listing Page with GR-303 AAL2 Entry Selected (Displaying Menu)


6-108 255-700-377


Primary Page The Primary page displays the information used to create the connection.

4 You may edit this connection by selecting the values for the fields in this window as described in Table 6-20.

5 Click Create > Close.

6 To save this connection in the PSAX system configuration database, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration in the Device Menu Bar.



End

Figure 6-48. Display Connection:GR303_AAL2_PVC_VCC

255-700-377 6-109



Table 6-20. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: GR303_AAL2_VCC_PVC Window


GR303 Interface Panel

Ig ID Default: 0

Range: 1–84

Format: Numeric

Specifies the interface group identifier number.

Call Reference Default: 0

Range: 1–2048

Format: Numeric

Specifies a number mapped to the customer phone number on a current connection. Used by the system management entity for call status tracking purposes.


Default: InactiveFormat: predefined alphanumeric


Inactive Indicates that the connection is not passing traf-fic.

Active Indicates that the connection is passing traffic.

Interface AAL2 Interface Panel

Slot Default: 0

Range: Chassis depen-dent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the slot in use for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection.

Port Default: 0


Format: Numeric

Specifies the port in use in the slot for the AAL2 side of the connection.

Channel Default: 0Range: Port depen-dent

Format: Numeric

Specifies the channel of the port in use in the slot for the AAL2 side of the connection.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 1–4095

Format: Numeric

Specifies the virtual path indicator.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 1–65535

Format: Numeric

Specifies the virtual channel indicator, a 16-bit field in the ATM cell header identifying the VC in which the data will travel from transmit device to receive device. The VC is located within the vir-tual path.

AAL2 Cid Default: 0

Range: 16–255 (0–15 is reserved)

Format: Numeric

Specifies the AAL2 Channel Identifier. The AAL2 CIDs are located within the VCC.

ConnectionFeatures


6-110 255-700-377


Note: In the on-hook monitoring state, the CAS refresh rate for all ITU-T profiles below is 5 seconds.


Range: N/A


Specifies the ITU-T or ATM Forum parameter set that applies to the connection. A parameter set specifies the compression algorithm used, packet size, whether silence detection is included, and so on. For more information on ATM Forum pro-files, see the reference appendix in this guide.

Note: See the Valid Encoding/Compression Set-tings table following this table for a list of the compression and silence detection settings that are valid for the PSAX system and the CellPipe IAD when they are configured as interoperating devices. See also the ITU-T Transmission Profile Tables in the reference appendix of this guide.

Note: The Cellpipe IAD supports only the follow-ing profiles: ITU-T Standard Profile 1 and ATM Form Standard Profiles 9–11.



Note: The CellPipe IAD does not support this encoding profile.



Note: In the on-hook monitoring state, the CAS refresh rate for all ATM Forum profiles below is 5 minutes.

Af-profile-7 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Standard Profile 7. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, and silence detection. Data is trans-mitted in 44-octet packets.




255-700-377 6-111






Af-profile-10 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Standard Profile 10. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, without silence detection. Data is transmitted in 44-octet packets.


Af-profile-12 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Standard Profile 12. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, with silence detection. Data is transmitted in 40-octet packets.




Default Indicates that the connection uses the default encoding profile of the AAL2 trunk configura-tion.


G726-16kG726-24kG726-32kG726-40kG729a-8k


Note: The CellPipe IAD requires the setting None or G726-32k.




6-112 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Specifies whether silence detection will be used on this connection or not. You can specify if you want periods of silence in the connection to gen-erate cells or not. To conserve bandwidth, select enabled.

Note: You must select Disabled if using the Cell-Pipe IAD.

Disabled Disables silence detection. Cells will be sent dur-ing silent periods in the connection.

Enabled Enables silence detection. No cells will be sent during silent periods in a connection.

Echo Cancellation Default: None

Range: N/A


Specifies what type of echo cancellation will be used on the connections. Echo cancellation allows for the isolation and filtering out of unwanted signals caused by echoes from the main transmitted signal. Echo strength is mea-sured in “tails” in msec.




Note: Select this value for the GR-303 Interface.


Range: N/A


Specifies what kind of fax or modem tone the connection will detect or bypass.


Note: This value is not recommended for GR-303 Interface Interface.


Note: This value is recommended for the GR-303 Interface.



255-700-377 6-113




Range: N/A


Specifies the coding translation type on the con-nection. Mu law is the Japanese and North American PCM coding and companding standard. A law is the European PCM coding and com-panding standard.

Note: Use None or MuLaw2muLaw for the GR-303 Interface.

None Indicates that the coding translation type is auto-matically set to the Mu law to Mu law standard for the connection, even though the field displays the value None.





ALT Line Type Default: Alt-loopStart

Range: N/A


Specifies the analog line termination type.

Note: Select only the value Alt-loopStart for the GR-303 Interface.

Alt-loopStart Indicates that the line or trunk is seized by bridg-ing through a resistance tip and ring.

Alt-winkStart Indicates that a handshake protocol is performed by briefly changing the polarity on the line.

Alt-Loop ReverseBattery

Indicates that a type of loop signaling is per-formed in which the battery and the ground are reversed on the tip and ring of the loop to give an off-hook signal when the called party answers.

Alt-GroundStart Indicates that a connection is initiated by a hand-shake routine by the central office and the PBX prior to connection. A dedicated path is set up between the CO and and the PBX to ensure that incoming and outgoing calls cannot seize the same line.




6-114 255-700-377


Currently, users are allowed to set up a GR303-to-AAL2 connection with combinations of voice compression and silence detection settings that are not valid. Note that only the combinations listed in the following table will work:

Note: When using the PSAX system with the Cellpipe IAD V3.0.0, only the settings in the following table will work:

Adding In-band Management ATM VCC PVC Connections

You can create an in-band management PVC connection between a config-ured in-band management address and any module that supports ATM inter-faces. This connection supports the UBR and VBR-express service types.

The in-band management PVC connection is configured in two steps:

1. Disabling SVC connections in the Site-Specific tab within the Device win-dow

2. Creating the in-band management PVC connection from the Connec-tions tab within the Device window

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an in-Band manage-ment-to-ATM VCC connection.

Table 6-21. Valid Encoding/Compression Settings

Encoding Profile Voice Compression Silence Detection

Itut-profile-1 none disabled

Itut-profile-3 none enabled

Itut-profile-3 G726-16K enabled

Itut-profile-3 G726-24k enabled




Itut-profile-7 G729a-8k disabled

Itut-profile-7 G729a-8k enabled

Af-profile-11 none disabled

Af-profile-11 G726-32k disabled

Table 6-22. Valid Encoding/Compression Settings (Cellpipe IAD V3.0.0)

Encoding Profile Voice Compression Silence Detection


Af-profile-11 none disabled

Af-profile-11 G726-32k disabled

255-700-377 6-115



Disabling an SVC Connection

Begin

1 In the Device window, click the Site-Specific tab.

The Site-Specific page appears (see Figure 6-49).

2 Click the In-Band Mgmt tab.

The In-Band Mgmt page appears (see Figure 6-50).

Figure 6-49. Site Specific Page (Displaying Site-Specific Page)


6-116 255-700-377


3 In the In-Band Mgmt page, enter the primary in-band management IP address and IP mask for the PSAX device.


4 In the SVC Connections field, select Disabled.

5 Click Apply.

6 Save the configuration by clicking Device > Save PSAX Configuration.


Figure 6-50. In-Band Mgmt Page

255-700-377 6-117




End

Creating an In-Band-to-ATM Connection

Begin

Creating an In-Band-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection

1 Click the Connections tab.




3 On the Side A panel in the Slot field, select In-Band Management.

4 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is config-ured with one of the following interfaces on the Side B panel:

~ ATM UNI 3.0

~ ATM UNI 3.1

~ ATM IISP

~ ATM PNNI

The interface name appears in the Interface field on the Side B panel. In-Band_Management_IP_PVC appears in the Connection Type field.

5 Click Create.

The Create In-Band_to_ATM IP PVC Connection window appears (see Figure 6-52).

6 Enter values for the fields on this window according to the information provided in Table 6-23.



6-118 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 6-53): Primary and Backup (if a backup connection was estab-lished).


7 To save this connection to the PSAX configuration database, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration in the Device Menu Bar.

End


Figure 6-52. In-Band_Management_IP_PVC Connection Window

Button Function




255-700-377 6-119





Destination IP Address, and Sub-net IP Mask

Default: N/A

Range: Varies

Format: Valid dotted quad

The IP address and the IP mask for one of the fol-lowing depending on your in-band management scheme:

• The in-band IP address of the management workstation. This IP address must be different from the one for the management worksta-tion’s same network.

• The in-band IP address of the “router” PSAX system. This IP address must be different from the one for the Ethernet interface on the CPU module.

• The in-band IP address of the managed PSAX system. This IP address must be different from the one for the Ethernet interface on the CPU module.

Slot, Port, Chan-nel, VI, and VUNI(display only)

Default: N/A

Range: Varies

Format: numeric

The values for slot, port, channel, VPI, VCI, VI, and VUNI for the interface in the PSAX system to which you are connecting.

Service Type Default: UbrRange: N/A



Ubr Unspecified bit rate express class of service.

Vbr-express Variable bit rate express class of service.


6-120 255-700-377



Range: N/A


The type of traffic control option used for ATM cells. The traffic descriptor combination specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic con-trol, determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and deter-mines whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds. For a detailed description of the conformance types, see the reference appendix.

Best-effort The PSAX system attempts to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.


Uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low prior-ity).


Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2.


Uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2.


Uses the parameters two buckets, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and tagging for CLP=0 cells (high priority) in bucket 2.

Best-effort-tag The PSAX system tags all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells during congestion, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQue-Man algorithm.

Peak Cell Rate (cps) Default: 1Range:


The peak cell rate used for this connection. The peak cell rate displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell trans-mission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. The value in this field should be greater than the Sus-tained Cell Rate field.



255-700-377 6-121




Default: 1

Range:


The sustained cell rate used for this connection. The sustained cell rate displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.


Default: 1Range:

Format: numeric

The maximum burst size used for this connec-tion. The maximum burst size displays the frame relay parameters in ATM terms. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface on the module.

Oam Status Default: Unsupp Indicates the current OAM status of this connec-tion.

Unsupp OAM is not used in this connection.

End-Pt The PSAX system is used as a termination point for ATM traffic, and is processing AIS/RDI cells. The OAM loopback test is supported for only end-to-end connections. Enabling OAM status on an in-band management ATM interface means that in-band management will bring the particu-lar interface into service or out of service based on the OAM alarms.

End-Seg-Pt End-Seg-Pt is an connection endpoint and the endpoint of the segment; it will catch the seg-ment and end-to-end OAM cells. Enabling OAM status on an in-band management ATM interface means that in-band management will bring the particular interface in service or out of service based on the OAM alarms.




6-122 255-700-377


Traffic Shaping Default: Disabled A method for controlling the flow of data traffic. This feature is implemented on modules that are offered with traffic-shaping variations: the OC-3c Multimode, OC-3c Single-Mode, STM-1 Multi-mode, and STM-1 Single-Mode modules.

Disabled Disables traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection. The traffic shaping is done only on the outgoing direction.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the variable bit-rate (VBR) traffic exiting the PSAX system (via the OC-3c and STM-1 modules) com-plies with the parameters of the established ser-vice contracts. Enables traffic shaping on the ATM side of the connection. The traffic shaping is done only on the outgoing direction.


Default: Inactive This field displays the current status of the con-nection.




Default: None

Range: N/A




Physical This connection has detected a physical error on Side A of the connection.






Physical This connection has detected a physical error on Side B of the connection.



255-700-377 6-123






Begin

1 Enter the values in the fields on this window according to the informa-tion provided in Table 6-24.

2 To save this configuration to the PSAX configuration database, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration in the Device Menu Bar.

End

Figure 6-53. Display Connection: In-Band_Management_IP_PVC (Primary Page)

Button Function






6-124 255-700-377



Figure 6-54. Display Connection: In-Band Management IP PVC (Backup Page)

Button Function




255-700-377 6-125



Table 6-24. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: In-Band_Management_IP_PVC Backup Page


Slot

(display only)

Listed as available from the PSAX device


Port

(display only)

Determined by the number of ports available on the mod-ule selected in the Slot field


Channel

(display only)

Determined by the number of channels available on the port selected in the Port field


Interface

(display only)

AtmUni3_0

AtmUni3_1

AtmUni4_0

IispUser

IispNetwork

CircuitEmulation

DbCirEm

FrameRelayUni

FrameRelayNni

Pri_Isdn_Network

Pri_Isdn_User

HldcPassThrough

AtmPnni1-0


OperStatus (display only)



AdminStatus

(display only)







VI Default: 0

Range: 0-255

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules.


6-126 255-700-377


Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC connection.

Begin

Note: On the DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules, PVC connections must be provisioned on the virtual port (port 7). You can use any one of the three channels on port 7 to create this connection (the channels you provision on port 7.)

Note: On the DS3 IMA module, you must provision PVC connections on the virtual port (port 30). You can use up to 14 channels on port 30 (the channels you provision on port 30.)





Yes (default) CPU monitors primary connection. If primary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.



Current Active PVC None Indicates that the connection is inactive.



Table 6-24. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: In-Band_Management_IP_PVC Backup Page


255-700-377 6-127



The Create Connection window is displayed (see Figure 6-55).

3 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is config-ured with one of the following interfaces for Side A:

~ HDLC Passthrough

~ Terminal Emulation

The interface name is displayed at the bottom.

4 Select a slot, port, and channel on Side B that is configured with an ATM interface (ATM UNI, ATM IISP, or ATM PNNI).

5 Once the desired connection type is displayed in the Connection Type field, click Create to begin creating the connection.



6-128 255-700-377


The Create VBR_to_ATM VCC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 6-56).



Figure 6-56. Create VBR_to_ATM VCC Connection Window

Button Function




255-700-377 6-129



Table 6-25. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM _VCC Connection Window


Interface SideA:HDLC_PASSTHRU

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the VBR side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Interface SideB: ATM_UNI30, ATM_UNI31, ATM_UNI40, IISP_USER, IISP_NETWORK, ATMPNNI1_0

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the ATM side of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: N/ARange: (Varies depending on chassis type)

Format: Numeric

Indicates the slot. Select the slot number contain-ing the module for both sides of the connection.

Port Default: 0


Format: Numeric

Indicates the port. Select the port number con-taining the module for both sides of the connec-tion.

Channel Default: 1


Format: Numeric

Indicates the channel. Select the channel number on which you are creating a connection.

VPI Default: 0Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: Numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32– 65535

Format: Numeric


VI/VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: Numeric

Indicates the virtual interface/Virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0.The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A2B or B2A side of the connec-tion.


6-130 255-700-377




Range:


Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.






If you need to calculate ingress PCRs for the OC-3c APS or the STM-1 MSP modules, see the PCR Determination Formula in the Reference Appendix of either module’s User Guide.


Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high pri-ority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.



255-700-377 6-131




Default: 1

Range: 0–999999999

Format: cps

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.




Format: Predefined












6-132 255-700-377


Cnfrm Type

(displayed on the Traffic Parameters B to A panel)


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined


See the Reference Appendix for a detailed description of the field values, including repre-sentative examples.












Range: N/A

Format: Predefined



See the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the Reference Appendix in the appropriate User Guide for a detailed description of the values for this field, including representa-tive examples.



255-700-377 6-133




Range: N/A

Format: Predefined


When you select SimplexA2B or SimplexB2A, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A or the Traffic Parameters A to B panels, respectively, are not displayed.

Duplex Traffic flows back and forth between termination A and B.


SimplexB2A Traffic flows from termination B to A only.

SAR Type Default: AAL5

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates which Segmentation and Reassembly algorithm is used. SAR is used to convert larger unfilled packets to smaller filled packets before transmission, a process that conserves transmis-sion bandwidth. A packet size re-conversion pro-cess to the original packet size occurs at the receive end.

AAL5 VBR, connection-oriented, delay tolerant data.

AAL2Std Standard AAL2. VBR, delay-intolerant data with compression.

None No AAL layer parameters used.

OAM Status Default: UnsuppRange: N/A

Range: Predefined

Indicates on what portion of the connection OAM cells (AIS, RDI) are processed.

Unsupp OAM is not supported.



Seg-Pt. Segment point. The A side will only respond to aintenance OAM cells and fault cells.

End-Seg-Pt End segment point, which has the characteristics of both an end point and a segment point.

Intermediate-Pt Side A will only generate AISs during local fail-ure.

Intra-Segment-Pt Connecting point with a segment. Generates end-to-end as well as segment flows.




6-134 255-700-377




End

Connection Status (display only)

Default: Inactive

Range: Inactive/Active

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether or not the connection is trans-mitting traffic.

Inactive The connection is not transmitting traffic.

Active The connection is transmitting traffic.


Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined





Default: None

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined






255-700-377 6-135






Figure 6-57. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Primary Page)

Button Function






6-136 255-700-377



Figure 6-58. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page)

Button Description






255-700-377 6-137



Field Descriptions The fields on this window are described in Table 6-26:



Button Description

Table 6-26. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC/SPVC Connection Statistics Page


Interface A Statistics Panel


Default: 0.0000 e0Range: N/A


Number of cells encoded going into interface side Aor B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: N/A


Number of cells decoded going out of interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: N/A





Default: 0

Range: N/A





Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric




Format: Numeric

Number of cells encoded going into interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.

Cells Transmited(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field since the circuit was established.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric



6-138 255-700-377



Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric




Format: Numeric


The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields (labelled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Number of alarm indication signal (AIS) cells received.



Format: Numeric

Number of AIS cells transmitted.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells received.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of remote defect indicator (RDI) cells transmitted.

Interface B Statistics Panel

Cells Dropped(display only)


Format: numeric

Number of cells dropped.

Cells Tagged(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells tagged.

Table 6-26. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC/SPVC Connection Statistics Page


255-700-377 6-139





Field Descriptions Select the values from the fields as described in Table 6-27.

Figure 6-59. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Backup Page)

Button Function





6-140 255-700-377


Table 6-27. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page


Slot(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: N/A


Format: Numeric


Port(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


Channel(display only for VBR Interface)

Default: 0

Range: 1–32 depend-ing on the module type

Format: Numeric



Default: Unconfig-uredRange: N/A

AtmUni3_0AtmUni3_1AtmUni4_0IispUserIispNetworkCircuitEmulation DbCirEmFrameRelayUniFrameRelayNniPri_Isdn_NetworkPri_Isdn_UserHldcPassThroughAtmPnni1-0Format: Predefined


Oper Status(display only)(displays on the Channel Configura-tion page)

Default: Unconfigured

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

The interface is not operational because it is not configured.

Unconfigured The interface is not operational because it is not configured.

InService The configured interface is currently operational (that is, capable of receiving and sending signals).

OutOfService The configured interface is not currently opera-tional (that is, not capable of receiving and send-ing signals).

255-700-377 6-141



Admin Status(display only)(displays on the Channel Configura-tion page)

Default: OutofService

Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates the whether a user has attempted to bring this channel into service.

OutOfService The interface has not yet been brought into ser-vice, or in-service interface has been set to out of service with the Take Out of Service button.

InService The interface has been brought into service with the Bring Into Service button.


Format: Numeric


VCI Default: 32

Range: 32–4000

Format: Numeric


VI Default: 0

Range: 0-255

Format: Numeric



Default: YesRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

The CPU monitors primary connection. If pri-mary connection becomes available, backup will switch back connection to primary.

Yes Once active, the backup connection will switch back to primary connection automatically if pri-mary becomes available.



Current Active PVC Default: NoneRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Indicates whether the primary or backup PVC connection is active or not.

None Neither the primary or backup PVC connection is active.



Table 6-27. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Backup Page



6-142 255-700-377



Figure 6-60. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 6-143





Adding VBR-to-VBR VCC PVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a VBR-to-VBR VCC connection.

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min










6-144 255-700-377


Begin





3 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is config-ured with one of the following interfaces on the Side A panel:

~ HDLC Passthrough interface

~ Terminal Emulation

The interface name appears at the bottom.

4 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel on the Side B panel.

Note: For a VBR-to-VBR connection, the same interface type must be used for both sides of the connection.

5 Once the desired connection type appears in the Connection Type field, click Create to begin creating the connection.

The Create VBR-to-VBR Connection window appears (see Figure 6-62).


255-700-377 6-145





Figure 6-62. Create VBR-to-VBR Connection Window

Button Function






Interface SideA: HDLC_ PASSTHRU

Default:

Range:

Format:

Side A of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Interface SideB: HDLC_ PASSTHRU

Side B of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot

(display only)


Port

(display only)



6-146 255-700-377


Channel

(display only)

1 The channel number on the module for which you are creating a connection.


Peak Cell Rate (cps) Default: 1 Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.




Default: 1 Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high pri-ority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells.




1 (default) Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.




255-700-377 6-147



If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 6-63): Primary, Statistics, and Utilization.


End


Default: Null/Null Presents the AAL2 status reason code for both sides of the connection

Traffic Flow Duplex (default) SimplexA2B


Note: When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A panel do not display.

Service Type Ubr (default)


Multiservice Media Gateway system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the section, “Quality of Service Classes for ATM Traffic,” in the appendix.

Connection Status

(display only)

Inactive, Active This field displays the current status of the con-nection. The value indicates whether the con-nection is passing traffic.




6-148 255-700-377




Statistics Page The Statistics page (see Figure 6-64) displays the statistics for this connection.

Figure 6-63. Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR PVC (Primary Page)

Button Function





255-700-377 6-149




Field Descriptions The values for the fields on this page are described in Table 6-29.

Figure 6-64. Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR PVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description









6-150 255-700-377


Table 6-29. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-VBR PVC Connection StatisticsPage




Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells encoded going in interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the cir-cuit was created).


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of cells decoded going out interface side A or B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the cir-cuit was created).



Format: numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going in interface side A or B since the connection was created.


Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out interface side A or B since the connection was created.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A

Format: numeric




Format: numeric


Note: The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields (labeled as Encoded or Decoded Odometer) and the corre-sponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the connection.

255-700-377 6-151





Figure 6-65. Display Connection: VBR-to-VBR (Utilization Page)

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min


Chapter 6 Provisioning PVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSSaving Your Configuration

6-152 255-700-377












Button Function


255-700-377 7-1

7 Provisioning SPVC ConnectionsUsing the AQueView® EMS

Provisioning SPVC Connections

NSAP Address Database

The AQueView system supports the use of a network service access point (NSAP) address flat file database to simplify the task of provisioning SPVCs on PSAX devices.The PSAX system supports the use of a network service access point (NSAP) address flat file database to simplify the task of provi-sioning SPVCs on PSAX devices. The database enables you to map NSAP addresses to a particular device, slot, port, and channel at configuration time, rather than during the creation of a connection.

The NSAP address database allows you to store and retrieve local and remote NSAP addresses. If the NSAP addresses are entered ahead of time, you can establish SPVCs quickly by simply specifying slot, port, and channel for both sides of the connection in addition to the standard traffic parameters and fea-tures. The NSAP address database can be created in Microsoft Excel or another text editor, and can be edited (to add, delete, or update NSAP entries) through the AQueView system.The NSAP address database can be cre-ated in Microsoft Excel or another text editor, and can be edited (to add, delete, or update NSAP entries) through the PSAX system.

Note: NSAP addresses are not stored in the PSAX device until you add the NSAP address to an interface and save the interface configura-tion.

Setting Up Local NSAP Addresses

An illustration of an SPVC connection is illustrated in Figure 7-1. You can retrieve local and remote NSAP addresses from the NSAP database.

You can set up the local NSAP address in several ways:

• On an Interface Configuration window (see the following procedure)

Figure 7-1. Example of SPVC Configuration

ATMPSAX

Local NSAP Address

SPVC EndpointRemote NSAP Address

SPVC Endpoint

Passive Endpoint

PSAX

Active Endpoint

Chapter 7 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSProvisioning SPVC Connections

7-2 255-700-377


• On the SPVC NSAP Address page (see “” on page -4)

Setting Up the Local NSAP Address During Interface Configuration

Perform the steps in the following procedure to set up the local NSAP address from an Interface Configuration window (see Figure 7-2).

Begin

Note: Step 1 through Step 3 are optional. If you do not want to add or retrieve an NSAP address, skip to Step 4.

If an NSAP address exists in the NSAP address database for a given device, the local NSAP address automatically retrieved and displayed on the Interface Configuration window. You may choose to add an NSAP address for a slot, port, and channel in the NSAP address database and retrieve it by clicking Retrieve from NSAP database.

1 To add or retrieve an NSAP address, enter a valid NSAP address in the Local NSAP Address (Hex) field and click Retrieve from NSAP data-base.

Figure 7-2. Sample Interface Configuration Window

255-700-377 7-3



If the value entered in the Local NSAP Address (Hex) field is valid, the field becomes ghosted. The Select NSAP window appears (see the follow-ing figure).

You can populate the Slot, Port, Channel, and NSAP Address fields for an existing device, or add a new entry, and click Add.

2 To display the NSAP addresses previously configured for a PSAX device, either select a remote device from the pull-down menu, or type the IP address of the remote device in the Remote Switch IP field.

The list of NSAP addresses previously configured for that PSAX device is displayed in the table.

3 Select the desired entry (slot, port, channel, and NSAP address) and click Retrieve.

The Local NSAP Address (Hex) field becomes populated in the window.

Note: If the desired remote device does not appear in the Remote Switch IP pull-down menu, do the following:

a. Highlight the Remote Switch IP field and enter the IP address that corresponds to the PSAX device you want to include.

b. Type the desired values into the Slot, Port, and Channel fields and

c. Click Add.

The AQueView system adds this information to the database file.

Note: If you want to include a new entry for an existing device already in the database, select the device from the pull-down menu in the Remote Switch IP field, and type the desired values into the Slot, Port, and Channel fields and click Add. The AQueView system adds this entry to the database file.

Note: If you add database entries through the AQueView system, save these database changes to the text editor file by using the main AQueView Menu Bar. Click View > NSAP Database > Save.


7-4 255-700-377


4 To apply the interface configuration values, click Apply.

Buttons The buttons in this window have the following functions:

End

Setting Up the Local NSAP Address Using the SPVC NSAP Page

Perform the steps in the following procedure to set up the local NSAP address from the SPVC NSAP page (see Figure 7-4).

Begin

1 In the Device window, click the Connections tab and the Listing page appears.

2 Click the SPVC NSAP Address tab.

The SPVC NSAP Address page appears (see Figure 7-4).

Figure 7-3. Select NSAP Window

Button Function

Retrieve Enters the NSAP address for a device that is selected on the Select Remote NSAP window into the Remote NSAP Address field of the Interface Configuration window.

Add Adds a new slot, port, channel, NSAP address mapping entry for the specified device.

Save Stores any modifications to the NSAP address database.


255-700-377 7-5



Buttons You can enter and update SPVC NSAP address information by using the but-tons on this page:

Figure 7-4. SPVC NSAP Address Page

Button Function



Retrieve from NSAP data-base

Searches the entries listed on this page for the NSAP address entered in the NSAP Address (Hex) field.

Note: Calculate Navis NSAP Address This button appears only when you configure user properties to include the Navis NSAP format.

Automatically calculates the local NSAP address, and populates the NSAP address in the NSAP Address (Hex) field using the Navis algorithm for the slot, port, and channel selected in the fields on the bot-tom right panel.


7-6 255-700-377


3 Select the desired values in the Slot, Port, and Channel fields.

4 Click Retrieve from NSAP database.

5 Click Add Address.

6 Create an SPVC connection as described in this chapter.

7 Create an SPVC connection as described in ”Provisioning SPVCs Using the NSAP Address Database” on page 8-5.

End

Adding ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.

Begin




Add Address Adds the information you entered in the fields on the bottom right panel to the SPVC NSAP Address page.

Delete Selected Removes the selected entry from the SPVC NSAP Address page.

Update Refreshes the SPVC NSAP Address page manually.

Button Function

255-700-377 7-7




3 On the Side A panel, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is configured with an ATM interface. The interface name appears in the Interface field.

4 On the Side B panel, select SPVC.

The SPVC Connection Type field displayed.

5 Select VCC.

6 Click Create.

The Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVC Connection window appears (see Figure 7-6).



7-8 255-700-377




Figure 7-6. Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window

Button Function

Retrieve Remote NSAP Address

If you have previously established an NSAP address database, click this button to retrieve an entry from this list to populate the Remote NSAP Address (Hex) field.




255-700-377 7-9



Table 7-1. Field Descriptions for the ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Window



Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

Indicates Side A (local PVC side) of the connec-tion that will send and receive signals.



Format: N/A

Indicates Side B (remote PVC side) of the connec-tion that will send and receive signals.

Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection on Side A. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.


Format: numeric

Indicates the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection on Side A. The range of port numbers varies with the mod-ule type.


Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Indicates the channel on which you are creating a connection. The range of channel numbers var-ies with the module type.


Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual path identifier, an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VCI Default: 0

Range: 0–4095

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual channel identifier, an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VUNI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric

Indicates the virtual ATM UNI, which provides bandwidth allocation restrictions. When disabled, the default value is 0. The virtual UNI (VUNI) associates itself with the egress part of the A to B or B to A side of the connection. Currently this function is available only on the OC-12c/STM-4c APS/MSP, OC-3c APS, and STM-1 MSP modules.


7-10 255-700-377



Range: N/A












Peak Rate (0+1) Default: 1Range: 1–(232-1)(theoretical range, except for modules noted at right, see Description column)

Range:


Indicates peak cell rate (PCR). The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per sec-ond), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.








255-700-377 7-11



SCR/PCR (0) Default: 1



Indicates the PCR and sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Rate (0+1) field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.



Default: 1

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.




7-12 255-700-377



Range: N/A








Disabled Inactivates the traffic shaping function.




Indicates the direction of flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Indicates that the data flows in two directions between the two connection points (Side A and Side B).

SimplexA2B Indicates that the data flows in only one direc-tion, from Side A to Side B.


Indicates that the data flows in only one direc-tion, from one point on Side A to several points on Side B.

Simplex B2A Indicates that the data flows in only one direc-tion, from Side B to Side A.

Connection Type Default: ActiveSvcRange: N/A


Indicates the type of SVC connection.

ActiveSvc Indicates that the PSAX system attempts calls.

PassiveSvc Indicates that the PSAX system accepts calls from another device. When you select this value, sev-eral fields on this window are not displayed.



255-700-377 7-13



If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window


Range:

Format: numeric

Indicates the maximum limit on how many con-secutive unsuccessful call setup attempts the PSAX system makes before it stops making attempts to set up the connection. The value 0 indicates no limits on the number of attempts to set up the connection. Certain connection cause codes sent by the remote (destination) device instruct the PSAX system to retry the call. The cause code is displayed in the Last Release Cause field.

Note: This field is displayed only when you select the value ActiveSvc in the Connection Type field.


Range: 0–3600


Indicates the number of seconds elapsing between retried connection setups. The value 0 results in a retried connection setup with no delay.


Format:

Indicates whether you select the VPI and VCI val-ues for the remote device or the remote device selects its own VPI and VCI values.


Required Indicates that you must enter the values for the remote (destination) in the VPI and VCI fields.

Any Indicates that the remote (destination) device selects the VPI and VCI values. The VPI and VCI fields are not displayed when you select this value.

VPI Range: 0-4095

Format: numeric


VCIRange: 32–65535

Format: numeric


Remote NSAP Address


Format: hexadecimal

Indicates the ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, that contains the NSAP of the side B interface selected for this connection. Enter the NSAP address of the remote ATM inter-face.





7-14 255-700-377


appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 7-7): Primary and Statistics.


End


The buttons at the bottom of the window have the following functions:

Figure 7-7. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM_SPVC (Primary Page)

Button Function




255-700-377 7-15








Restart Restarts the connection.

Poll Continuously update the statistics and changes the button label to Poll-.

Terminates polling. Changes the button label to Poll+.

Button Function

Figure 7-8. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description




7-16 255-700-377








Button Description



Slot Default: N/A


Format: numeric


Port Default: N/A


Format: numeric


Channel Default: N/ARange: Varies depending on module type

Format: numeric


VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–255

Format: numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric


Cells Received Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: numeric


255-700-377 7-17




Range: N/A

Format: numeric


FEC Rate Used Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the forward error correction (FEC) rate being used by the FEC module in the A to B direction (for ATM Interface A panel), or the B to A direction (for ATM Interface B panel). This field is dymanic when auto rates are selected. In other cases it will display the rate set by the user.

Received Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of valid cells received since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the cell transmit/receive counters track usage for the life of the circuit.



Format: numeric

Number of valid cells transmitted since this counter was reset. This counter serves as an odometer while the cell transmit/receive counters track usage for the life of the circuit.

Cells Tagged Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells received into Side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Dropped Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of cells transmitted out of Side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.


Range: N/A

Format: numeric



Range: N/A

Format: numeric





7-18 255-700-377



Figure 7-9. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page)

255-700-377 7-19





Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min









Restart Restarts connection establishment proce-dure for this SPVC.

Bring Into Service Brings this connection into service.

Take Out of Service Takes this connection out of service.


7-20 255-700-377


Adding ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVP Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an ATM-to-ATM VPC SPVP connection.

Begin





3 On the Side A panel, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is configured with an ATM interface. The interface name appears in the Interface field.

4 On the Side B panel, select SPVP.

The SPVP Connection Type field displayed.

5 Select VPC.

6 Click Create.

The Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVP Connection window appears (see Figure 7-6).


255-700-377 7-21





Figure 7-11. Create ATM-to-ATM_SPVP Connection Window

Button Function







7-22 255-700-377





Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Side A (PVC side)of the connection that will send and receive signals.




Side B (SVC side)of the connection that will send and receive signals.

Slot Range:

The range varies depending on chassis type.

Select the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection on side A.

Port Range: 1–28,

depending on module selected

Select the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection on side A.


Range: This is the channel where the call originates. The channel on which you are creating a connection.

For example, on a port of the DS3 IMA module, you can configure more than one channel in a port.

VPI Range: 0–4095 Virtual path identifier; an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.

VUNI Range: Range: 0–255 Virtual user network interface; an addressing identifier that routes cell traffic.


PassiveSvc

The type of connection. ActiveSvc attempts calls. PassiveSvc accepts calls. When Pas-siveSvc is selected, the system conceals fields that are not configured for that type of connec-tion.

Remote NSAP Address (shown when ActiveSvc is selected as the con-nection type)

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexadecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote ATM interface.

255-700-377 7-23




Range: N/A








Vbr-express Variable bit rate, express.








7-24 255-700-377



Default: 1


Range:


Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.








255-700-377 7-25



TS Default: Disabled


Format: predefined








Disabled Disables traffic shaping.

Enabled When enabled, traffic shaping ensures that the VBR traffic entering the PSAX system (via these modules) complies with the parameters of the established service contracts.

Operational Status(displays only On the Display Con-nection window, not on the Create Connection win-dow)

Default: Other None of the types specified below.





NoAddressSup-plied





Active endpoint of an SPVC connection, waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.




7-26 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 7-7): Primary and Statistics.


End


Last Releases Diag-nostic(displays only On the Display Con-nection window, not on the Create Connection win-dow)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


Retry Failure Count

(displays only On the Display Con-nection window, not on the Create Connection win-dow)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays how many times the call retry failed since the last successful call setup. When a call is released, the Multiservice Media Gateway will continue to retry up to the retry limit that is spec-ified in the Retry Limit field. See the ATM UNI 3.0 specification for more information.

Last Release Cause(display only)


Format: numeric


Note: This field is displayed only on the Display Connection window, not on the Create Connec-tion window.



255-700-377 7-27




Figure 7-12. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM_SPVP (Primary Page)

Button Function








7-28 255-700-377







Button Function

Figure 7-13. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SPVP (Statistics Page)

Button Description



255-700-377 7-29









Button Description



Slot Default: NA


Format: Numeric


Port Default: NA

Range: 1–28

Format: Numeric


Channel Default: NARange: 1–32

Format: Numeric


VPI Default: NA

Range: 0–4095

Format: Numeric



Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric


Cells Transmitted Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric



7-30 255-700-377


FEC Rate Used Default: None

eighthRatequarterRatehalfRateautoHiQautoautoLoQRange: NA

Format: Character

Displays the forward error correction (FEC) rate being used by the FEC module in the A2B direc-tion (for ATM Interface A panel), or B2A direc-tion (for ATM Interface B panel). This field is dynamic when auto rates are selected. In other cases it will display the rate set by the user.

Note: This field is not used in SPVC connections.


Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Number of valid cells received since this counter was reset.

This counter serves as an odometer while the cells Tx/Rx counters track usage for the life of the circuit.


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric

Number of valid cells transmitted since this counter was reset.

This counter serves as an odometer while the cells Tx/Rx counters track usage for the life of the circuit

Cells Tagged Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric


Cells Dropped Default: 0.0000 e0Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: Numeric



Range: NA




Range: NA





255-700-377 7-31




Figure 7-14. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVP (Utilization Page)


7-32 255-700-377




Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min












255-700-377 7-33



Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.

Begin





3 On the Side A panel, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is configured with the circuit emulation interface. The inter-face name appears in the Interface Type field.


The SPVC Connection Type field displayed.

5 Select VCC.

6 Click Create.

The Create CE_to_ATM SPVC Connection window appears (see Figure 7-16).

7 Enter values for the fields on this window according to the information provided in Table 7-5.




7-34 255-700-377



End


Figure 7-16. Create Circuit Emulation_to_ATM SPVC Connection Window

255-700-377 7-35




Button Function










Format: N/A


Slot Default: N/A

Range: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the slot number on side A containing the module for which you are creating a connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port Default: N/ARange: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the port number on side A for the module for which you are creating a connection. The range of port numbers varies with the module type.


Range: variable

Format: Numeric

Enter the channel on side A for the port on the module for which you are creating a connection. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

[VPI ](display only)

Default: 0

Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI); 0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric


[VCI](display only)

Default: 0

Range: 0– 65535

Format: numeric



Format: numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the 1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 MM/SM APS/MSP, the 1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS, and the 1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP modules. When disabled, the default value is 0.


7-36 255-700-377



Range: N/A


G726-8k,G726-16k,G726-24k,G726-32k,G726-40k

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not select the default value None. To enable voice compression, select the desired type and rate of voice compression from the list of values.

Silence Detection Default: DisabledRange: N/A


If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not use the default value Disabled.

Disabled Disables silence detection.

Enabled Enables silence detection.

Echo Cancellation Default: None

Range: N/A


None,G165-nearEnd,G168

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not use the default value None. If you want to enable echo cancellation on this connection, select the value G165-nearEnd or G168.


Range: N/A


If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, select the value Bypass.

Disabled Disables tone detection.

Bypass Indicates that the fax tones are to be recognized and data sent by fax is not to be processed by compression and echo cancellation.



255-700-377 7-37




Range: N/A


None,MuLaw2muLaw,ALaw2aLaw,MuLaw2aLaw,ALaw2MuLaw

If you want data traffic for this connection to be processed through a DSP2x Voice Server module, do not use the default value None. To enabale coding translation, select one of the values for pulse code modulation (PCM) translation. Select-ing the value None actually uses Mu-law to Mu-law as the default PCM type.

Note: If you are configuring this parameter for the 6-Port Enhanced DS1 or E1 modules, select the value ALaw2aLaw.

Note: If you are configuring this parameter for the Voice 2-Wire Office or the Voice 2-Wire Sta-tion module, select the value MuLaw2muLaw. The other values are not supported.







Data flows in only one direction, from one point on side A to several points on side B.



Data flows in only one direction, from one point on side B to several points on side A.


Range: N/A



Cbr-2 Constant bit rate, queue 2.






7-38 255-700-377



Range: N/A


The type of SPVC connection.



SAR Type Default: Non-Mux-Aal2Range: N/A


The type of segmentation and reassembly of data. If you are upgrading your PSAX system software, see the note at the end of this table.

Non-Mux-Aal2 Non-multiplexed AAL2. Choose this type to con-figure an SPVC if you are using DSP parameters with the connection. If you are using structured, channelized DS1/T1 service, see the note at the end of this table.

Aal1 AAL1 (uncompressed CBR).


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Maximum limit on how many consecutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the con-nection. A value of zero indicates no limits. See the reference appendix in this guide for the description of ATM User-Network Specification, Version 3.1, Cause Codes. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connec-tion type.


Range: N/A


The number of seconds between attempts to retry call setup after a failed attempt. The value 0 results in a retry with no delay. This field is dis-played only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Remote NSAP Address


Format: hexadecimal

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexadecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote ATM interface. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.



255-700-377 7-39



Provision Passive End-Point

Default: Automatic

Range: N/A


Provides the ability to automatically set up end-to-end provisioning (provisioning SPVCs at two different points).

Automatic When an active SPVC connection is created using the AQueView system, selecting this value results in the passive end-point being provisioned auto-matically. The information about where to provi-sion the passive end-point is obtained from the NSAP database using the Remote NSAP Address (Hex) field for the active SPVC connection. You must already have configured your NSAP addresses so that automatic provisioning works properly.

None Disables automatic end-to-end provisioning.

Operational Status Default: OtherRange: N/A

Format: Character





The connection is not operational, but call attempts are ongoing.

Connected The connection is currently operational.

RetriesExhausted The retry limit has been reached and call attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSup-plied


LowerLayerDown The PVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall The passive endpoint of a SPVC connection is waiting for call from an active side.


The active endpoint of a SPVC connection is wait-ing for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.




7-40 255-700-377


Note: SAR type for using structured, channelized DS1/T1 service: You must select nonmultiplexed AAL2 when using structured, chan-nelized DS1/T1 service on the following modules: 1-Port Channel-ized DS3 Multiservice, 1-port Channelized DS3 CES, 1-Port Chan-nelized STS-1e, T1 Format, 3-Port Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES, 6-Port Enhanced DS1 Multiservice, 6-Port Enhanced E1 Multiser-vice, 21-Port High-Density E1 Multiservice, and 12-Port Medium-Density DS1 Multiservice. Save your SPVC connection configura-tions before upgrading your PSAX system software, or you will have to re-enter these configurations.

Last Releases Diag-nostic

Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Last release diagnosis. The text explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the connection.


Retry Failure Count Default: N/ARange: N/A


Displays how many times the call retry failed since the last successful call setup. When a call is released, the PSAX system continues to retry up to the retry limit that is specified in the Retry Limit field. See the ATM UNI 3.0 specification for more information.




Format: numeric





255-700-377 7-41





Figure 7-17. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page)

Button Function








7-42 255-700-377







Button Function

Figure 7-18. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description



255-700-377 7-43



The values for the fields on this window are described in Table 7-6.






Button Description




Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into either inter-face side during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of either inter-face side during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field (that is, since the circuit was created).


Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into either interface side since the odometer was last reset.

Decoded Odometer

(display only)

Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of either interface side since the odometer was last reset.


Default: 00:00:00

Range: N/A




6.5000 e1 (default) Number of valid cells received since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.


6.5000 e1 (default) Number of valid cells transmitted since the virtual circuit or virtual path was established.


7-44 255-700-377



6.5000 e1 (default) Total number of ATM cells received since odome-ter was last reset.


6.5000 e1 (default) Total number of ATM cells transmitted since odometer was last reset.




Time elapsed since the last time the Clear button was used. This button resets only the odometer fields (labelled as Odometer) and the corre-sponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.



255-700-377 7-45




Figure 7-19. Display Connection: Circuit Emulation -to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page)


7-46 255-700-377




Adding Circuit Emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min












255-700-377 7-47



Before you can a circuit emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC con-nection, you must:

• Configure the appropriate ATM trunking parameters from the Site-Specific > ATM Trunking tab, and

• Have a DSP2D module present in a PSAX device involved in this configura-tion.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a circuit emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC connection.

Begin





3 On the Side A panel, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is configured with the circuit emulation interface. The inter-face name appears in the Interface Type field.


The SPVC Connection Type field is displayed.

5 Select STD AAL2.

6 Click Create.



7-48 255-700-377


The Create CE-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Connection window appears (see Figure 7-21).




Figure 7-21. Create CE-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window

Button Function



Copy Copies this configuration infor-mation to to a range of inter-faces.

255-700-377 7-49



Table 7-7. Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window


Interface Side A

Slot Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the con-nection.

Port Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the port on the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the connection.

Channel Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the channel of the port on the module that is being used for the CE interface side of the connection.



Format: numeric


VccId Default: 0

Range: 0–4096

Format: numeric


Cid Default: 0Range: 8–255 for non-OAM trunks; 32–255 for End-Pt OAM trunks (0–15 is reserved)

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel identifier for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection. This identifier is unique for each AAL2 trunk. For trunks with End-Pt selected as the OAM support type, the starting CID is 32. In this case, CIDs are preas-signed to each circuit emulation channel, that is channel 1 always has to be on CID 32, channel two always has to be on CID 33, and so on up to CID 63 for channel 31 on an E1 interface.

Connection Features


Range: N/A


Specifies the ITU-T or ATM Forum parameter set that applies to the connection. A parameter set specifies the compression algorithm used, packet size, whether silence detection is included, and so on. For more information on ATM Forum pro-files, see the reference appendix in this guide.

Note: See also the ITU-T Transmission Profile Tables in the reference appendix of this guide.



7-50 255-700-377









Af-profile-12 Indicates that the connection uses the ATM Form Standard Profile 12. This profile supports PCM-64, ADPCM-32, with silence detection. Data is transmitted in 40-octet packets.


Default Indicates that the connection uses the default encoding profile of the AAL2 trunk configura-tion.


G726-16kG726-24kG726-32kG726-40kG729a-8k


Table 7-7. Field Descriptions for the CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 SPVC Connection Window (Continued)


255-700-377 7-51




Range: N/A


Specifies whether silence detection will be used on this connection or not. You can specify if you want periods of silence in the connection to gen-erate cells or not. To conserve bandwidth, select enabled.

Disabled Disables silence detection. Cells will be sent dur-ing silent periods in the connection.

Enabled Enables silence detection. No cells will be sent during silent periods in a connection.



Specifies what type of echo cancellation will be used on the connections. Echo cancellation allows for the isolation and filtering out of unwanted signals caused by echoes from the main transmitted signal. Echo strength is mea-sured in msec “tails”.





Range: N/A


Specifies what kind of fax or modem tone the connection will detect or bypass.



Code Translation Default: None

Range: N/A


Specifies the coding translation type on the con-nection. Mu law is the Japanese and North American PCM coding and companding standard. A law is the European PCM coding and com-panding standard.

None Indicates that the coding translation type is auto-matically set to the Mu law to Mu law standard for the connection, even though the field displays the value None.








7-52 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with the Primary tab (see Figure 7-17).



Range: N/A













Default: ActiveRange:




Default: Inactive Indicates that the connection is not passing traf-fic.



255-700-377 7-53




Primary Page Buttons The buttons at the bottom of the window have the following functions:

End

Adding Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a frame relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC connection.

Figure 7-22. Display Connection: Circuit_Emulation-to-ATM Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Window (Primary Page)

Button Function






7-54 255-700-377


Begin





3 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is config-ured with a frame relay interface interface on the Side A panel. The interface name is displayed in the Interface field.


5 Click Create.

The Create Frame Relay-to-ATM_SPVC Connection window is displayed (see Figure 7-24).


255-700-377 7-55



6 Click Create.


Figure 7-24. Create Frame Relay-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window

Button Function







7-56 255-700-377


Field Descriptions 7 Select the values for the fields on this window from the values given in the following table.



Interface Side A:FR_UNI or FR_NNI


Format: N/A

Frame relay side (PVC side) of the connection.

Slot(display only)

Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

The slot number on the module for which you are creating a connection.

Port(display only)

Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric



Default: 1

Range: variable

Format: numeric

The channel number on the module for which you are creating a connection. This is the channel where the call originates. For example, on a port of the 6-Port Enhanced DS1 Multiservice mod-ule, you can configure more than one channel in a port. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

DLCI Default: N/A

Range: 16–1007

Format: numeric

Data link connection identifier. DLCI is used when the remote end point is frame relay.

Frame Size(bytes) Default: 4096

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Measured in bytes.

Committed Burst Size (bits/sec)


Format: numeric


Excess Burst Size (bits)

Default: 45000000

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Excess burst size, measured in bits per second.

Committed Info Rate

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric


255-700-377 7-57




Range: N/A







Range: N/A


The type of connection.


PassiveSvc Selecting the value PassiveSvc accepts calls.Sev-eral fields are not displayed when this value is selected.


Range: N/A












7-58 255-700-377




Range: N/A


Type of interworking to be done.

Frf8-Transl FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.

Frf8-Pass FRF.8 (Frame Relay Forum Implementation Agreement)—frame relay to ATM PVC service interworking.



Range: N/A


The waiting period before attempting to establish the SPVC after one call attempt has failed. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Remote NSAP Address (Hex)


Format: hexadecimal

The ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection, in hexidecimal notation. Enter the NSAP address of the remote frame relay or ATM interface in hexadecimal notation. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.


Range: N/A


This field indicates whether the remote VPI/VCI values are to be used at the destination. This field is displayed only when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type.

Required The destination device uses the values specified at this end.

Any The destination device selects the VPI/VCI values.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–225 (ATM UNI);0–4095 (NNI)

Format: numeric


VCI Default: 0

Range: 32–65535

Format: numeric




255-700-377 7-59



Operational Status Default: Other

Range: N/A









NoAddressSupplied





Active endpoint of a SPVC connection, waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.






Retry Failure Count Default: N/A

Range: N/A





Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric






7-60 255-700-377




End

Primary Page The Primary page displays the information used to create the connection. See Table 7-8 on page 56 for field descriptions.

Figure 7-25. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page)

255-700-377 7-61




Statistics Page The Statistics page displays the statistics for this connection.

Button Function











7-62 255-700-377



Figure 7-26. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM SPVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description





255-700-377 7-63



Field Descriptions 8 Enter values in the fields on this window according to the information provided Table 7-9.




Button Description

Table 7-9. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Page


Cells Encoded Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells encoded going into interface side A during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Decoded Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Number of cells decoded going out of interface side B during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Frames Dropped Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Number of frames dropped for a given DLCI in the A2B direction. This field is only applicable to the input side.

Encoded Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells encoded going into inter-face side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Decoded Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric

Total number of cells decoded going out of inter-face side B since the connection was created or statistics were reset.


Range: N/A


Default:

Time, in hours, minutes, and seconds, since the circuit was established.

Time Since Reset Default: 00:00:00Range: NA



The Clear button on the statistics page resets only the odometer fields (labelled as Odometer) and the corresponding clock. Other counters increment for the life of the circuit.


7-64 255-700-377



Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


Cells Transmitted Default: 0.0000 e0 Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


In Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


Out Odometer Default: 0.0000 e0

Range: 0-(231-1)

Format: numeric


Table 7-9. Field Descriptions for the Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connection Statistics Page


255-700-377 7-65




Figure 7-27. Display Connection: Frame_Relay-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page)


7-66 255-700-377




Adding VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Connections

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min












255-700-377 7-67



This connection is supported on the Ethernet module and the 4-Port Ethernet module beginning with PacketStar PSAX Release 6.5.0, and AQueView EMS Release 4.5.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an VBR-to-ATM SPVC connection.

Begin





3 Select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is config-ured with one of the following interfaces for Side A:

• HDLC Passthrough

• Terminal Emulation

The interface name appears at the bottom.

4 On Side B, select SPVC.

5 Once the desired connection type appears in the Connection Type field, click Create.

The Create VBR_to_ATM VCC SPVC Connection window appears (see Figure 7-29).



7-68 255-700-377




Figure 7-29. Create VBR_to_ATM SPVC Connection Window

Button Function





Copy Copies this configuration information to to a range of inter-faces.

255-700-377 7-69



Table 7-10. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM_SPVC Connection Window


Interface Side A Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

Specifies the VBR interface side of the connection that will send and receive traffic. This side is used for the Ethernet side of the connection.

Interface Side B Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: N/A

Specifies the ATM side of the connection that will send and receive traffic.

Slot Default: N/ARange: chassis depen-dent

Format: numeric

Specifies the slot number on the module for which you are creating a connection.

Port Default: N/ARange: module dependent

Format: numeric

Specifies the port number on the module for which you are creating a connection.



Format: numeric

Specifies the channel number on the module for which you are creating a connection.


7-70 255-700-377


Peak Cell Rate Default: 1


Range:


Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the mod-ule. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be greater than the Sustained Cell Rate field.






Sustained Cell Rate Default: 1



Specifies the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells. When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information. If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than the Peak Cell Rate field.




255-700-377 7-71




Default: 1

Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric





Range: N/A


Specifies the direction of flow of data traffic in this connection.

Duplex Indicates that data flows in two directions between the two connection points (interface side A and interface side B).

SimplexA2B Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from side A to side B.

Simplex B2A Indicates that data flows in only one direction, from side B to side A.

Service Type Default: Ubr Range: N/A



Ubr Unspecified bit rate. If you select this value, the Sustained Cell Rate (cps) and Max Burst Size fields are hidden on this window.





Vbr-express Variable bit rate—express.




7-72 255-700-377



Range: N/A


Specifies whether the connection is active or pas-sive.

ActiveSvc Indicates that the connection attempts calls.

PassiveSvc Indicates that the connection accepts calls. Once you select this value, fields associated with the connection type set to ActiveSvc are hidden on this window.

Retry Limit Default: 0 Range: 0–65535

Format: numeric

Indicates the maximum limit on how many con-secutive unsuccessful call setup attempts can be made before stopping the attempts to set up the connection. The value 0 indicates no limits.


Retry Interval (sec) Default: 12 Range: 0–3600

Format: numeric

Indicates the waiting period before attempting to establish the SPVC after one call attempt has failed.


Provision Passive End-Point

Default: AutomaticRange: N/A


Specifies whether end-to-end provisioning (pro-visioning SPVCs at two different points) is done automatically. When an active SPVC connection is created using the AQueView system, selecting Automatic in this field results in the passive end-point being provisioned automatically by the AQueView system. The information about where to provision the passive end-point is obtained from the NSAP database using the Remote NSAP Address (Hex) field for the active SPVC connec-tion. The Remote NSAP Address (Hex) field should exist in the NSAP address database.

Automatic Enables automatic end-to-end provisioning

None Disables automatic end-to-end provisioning.

Remote NSAP Address (Hex)


Format: hexadecimal (shown when ActiveSvc is selected as the connection type)

Indicates the ATM NSAP address of the remote end of the connection. Enter the NSAP address of the remote VBR or ATM interface.




255-700-377 7-73




Range: N/A








Disabled Indicates that traffic shaping is not used on this connection.


Operational Status Default: OtherRange: N/A


Displays the operational status of this connection.


Other Indicates that the operational status of this con-nection is not described by the types specified any other field values below.




RetriesExhausted Indicates that the retry limit has been reached and call attempts have ceased.

NoAddressSupplied

Indicates that no remote address has been config-ured, so no call attempts are initiated.

LowerLayerDown Indicates that the PVC endpoint is out of service.

WaitingForCall Indicates that the passive endpoint of a SPVC connection is waiting for call from an active side.


Indicates that the active endpoint of a SPVC con-nection is waiting for the retry timer to expire so that it can retry the call.




7-74 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 7-30): Primary, Statistics, and Utilization.


End


Default: N/A

Range: N/A


Displays the last release diagnosis, which explains how the connection was released and reported by the far end of the connection.


Retry Failure Count Default: N/ARange: N/A

Format: numeric





Format: numeric





255-700-377 7-75





Figure 7-30. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM SPVC (Primary Page)

Button Function








7-76 255-700-377







Button Function

Figure 7-31. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM_VCC Window (Statistics Page)

Button Description



255-700-377 7-77









Button Description

Table 7-11. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Page


Cells Encoded Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cells encoded going into interface Side A on this connection during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Cells Decoded Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the number of cells decoded going out of interface Side B on this connection during the amount of time shown in Time Elapsed field.

Encoded Odometer Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going into interface Side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Decoded Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out of interface Side A since the connection was created or statistics were reset.

Cells Received Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


Cells Transmitted Default: 0Range: N/A

Format: Numeric


In Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells encoded going into interface Side B since the connection statis-tics were reset.


7-78 255-700-377


Out Odometer Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: Numeric

Displays the total number of cells decoded going out of interface Side A since the connection sta-tistics were reset.

Time Elapsed Default: 00:00:00Range: N/A

Format: hh:mm:ss

Displays the time, in hours, minutes, and sec-onds, since last reset.


Range: N/A

Format: hh:mm:ss

Time elapsed in hours, minutes, and seconds, since the last time the Clear button was used.

Table 7-11. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC Statistics Page


255-700-377 7-79




Figure 7-32. Display Connection: VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC (Utilization Page)


7-80 255-700-377




Adding VBR-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC Connections

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min












255-700-377 7-81



Before you can a circuit emulation-to-ATM Standard AAL2 VCC SPVC con-nection, you must:

• Configure the appropriate ATM trunking parameters from the Site-Specific > ATM Trunking tab, and

• Have a DSP2F module present in a PSAX device involved in this configura-tion.

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create a VBR-to-ATM Stan-dard AAL2 VCC SPVC connection.

Begin





3 On the Side A panel, select the appropriate slot, port, and channel for a module that is configured with the VBR interface. The interface name appears in the Interface Type field.


The SPVC Connection Type field is displayed.

5 Select STD AAL2.

6 Click Create.

The Create VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Connection window appears (see Figure 7-21).



7-82 255-700-377


If the parameters are valid, the Connections window appears with the new connection in the Listing page, and the Display Connection window appears with the Primary tab (see Figure 7-17).


End


7 Select the values for the fields on this window from the values given in Table 7-12.

Figure 7-34. Create VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window

Button Function




255-700-377 7-83



Table 7-12. Field Descriptions for the VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC Connection Window


Interface Side A Panel

Slot Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the slot containing the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the con-nection.

Port Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the port on the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the connection.

Channel Default: 1


Format: numeric

Specifies the channel of the port on the module that is being used for the VBR interface side of the connection.



Format: numeric


VccId Default: 0

Range: 0–4096

Format: numeric


Cid Default: 0Range: 8–255 for non-OAM trunks;32–255 for End-Pt OAM trunks (0–15 is reserved)

Format: numeric

Specifies the channel identifier for the AAL2 trunk side of the connection. This identifier is unique for each AAL2 trunk. For trunks with End-Pt selected as the OAM support type, the starting CID is 32. In this case, CIDs are preas-signed to each circuit emulation channel, that is channel 1 always has to be on CID 32, channel 2 always has to be on CID 33, and so on up to CID 63 for channel 31 on an E1 interface.


7-84 255-700-377


Traffic Parameters A to B




Indicates peak cell rate on the VBR interface side of the connection. The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per second), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be greater than the value in the Sustained Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.




Default: 1



Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells on the VBR interface side of the connection. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be less than the Peak Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.






Indicates the maximum burst size on the VBR interface side of the connection. This traffic parameter specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module.OC-3c APS Module: When the Traffic Shaping field is set to Enabled, the cell queue depth for the Max Burst Size field is internally set to 1000, regardless of the value you enter. If you enter values other than 1000, these values matter for incoming signalling SPVC/SVC setup from the remote end of the connection.



255-700-377 7-85



Traffic Parameters B to A




Indicates peak cell rate on the AAL2 ATM inter-face side of the connection. The maximum allowed cell transmission rate (in cells per sec-ond), which defines the shortest time period between cells. When setting this value, calculate the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each interface for the module. The value in this field must be greater than the value in the Sustained Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.




Default: 1



Indicates the sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high priority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells on the AAL2 ATM interface side of the connection. When setting this value, calcu-late the line rate for the module and the amount of bandwidth you are setting up for each inter-face for the module. The value in this field must be less than the Peak Rate field. Refer to the ATM UNI 3.1 specifications for more information.






Indicates the maximum burst size on the AAL2 ATM interface side of the connection. This traffic parameter specifies the maximum number of cells that can be transmitted at the peak cell rate. The MBS allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.





7-86 255-700-377



Connection Features


Range: N/A


Indicates the PSAX system-supported quality of service (QoS) class. See the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a description of each service type.








Default: Active

Range:

Format: predefined



Default: Inactive Indicates that the connection is not passing traf-fic.



Figure 7-35. Display Connection:VBR-to-ATM_Std_AAL2_VCC_SPVC Window (Primary Page)

255-700-377 7-87


Chapter 7 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSViewing DSP Connections

Primary Page Buttons The buttons at the bottom of the window have the following functions:

Viewing DSP ConnectionsFrom the DSP2 Interface Configuration window, click DSP Interface Con-nection.

The DSP Interface Configuration Table window appears (see Figure 7-36).

From this window, you can view all DSP connections provisioned on this PSAX system, and their attributes.




Button Function





Figure 7-36. DSP Interface Connection Table Window

Chapter 7 Provisioning SPVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSSaving Your Configuration

7-88 255-700-377



255-700-377 8-1

8 Provisioning SVC Connections Usingthe AQueView® EMS

Provisioning SVC Connections

Enabling SVC Connections

Note: SVC connections are not supported on the STM-1 MM/SM Traffic Shaping modules.

You cannot create SVC connections in the same manner as creating PVC and SPVC connections in the AQueView EMS. However, you can view SVC con-nections on the Listing page of the Connections tab.

The SVC connections that are displayed on the Listing page change dynami-cally as they are created and then torn down.

To display SVC connections on the Listing page, they must be enabled by configuring IISP or PNNI links on the PSAX system. To enable SVC connec-tions, you must first set up a PNNI link or an IISP link.

Setting Up a PNNI Link

To set up a PNNI link, do the following:

1. Configure a PNNI node and bring it into service. Be sure that Up is dis-played in the Admin Status field.

For instructions on PNNI node configuration, see the appropriate AQue-View Element Management System user guide.

2. Configure a channel on an I/O module with the ATM PNNI interface, and bring the interface into service.

For instructions on ATM PNNI interface configuration, see the appropri-ate PacketStar PSAX module user guide.

After enabling this PNNI link, ATM-to-ATM SVC connections can be dynamically created by the PSAX system through an interface with a call controller such as a Lucent Softswitch–T3 (Toll/Tandem/ Transit), a Lucent 7R/E™, or aLucent ConnectStar™ Interworking Call Router. If you enable a PNNI link and an IISP link, the PSAX system will use the PNNI link first to create an SVC. If the PNNI link goes down, the IISP link will be used to sustain the SVC.

Setting Up an IISP Link

To set up a IISP link, do the following:

1. Configure a channel on an I/O module with the ATM IISP User or ATM IISP Network interface, and bring the interface into service.

For instructions on ATM IISP interface configuration, see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX module user guide.

2. Add an entry to the IISP VBR routing table or the IISP CBR routing table.

Chapter 8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSProvisioning SVC Connections

8-2 255-700-377


For instructions on adding IISP VBR and IISP CBR routing entries, see the appropriate PacketStar PSAX module user guide, or the appropriate AQueView Element Management System user guide.

After enabling this IISP link, ATM-to-ATM SVC connections can be dynamically created by the PSAX system through an interface with a call controller such as a Lucent Softswitch–T3 (Toll/Tandem/Transit), a Lucent 7R/E™, or a Lucent ConnectStar™ Interworking Call Router. If you enable a PNNI link and an IISP link, the PSAX system will use the PNNI link first to create an SVC. If the PNNI link goes down, the IISP link will be used to sustain the SVC.

Editing ATM-to-ATM VCC SVC Connection Entries

Perform the steps in the following procedure to view or edit an ATM-to-ATM SVC connection.

Viewing or Editing an ATM-to-ATM SVC Connection Begin


The Listing page appears (see Figure 8-1).

2 Select an SVC entry in the Listing page and click the right mouse button.

Figure 8-1. Listing Page (ATM-to-ATM SVC Connections Selected)

255-700-377 8-3



3 Select Display in the menu that appears (see Figure 8-2).

The Display Connection window appears with tabs that contain details about the connection (see Figure 8-3): Primary and Statistics.

Primary Page The Primary page displays the information used to create the connection (see Figure 8-3).

The button on the Primary page has the following function:

4 Select the values for the fields in this window as described in Table 8-1.

Figure 8-2. Listing Page (Menu Displayed)

Figure 8-3. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SVC (Primary Page)

Button Function



8-4 255-700-377


Table 8-1. Field Descriptions for the Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM_SVC Window


Slot Default: 0

Range: variable

Format: numeric

Select the slot number containing the module for which you are creating a connection. Select slot numbers for both sides of the connection. The range of slot numbers varies with the chassis type.

Port(display only)


Format: numeric

The port number on the modules for which this connection was created.



Format: numeric

The channel number of the port on the module for which this connection was created. The range of channel numbers varies with the module type.

VPI Default: 0

Range: 0–4095

Format: numeric


VI Default: 0

Range: 0–1024

Format: numeric

Virtual interface, which provides bandwidth allo-cation restrictions. Currently available only on the OC-3c APS and STM-1 MSP modules. When disabled, default is 0.


Range: Vbr-nrt2,Vbr-nrt1Vbr-rt2Vbr-rt1Gfr-1Vbr-expressCbr4Cbr3Cbr2 Cbr1 Gfr-2



See the appendix in the appropriate PacketStar PSAX Multiservice Media Gateway user guide for a detailed description of the values for this field.

255-700-377 8-5




Range: N/A

Format: Character


Note: See the section, “ATM Traffic Descriptors,” in the Reference Appendix for a detailed descrip-tion of the values for this field, including repre-sentative examples.










Best-effort-tag This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to always change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm.


Range: Aal3/4Aal2Aal1Null

The segmentation and reassembly (SAR) type should correspond to the SAR type of the incom-ing data stream.




8-6 255-700-377


Forward Error Cor-rection

Default: None

Range: Eighth RateQuarter RateHalf RateAuto Hi QAutoAuto Lo Q

Format: Character

The values Eighth Rate, Quarter Rate, and Half Rate are a Reed-Solomon encoding rate with a specific error-correction capability. The values Auto Hi Q, Auto, and Auto Lo Q are dynamically changing rate options.


Default: 1


Format: numeric (cps)

Peak cell rate (PCR) for all cells with both the CLP=0 bit and the CLP=1 bit. The value you set is the maximum allowed cell transmission rate (measured in cells per second) for all cells both high and low priority, as allowed by your traffic contract.









255-700-377 8-7




Default: 1


Format: numeric

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) with CLP=0 (high pri-ority) cells or the peak cell rate with CLP=0 cells, measured in cells per second.


If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value of this field to 0. The value in this field should be less than or equal to the Peak Rate(0+1) (cps) field.

If using traffic shaping on the OC-3c or STM-1 modules, the modules will not pass data until these parameters are set to a specified rate. Very large bursts of traffic may exceed the 8 MB mem-ory typically available on the module, resulting in dropped cells. If very large bursts are typical for a specific network configuration, the module mem-ory can be upgraded to 64 MB.


Default: 1Range: module-dependent

Format: numeric

Maximum burst size. The maximum number of cells that can be received at the peak cell rate. This allows a burst of cells to arrive at a rate higher than that of the sustained cell rate. If the burst is larger than anticipated, the additional cells are either tagged or dropped.

When setting this value, take into account the line rate for the module and the amount of band-width you are setting up for each interface for the module.

If you select the value SimplexA2B in the Traffic Flow field, set the value for peak rate to 0.

Traffic Flow(display only)

Default: Duplex

Range: SimplexA2BPoint-to-Multi-point A2B


Note: When you select SimplexA2B, the fields in the Traffic Parameters B to A section are not dis-played.





8-8 255-700-377


End

Statistics Page1 Click the Statistics tab.

The Statistics page appears (Figure 8-4). The Statistics page displays the statistics for this connection.


Range: N/A

Format: Character

OAM is not in use.

End-Pt The Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a ter-mination point for ATM.


Seg-Pt Not supported.

End-Seg-Pt Not supported.

Intermediate-Pt The Multiservice Media Gateway is used as a net-work node and an intermediate ATM device that does not terminate the ATM connection.




Default: Inactive

Range: N/A

Format: Character

Active




255-700-377 8-9




The fields on this window are described in Table 8-2.

Figure 8-4. Display Connection:ATM-to-ATM SVC (Statistics Page)

Button Description









8-10 255-700-377


2 To update the statistics displayed on this window, click Update.

3 Click Poll+ to begin polling. Click Poll- to terminate polling.

4 To refresh this window, press Clear.

End




Interface A Statis-tics


Range: N/A

Format: text


Interface B Statis-tics


Range: N/A

Format: text



Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of OAM cells received on Interface A or B.

Cells Transmitted Default: 6.5000 e1Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of OAM cells transmitted on Inter-face A or B.


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of ATM cells received on Interface A or B since odometer was last reset.


Default: 6.5000 e1

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total number of ATM cells transmitted on Inter-face A or B since odometer was last reset.

Time Elapsed Default: 00:00:00Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection.


Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Total time elapsed for OAM statistics collection since the last odometer reset.

255-700-377 8-11




Figure 8-5. Display Connection: ATM-to-ATM VCC (Utilization Page)

Button Function


5 sec

10 sec

20 sec

30 sec

60 sec (default)

90 sec

2 min

3 min

4 min

5 min




Chapter 8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSConfiguring In-Band Management

8-12 255-700-377



Configuring In-Band Management

Use the In-Band Mgmt tab in the Site-Specific tab to configure IP address information used to manage PSAX systems remotely through in-band signal-ing. Use the Connections tab to establish, delete, or view details about ATM connections.

To configure the primary IP address for the management host, perform the steps in the following sections, “Adding an In-Band Management ATM SVC Connection” and “Adding an In-Band Management ATM SVC Connection”.

Adding an In-Band Management ATM SVC Connection

A Unix workstation is used as the address resolution protocol (ARP) server. The host Multiservice Media Gateway system and all remote systems on the same ATM network register their IP addresses on the ARP server when they are initialized (booted). When you want to create an in-band management SVC connection to one or more remote Multiservice Media Gateway systems, you use the host Multiservice Media Gateway system to request the IP addresses of the remote Multiservice Media Gateway systems. After you






Button Function

255-700-377 8-13



obtain these IP addresses, you can create the SVC connections (see Figure 8-6).

Before creating an SVC connection, you need to set up the Unix workstation as the ARP server, and each of the Multiservice Media Gateway systems. To do this, perform the steps in the following procedure.

Preparing for an In-Band Manage-ment SVC Connection Begin

1 To configure the Solaris workstation to act as an ARP router, you must install an ATM Network Interface Card (NIC) and configure the card as an ATM ARP Server. To do this, consult the procedures in the appropri-ate section of your Sun Solaris ATM User Guide.

2 Log on to your PSAX system, and go to the Equipment Configuration window.

3 In the Front Panel, select the module you will use. The OC-3c module is the most often used I/O module for this connection.

4 Configure the OC-3c module (or the module you have selected). In the Interface Type field, select AtmUNI 3.1 and click Apply.

5 Select Configure the Interface.

6 On the ATM UNI 3.1 Configuration window, in the ATM Signaling field, select Enabled. In the Interface Type field, select Network.

7 Enter a value in the Address Prefix field. This is the address prefix of the node address of the OC-3c module.

Figure 8-6. In-Band SVC Connections

Unix Unix

Multiservice Media

Multiservice Media

Primary ARP Server Backup ARP Server

Local Host System

Remote Systems

Multiservice Media

Workstation Workstation

Gateway

Gateway

Gateway


8-14 255-700-377


8 Configure the ILMI interface. (This is an optional step, but strongly rec-ommended.)

9 On the ILMI Configuration window select Enabled in the ILMI Proto-col, Address Registration, and Connectivity Procedure fields

10 Click Apply.

11 Check the ILMI Registered User Address window to see that the address has been created.

12 Create a PNNI node using the instructions in the "Configuring PNNI" section of Chapter 7, "Configuring ATM Routing Data Using IISP and PNNI."

13 Click the Site-Specific tab and the In-Band Mgmt tab to create the in-band SVC connection.

14 An in-band management SVC connection can be created between a con-figured in-band management address and any module that supports ATM interfaces. This connection supports the UBR and VBR-express ser-vice types.

End

Creating an In-Band-Management SVC Connection

Perform the steps in the following procedure to create an in-band manage-ment SVC connection.

Begin

1 In the Device window, click the Site Specific tab.

The Site Specific page appears.

2 Click the In-Band Mgmt tab.

The In-Band Mgmt page appears (see Figure 8-7).

3 In the In-Band Management Configuration window, enter the IP address and IP Mask for the PSAX device.


4 In the SVC Connections field, select Enabled.

The In-Band Management Configuration page with SVC enabled dis-plays (see Table 8-8).

5 Select the values for the fields on this window from the values given in Table 8-3.

6 Click Apply.

255-700-377 8-15



7 In the Provisioning Menu Bar, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration. (See the section, “Saving Configuration Values.”)

End


Figure 8-7. In-Band Management Page (SVC Disabled)

Button Function

In-Band Mgmt Route Table Displays the In-Band Mgmt Route Table.

This button is ghosted if Disabled is selected in the ATM ARP Server field, and active if Enabled is selected in the ATM ARP Server field.

Apply Applies the configuration.

Reset Resets the display.


8-16 255-700-377


Field Descriptions

Update Updates the fields in the In-Band Manage-ment Statistics panel.

Poll Poll+ initiates the continuous update of the fields in the In-Band Management Statistics panel and changes the button to Poll-.

Poll- suspends polling and changes the button to Poll+.

Figure 8-8. In-Band Management Page (SVC Enabled)

Button Function

255-700-377 8-17





Primary IP Address Default: 0000.0000.0000.0000Range: N/A


Specifies the in-band management IP address of the PSAX system.

Primary IP Mask Default: 0000.0000.0000.0000

Range: N/A


Specifies the in-band management IP mask of the PSAX system

SVC Connections Default: Disabled

Range: N/A


Specifies whether you want to use SVC connec-tion provisioning for in-band management.

Disabled Indicates that SVC connection provisioning for in-band management is disabled. You can config-ure only PVC connections for in-band manage-ment when you choose this value.

Enabled Indicates that SVC connection provisioning for in-band management is enabled.

The following fields are editable only when you select the value Enabled in the SVC Connec-tions field:

ATM ARP Server Default: Disabled

Range: N/A


Specifies whether you want to use the PSAX sys-tem as an ATM ARP server.

Note: To make this field editable, select Enabled in the SVC Connections field.

Disabled Indicates that this device is not acting as an ATM ARP server.

Enabled Indicates that this device is acting as an ATM ARP server, and enables the In-Band Mgmt Route Table button.

Application ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the application ATM address of the PSAX system.

App. ATM Address Type

Default: Nsap

Range: N/A


Specifies the type of application ATM address for the PSAX system.

Arp Server ATM Address


Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the ATM address of the ARP server.



8-18 255-700-377


Adding an In-band Route

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add an in-band management route.

Begin

1 Click In-Band Mgmt Route Table.

The In-Band Management Route Table window appears (see Figure 8-9).

2 Click the right mouse button, and a menu appears (see Figure 8-10).

Note: At the time of initial setup, the In-Band Management Table win-dow is empty. After you have set up routes, this window displays all the routes of this type in the system.

3 Select Create.

The ADD In-Band Management Entry window appears (see Figure 8-11).

4 Select the values for the fields in this window as described in Table 8-4.

5 Click Add.

The route is now added. If you click Close, the Route Table window dis-plays with the new route added.

Arp Server ATM Address Type

Default: Nsap

Range: N/A


Specifies the type of ATM address for the ARP server.


Primary ARP ATM Address

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the primary ATM address for the ARP server. Enter the ATM address for the Solaris workstation.

Primary ATM Address Type



Specifies the type of primary ATM address for the ARP server.

Backup ARP ATM Address


Format: hexadecimal

Specifies the backup ATM address for the ARP server. Enter the ATM address for the Solaris workstation.

Backup ATM Address Type

Default: Nsap

Range: N/A


Specifies the type of backup ATM address for the ARP server.



255-700-377 8-19



6 In the Provisioning Menu Bar, click Device > Save PSAX Configuration. (See the section, “Saving Configuration Values.”)

Viewing an In-band Route

7 To view the in-band entry, click the right-mouse button and a menu appears. Select Display.

The VIEW In-Band Management Entry window appears (see Figure 8-12).

Updating an In-band Route

8 To update the in-band entry, click the right-mouse button and a menu appears. Select Update.

The UPDATE In-Band Management Entry window appears (see Figure 8-13).


Figure 8-9. In-Band Management Route Table Window

Button Function




Figure 8-10. In-Band Management Route Table Window (Displaying Menu)


8-20 255-700-377



Field Descriptions

Figure 8-11. ADD In-Band Management Entry Window

Button Function

Add Use to add the newly configured route.

Reset Sets the values of the fields on this window to their default val-ues.

Close Closes the ADD In-Band Management Entry window.



Destination IP Default: 0

Range: N/A


Enter the destination network IP address.

IP Mask Default: 0

Range: N/A


Enter the destination network IP mask.

Metric Default: 0Range: ?

Format: numeric

The number of hops to reach to the destination.

Next Hop Default: 0

Range: N/A


Gateway to the destination network

255-700-377 8-21




Route Status(display only)

Default: Invalid

Range: N/A


Indicates the status of this route.

Invalid This route has not been created or is otherwise not valid.

Inuse This route is valid and in use.



Figure 8-12. VIEW In-Band Management Entry Window

Button Function

Delete Use to delete a route.


Close Closes the VIEW In-Band Management Entry window.

Figure 8-13. UPDATE In-Band Management Entry Window


8-22 255-700-377



Viewing In-Band Sta-tistics Data

You can view the statistics for your in-band management configuration in the In-Band Management Statistics panel of the In-Band Mgmt tab (see Figure 8-7).


Deleting an In-Band Management SVC Route

Perform the steps in the following procedure to delete an In-Band SVC route.

Begin

1 In the In-Band Management Route Table (see Figure 8-9), select and double-click the route you wish to delete.

The UPDATE In-Band Management Entry window is displayed (similar to Figure 8-11).

2 Click Delete.

Button Function

Update Applies the changes you set on this window.

Delete Use to delete a route.


Close Closes the UPDATE In-Band Management Entry window.

Table 8-5. Field Descriptions for the In-Band Management Statistics Panel


Packets Received(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of packets received.

Rx Packet Errors(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of packet receive errors.

Packets Transmitted(display only)

Default: 0

Range: N/A

Format: numeric

Displays the number of packets transmitted.

Tx Packet Errors(display only)


Format: numeric

Displays the number of packet transmit errors.

255-700-377 8-23


Chapter 8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSIISP Routing Data

3 Click Close, and check that the Inband Management Route Table (see Figure 8-9) does not contain the route you just deleted.

End

IISP Routing Data

This section describes how to add, modify, and delete routing information for IISP VBR and CBR data. The procedures for these processes begin in the IISP Routing page (see Figure 8-14).

Figure 8-14. IISP Routing Page


8-24 255-700-377


Buttons The buttons on this page have the following functions:

When you click the IISP Routing tab, the IISP Routing page opens, contain-ing the IISP VBR and IISP CBR Routing Table panels. Options can be obtained by clicking the right mouse button within either of these panels.

Menu Options When you click the right mouse button in either of the panels, a menu appears (see Figure 8-15 and Figure 8-16) with options as described in Table 8-6.

Button Function

Find Searches the table and displays a matching text string entered in the Show table entries containing: field.

Reset Removes text entered in the Show table entries containing: field and de-selects any selected entries.

Figure 8-15. IISP CBR Routing Table (Displaying Menu)

Figure 8-16. IISP VBR Routing Table (Displaying Menu)

255-700-377 8-25



Creating a VBR or CBR Routing Table Entry

Before you can set up IISP routing, you must first configure the port from which you want to route traffic with the ATM UNI or ATM IISP interface. Perform the steps in the following procedure to enable ATM signaling.

Begin

Enabling ATM Signaling

1 From the Front Panel, open the Port and Channel Configuration win-dow for the port you want to route.

2 Select an ATM UNI or ATM IISP interface type.

3 Click Apply to Selected.

4 In the Channel Configuration window, double-click the channel that you want to configure.

Table 8-6. Menu Options for the IISP Routing Page

Menu Option Description

Display Displays the selected routing entry in the VBR or CBR routing table.

Create Creates a new VBR or CBR routing entry in the VBR or CBR routing table.

Delete Deletes the selected routing entry from the VBR or CBR routing table.

Refresh Refreshes the selected routing entry in the VBR or CBR routing table.


8-26 255-700-377


5 On the Interface Configuration window, select Enabled in the ATM Sig-naling field (see Figure 8-17).

6 In the Interface Configuration window, click Apply > Bring Into Ser-vice > Close.

End

Creating a VBR or CBR Routing Table Entry

Perform the steps in the following procedure to add a VBR or CBR routing entry.

Begin

1 Click the IISP Routing tab in the Device window.

The IISP Routing page appears (see Figure 8-14).

2 To create an IISP VBR routing entry, click the right mouse button within the IISP VBR Routing Table panel. To create an IISP CBR routing entry, click the right mouse button within the IISP CBR Routing Table panel.

3 Click Create in the menu that appears.

Figure 8-17. ATM UNI 3.1 Interface Configuration Page (Displaying ATM Signal-ing as Enabled)

Signaling is Enabled

255-700-377 8-27



Either the IISP VBR Routing Entry window or the IISP CBR Routing Entry window appears (see Figure 8-18 and Figure 8-19).

4 Select the values for the fields in either window as described in Table 8-7.

5 Click Add > Close.

Note: If you wish to modify this route, you must delete it and create a new route entry.

In the Provisioning Menu Bar, select Device > Save PSAX Configuration.

End

Figure 8-18. VBR IISP Routing Entry Window

Figure 8-19. CBR IISP Routing Entry Window


8-28 255-700-377


Buttons The buttons in these windows have the following functions:

Field Descriptions

Button Function

Add Saves the entry into the system.

Delete Deletes the entry from the table. This button appears only after the routing entry has been created.

Close Closes the window.

Table 8-7. Field Descriptions for the IISP VBR and IISP CBR Routing Entry Windows

Field Name Values Description

NSAP Address (Hex)

Default: N/A

Range: N/A

Format: Valid-dotted quad

Type a network service access point (NSAP) address up to 20 bytes (160 bits) long (10 groups of 4 characters each) containing the digits 0 through 9 or the letters a through f.

Number of Bits Default: 0

Range: 1–152

Format: numeric

Enter the value of the mask that is applied to the NSAP address.

Virtual UNI ID Default: 0Range:

Format: numeric

Enter the number that represents the virtual UNI interface identifier.

Slot Default: Varies


Format: numeric

Select the slot of the module on which you con-figured the ATM interface and enabled ATM sig-naling.

Port Default: Varies


Format: numeric

Select the port on the module on which you con-figured the ATM interface and enabled ATM sig-naling.

Channel Default: VariesRange: Varies depending on module type

Format: numeric

Select the channel on the port of the module on which you configured the ATM interface and enabled ATM signaling.

255-700-377 8-29





Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays the interface configured for this slot, port, channel combination. If the channel has not been configured, the default value will be dis-played.

AtmUni3-0,AtmUni3-1,IispUser,IispNetwork,DbCirEm,CircuitEmulation, DbCirEm,ATMPnni-0,FrameRelayUni,HldcPassThrough,Pri-isdn-network,FrameRelayNni,Pri-isdn-user

Indicates that the channel is configured for the displayed interface.

Note: An ATM interface type must be dis-played in this field to create an IISP route.

Oper Status (display only)

Default: UnconfiguredRange: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays whether the interface is operational.

Unconfigured Indicates that this channel is not operational because the interface is not configured.

InService Indicates that this channel is capable of receiving and sending signals.

OutOfService This channel is not capable of receiving and send-ing signals.

Admin Status (display only)


Range: N/A

Format: Predefined

Displays whether a user has placed the interface in service.

Unconfigured Indicates that this channel is not operational because the interface is not configured.

InService Indicates that the no conditions are preventing the port from being fully operational.


Table 8-7. Field Descriptions for the IISP VBR and IISP CBR Routing Entry Windows

Field Name Values Description


8-30 255-700-377


Deleting a Routing Table Entry

Use the following procedure to delete a VBR or CBR IISP Routing table entry.

Begin

1 Click the IISP Routing tab in the Device window.

The IISP Routing page appears (see Figure 8-14).

2 In the IISP Routing table, do one of the following (a or b):

a. Select the entry that you want to delete in the routing table. Click the right mouse button and a menu appears. Click Delete.

A confirmation window appears (see Figure 8-20 and Figure 8-21).

The entry is removed from the routing table. Proceed to Step 4.

b. Do one of the following:

~ Double-click the entry you want to delete.

~ Click the entry you want to delete, and select Display from the right mouse menu.

The VBR IISP Routing Entry window or CBR IISP Routing Entry win-dow appears (see Figure 8-18 and Figure 8-19). Click Delete.

Figure 8-20. IISP VBR Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Right-Click Menu)

Figure 8-21. IISP CBR Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Right-Click Menu)

255-700-377 8-31


Chapter 8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSSaving Your Configuration


3 Click Yes.

The entry is removed from the routing table.

4 On the VBR IISP Routing Entry window or CBR IISP Routing Entry win-dow, click Close.

5 In the Provisioning Menu Bar, select Device > Save PSAX Configuration. (See the section, “Saving Configuration Values.”)

End

For information on enabling and viewing ATM-to-ATM SVC connections, see the appropriate PacketStar® PSAX Module User Guide.




Figure 8-22. Delete Confirmation Window (Using the Delete Button)

Chapter 8 Provisioning SVC Connections Using the AQueView® EMSSaving Your Configuration

8-32 255-700-377



255-700-377 A-1

A Reference Information

Overview of This Appendix

This appendix contains reference information that is helpful while configur-ing your PSAX system. The following types of information are provided:

• ATM Traffic Descriptors

• ATM UNI Specification Cause Codes, Version 3.1 (for Connection Retry)

• DSP Tone Detection Modes Table

• DSP2C Module Channel Reduction When Using Fax Relay Mode Table

• Industry Compliance Specifications Table

• Interface Type by Connection Type Table

• Interface Type by Input/Output Module Type Table

• Minimum AAL2 Trunk Size Requirements Tables

• Module Line Status Table

• Quality of Service (QoS) Class Tables

• ATM Traffic Shaping Sample CPS Calculation Table

• PCR Calculation Formula for Traffic Shaping

• Traffic shaping, Usage Parameter Control, and Virtual Interface Configura-tion Compatibilities Table

ATM Traffic Descriptors

Purpose of Traffic Descriptors

When you create a PVC, you can select one of several traffic descriptors by entering the desired value in the Conformance Type field on the user inter-face windows for certain connection types. The traffic descriptor specifies which traffic parameters are used for traffic control. It also determines the number and type of cells that are admitted into a congested queue, and whether high-priority cells are tagged as low-priority cells when traffic exceeds the traffic parameter thresholds.

Connections Supporting Traffic Descriptors

The traffic descriptors used in the PacketStar Multiservice Media Gateway sys-tem software are supported for the following types of connections:

• ATM-to-ATM VCC PVC

• ATM-to-ATM VPC PVC

• Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC

• Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC

Chapter ATM Traffic Descriptors

A-2 255-700-377


• Frame Relay-to-ATM VCC PVC

• In-band ATM PVC

• VBR-to-ATM VCC PVC

Traffic Descriptors Supported

The available traffic descriptors are as follows:

• Best effort (Best-effort)

This traffic descriptor allows the system to attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying traffic parameters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm. The Multiservice Media Gateway might drop some or all cells during congestion.

• Best effort with tagging (Best-effort-tag)

This traffic descriptor allows the system to tag all CLP=0 (high priority) cells to change them to CLP=1 (low priority) cells, and then attempt to send all cells in a “best effort” fashion, without specifying any other traffic parame-ters, similar to the AQueMan algorithm. The network might drop some or all cells during congestion.

• One bucket, with no tagging for cells with both CLP bit=0 and CLP bit=1 (1B-NT-0+1)

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters one bucket, no tagging, cell loss priority (CLP)=0+1 cells (high and low priority). The Multiservice Media Gateway ignores the CLP bit value and drops all cells violating the value set for the peak cell rate (PCR).

• Two buckets, with no tagging for cells with both CLP bit=0 and CLP bit=1 (2B-NT-0+1-0+1)

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 2. The Multiservice Media Gateway ignores the CLP bit value for cells passing into bucket 1 and drops all cells violating the value set for the PCR. The remainder of the cells are passed to bucket 2. The Multiservice Media Gateway ignores the CLP bit value for cells passing into bucket 2, and drops all cells violating the value set for the sustainable cell rate (SCR).

• Two buckets, with no tagging for cells with both CLP bit=0+1 and CLP bit=0 (2B-NT-0+1-0)

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, no tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2. For bucket 1, the Multiservice Media Gateway ignores the CLP bit value for cells passing into bucket 1 and drops all cells violating the value set for the PCR. For bucket 2, the system takes one of the following actions:

~ When the connection is configured for variable bit rate (VBR) traffic, the Multiservice Media Gateway drops all CLP=0 cells violating the value set for the SCR in bucket 2.

255-700-377 A-3


ChapterSPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry

~ When the connection is configured for constant bit rate (CBR) traffic, the Multiservice Media Gateway drops all CLP=0 cells violating the value set for the PCR in bucket 2.

• Two buckets, for cells with CLP bit=0 and CLP bit=0 (2B-NT-0+1-0)

This traffic descriptor uses the parameters two buckets, tagging, CLP=0+1 cells (high and low priority) for bucket 1, and CLP=0 cells (high priority) for bucket 2. For bucket 1, the Multiservice Media Gateway ignores the CLP bit value for cells passing into bucket 1 and drops all cells violating the value set for the PCR. For bucket 2, the system takes one of the following actions:

~ When the connection is configured for variable bit rate (VBR) traffic, the Multiservice Media Gateway tags all CLP=0 cells violating the value set for the SCR to CLP=1 in bucket 2.

~ When the connection is configured for constant bit rate (CBR) traffic, the Multiservice Media Gateway tags all CLP=0 cells violating the value set for the PCR to CLP=1 in bucket 2.

The network then might drop some or all cells during congestion.

SPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry

SPVC connection cause codes, displayed in the Last Rls Cause field on all the SPVC connection configuration windows, are provided in Table A-1. The word Yes in the “Prompts a Retry” column indicates that if the cause code number, shown in the “Cause Code” column, is reported by the equipment at the far (remote) end, the PSAX system will try to establish the connection again up to the number of times specified in the Retry Limit field on the SPVC connection configuration windows. The ATM Forum UNI and Frame Relay Forum FRF.4 standards use many (but not all) of the same cause codes, and these standards reference ITU-T standards for many of the cause codes.

Table A-1. Connection Cause Codes for SPVCs

Cause Code

DescriptionPrompts a Retry

ReferencedStandard

1 Unallocated (unassigned) number. The called party number is not currently assigned. As a result, the called party cannot be reached.

No ITU-T Q.850

2 No route to specified transit network. The equipment sending this cause code received a request to route the call through an unknown transit network. The transit network is unknown to the equipment because it does not exist or does not serve the equipment.

No ITU-T Q.850

3 No route to destination. The network through which the call was routed does not serve the destination. As a result, the called party cannot be reached.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

10 VCC is unacceptable. The VPI/VCI is unacceptable to the sending entity for use in the call.

No ATM Forum UNI 3.0/3.1

16 Normal call clearing. No ITU-T Q.850

Chapter SPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry

A-4 255-700-377


17 User is busy. The called party is unable to accept another call because the user-busy condition has been encountered.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

18 No user is responding. A called party did not respond to a call establishment message with either an alerting or connect indication within a designated time period.

No ITU-T Q.850

21 Call was rejected. Although the equipment sending this cause code is neither busy nor incompatible, the equipment sending this cause code does not want to accept the call. The cause can be generated by the network to indicate that the call might have been cleared as a result of a supplementary ser-vice constraint.

No ITU-T Q.850

22 Number was changed. The number of the called party is no longer assigned. A new number must be used to call the called party.

No ITU-T Q.850

23 User rejects all calls with calling line identification restriction (CLIR). The called party returns this cause code when the call comes in without calling party number information and the called party requires this information.


27 Destination is out of order. The user cannot reach the destina-tion because the interface to the destination is not function-ing properly; that is, a signaling message could not be deliv-ered to the destination.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

28 Number format is not valid (address incomplete). The called party is unreachable because the number of the called party is not in the proper format or it is not complete.

No ITU-T Q.850

30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY. A STATUS message was sent in response to receipt of a STATUS ENQUIRY message.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

31 Normal unspecified. A normal event occurred for which no other cause applies. As a result, the event is normal but unspecified.

No ITU-T Q.850

32 Too many pending ADD PARTY requests currently exist. Yes ATM Forum PNNI 1.0

35 Requested VPCI/VCI is not available. The SPVC attempted to use a VPCI/VCI that is unavailable.

Yes ITU-T Q.2610

36 VPCI/VCI assignment failure. A VPCI/VCI could not be assigned to the SPVC.

Yes ITU-T Q.2610

37 User cell rate is unavailable. The requested cell rate is unavailable for the SPVC.

Yes ITU-T Q.2610

38 Network is out of order (not used in this implementation agreement). The problem will probably last a long period of time; that is, an immediate retry of the call is not likely to suc-ceed.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

Table A-1. Connection Cause Codes for SPVCs (Continued)

Cause Code


ReferencedStandard

255-700-377 A-5


ChapterSPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry

41 Temporary failure. The problem will probably last a short period of time; that is, an immediately retry of the call has a good chance to succeed.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

43 Access information was discarded. The network failed to deliver access information to the remote user (for example, user-to-user, low-layer compatibility, high-layer compatibil-ity, or subaddress).

Yes ITU-T Q.850

44 Circuit is unavailable. The requested circuit or channel is not available.

No ITU-T Q.850

45 No VPCI/VCI is available. A VPCI/VCI is not available for the SPVC.

Yes ITU-T Q.2610

47 Resource is unavailable or unspecified. A resource is unavail-able, and no other cause code exists to report this event.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

49 Quality of service is unavailable. The requested QoS class is unavailable for the SPVC.

No ITU-T Q.850

51 User cell rate is unavailable. The requested cell rate is unavailable for the SPVC.

Yes ATM Forum UNI 3.0/3.1

53 PGL was changed. The call was cleared due to a change in the peer group leader (PGL).

No ATM Forum PNNI 1.0

57 Bearer capability is not authorized. The SPVC user requested a bearer capability for which the user is not authorized.

No ITU-T Q.850

58 Bearer capability is not presently available. The SPVC user requested a bearer capability that is not available at this time.

No ITU-T Q.850

63 Service or option is unavailable or unspecified. A service or option is unavailable, and no other cause code exists to report this event.

No ITU-T Q.850

65 Bearer capability is not implemented. The equipment that generated this cause code does not support the requested bearer capability.

No ITU-T Q.850

73 Combination of traffic parameters is not supported. No ATM Forum UNI 3.0/3.1

78 AAL parameters cannot be supported. No ITU-T Q.2610

81 Call reference value is not valid. The equipment that sends this cause code has received a message with a call reference that is not currently in use on the user-network interface.

No ITU-T Q.850

82 Identified channel does not exist. The equipment sending this cause code received a request to use a channel that was not activated on the call interface. For example, if a user sub-scribed to those channels on a primary rate interface num-bered from 1 to 12, this cause code would be generated if the user equipment or the network attempts to use channels 13 through 23.

No ITU-T Q.850


Cause Code


ReferencedStandard

Chapter SPVC Connection Cause Codes Table for Connection Retry

A-6 255-700-377


88 Incompatible destination. The equipment sending this cause code received a request to establish a call with low-layer com-patibility, or other compatibility attributes that cannot be accommodated, for example, data rate.

No ITU-T Q.850

89 Endpoint reference is not valid. The equipment sending this cause code received a message with an endpoint reference that is currently not in use on the user-network interface.


91 Transit network selection is not valid. A transit network iden-tification was received that is not formatted correctly. Correct formats are defined in the standard, Q.931, Annex C.

No ITU-T Q.850

92 Too many pending ADD PTY requests were generated on the SPVC. This condition occurs when the calling party sends an ADD PTY request, but the network cannot accept another ADD PTY message because its queues are full. This condition is temporary.


93 AAL parameters cannot be supported. No ITU-T Q.2610

95 Unspecified message is not valid. This cause code reports a message event that is not valid when no other message cause code that is not valid applies.

No ITU-T Q.850

96 Mandatory information element is missing. The equipment sending the cause code received a message that is missing a mandatory information element.

No ITU-T Q.850

97 Message type is nonexistent or not implemented. The equip-ment sending the cause code received one of the following message types:

• Not defined

• Defined but not implemented by the equipment sending the cause code

No ITU-T Q.850

99 Information element is nonexistent or not implemented. The equipment sending the cause code received a message that includes information elements or parameters that meet one of the following criteria:

• Not recognized because the elements or parameters are not defined

• Defined but not implemented by the equipment sending the cause code

The cause code indicates that the elements or parameters were discarded. However, the information element is not required to be present in the message so that the equipment sending the cause code can process the message.

No ITU-T Q.850


Cause Code


ReferencedStandard

255-700-377 A-7


ChapterDSP Tone Detection Modes Table

DSP Tone Detection Modes Table

100 Information element content is not valid. The equipment sending this cause code received an information element that the equipment has implemented, but one or more fields in the information element are coded in a way that has not been implemented.

No ITU-T Q.850

101 Message type is not compatible with call state. A message was received that is incompatible with the call state.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

102 Recovery on timer expiration. A procedure has been initiated by the expiration of a timer that is related to error handling procedures.

Yes ITU-T Q.850

104 Message length is not correct. No ATM Forum UNI 3.0/3.1

111 Unspecified protocol error. A protocol error occurred for which no defined protocol error exists.

No ITU-T Q.850

127 Optional information element content error (nonstandard). This cause code indicates the occurrence of internetworking with a network that does not provide cause codes for actions that it takes. The precise cause for any message that is sent cannot be determined.

No ITU-T Q.850

128 Next node is unreachable. No ATM Forum PNNI 1.0

160 DTL transit is not my node ID. No ATM Forum PNNI 1.0


Cause Code


ReferencedStandard

Table A-2. DSP Tone Detection Modes* and Associated Processing Performed

Tone Mode Processing Performed

Disabled Ignores fax tones and modem tones

Bypass If a fax tone or modem tone is received, the firmware switches to G.711 mode (64 Kbps) and bypasses echo cancellation, if enough bandwidth is available.

Fax Relay If a fax tone is received, the firmware switches to a channel configured for FaxRelayMode and performs fax demodulation / remodulation. If a modem tone is received, the firmware ignores it

Fax Relay/Modem Bypass

If a fax tone is received, the firmware switches to a channel configured for FaxRelayMode and performs fax demodulation/remodulation. If a modem tone is received, the firmware switches to G.711 mode (64 Kbps) and bypasses echo cancellation, if enough bandwidth is available.

* Modes selected on the Circuit Emulation-to-ATM VCC PVC Connection window

Chapter DSP2C Module Channel Reduction When Using Fax Relay Mode

A-8 255-700-377


DSP2C Module Channel Reduction When Using Fax Relay Mode

Industry Compliance Specifications Table

Compliance specifications for the PacketStar®PSAX Multiservice Media Gate-ways I/O and server modules are contained in Table A-4.

Table A-3. Channel Reduction Availability Caused by Fax Relay Connections vs. Voice Processing Connections on a DSP2C Module

Number of DSPs for Fax Relay

Total Connections Assigned for

Fax Relay

Percent of All DSP Connections

Assigned for Fax Relay

Remaining Voice Processing Available

Channels*

* For every fax transmission call, both the originally assigned DSP resource, plus the fax relay DSP resource, are consumed for the duration of the call. Thus, the total remaining DSP connections is reduced by twice the number of con-nections using fax mode service.

1 4 3% 124

2 8 6% 120

3 12 9% 116

4 16 13% 112

5 20 16% 108

6 24 19% 104

7 28 22% 100

8 32 25% †

† Utilization of DSP resources for fax relay above 25% is not considered realistic for most service provider environments. If this value exceeds 25%, then the number of available DSP connections for pure voice mode calls is reduced to less than 50% of connections available on the DSP2C module.

96

9 36 28% 92

10 40 31% 88

11 44 34% 84

12 48 38% 80

13 52 41% 76

14 56 44% 72

15 60 47% 68

16 64 50% 64

255-700-377 A-9


ChapterIndustry Compliance Specifications Table

Table A-4. Industry Compliance Specifications

Feature Name/Product Name Specification Title Notes

Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI)

ILMI over PNNI

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, DS3 ATM, E3 ATM, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, High Speed, Medium-Density DS1, Multi-Serial, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS, STM-1 Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/MSP, OC-12c/STM-4c, and Quadserial modules

af-ilmi-0065.000

Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI)

DS1 IMA and DS3 IMA modules af-phy-0016.000

DS1 Physical Layer Specification

Channelized DS3 module af-phy-0054.000

DS3 Physical Interface Specifica-tion

E1 IMA module af-phy-0064.000

E1 Physical Layer Specification

DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, and E1 IMA modules

af-phy-0086.000

Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA), Version 1.0

DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, and E1 IMA modules

af-phy-0086.001

Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA), Version 1.1

Obsoletes af-phy-0086.000 but PSAX is compatible with both versions

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, DS3 ATM, E3 ATM, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1,High-Density E1, High Speed, Medium-Density DS1, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS, STM-1 Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/MSP, OC-12c/STM-4c, and Quadserial modules

af-pnni-0026.000

Interim Inter-Switch Signaling Protocol (IISP)

Chapter Industry Compliance Specifications Table

A-10 255-700-377


ATM Maintenance Mode

ATM PNNI 1.0 interface

ETSI ISDN Support

In-band Management SVC

Soft Permanent Virtual Circuits (SPVCs)

SPVC Support for CES with DSP2 Modules

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, DS3 ATM, E3 ATM, DSP2A/B/C/D Voice Server, Enhanced DS1, High-Density E1, Medium-Density DS1, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS, STM-1 Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/MSP, OC-12c/STM-4c, and Quadserial modules

af-pnni-0055.000

Private Network-Network Inter-face (PNNI)

SPVCs- Annex C: Soft PVC Procedures for circuit emulation, frame relay, and terminal emulation

Annex G, mandatory require-ments

ATM Maintenance Mode

In-band Management SVC

af-pnni-0066000

Private Network-Network Inter-face (PNNI) Addendum (Soft PVC)


af-sig-0061.000

User-Network Interface (UNI) 4.0

Traffic Management (UPC Sup-port)

Route Server-to-ATM Interworking

af-tm-0121.000

Traffic Management, Usage Parameter Control

Route Server-to-ATM Interworking: Section 5.5

Table A-4. Industry Compliance Specifications (Continued)


255-700-377 A-11



Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, DS3 ATM, E3 ATM, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1,High-Density E1, High Speed, Medium-Density DS1, Multi-Serial, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS, STM-1 Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/MSP, OC-12c/STM-4c, and Quadserial modules

af-uni-0010.001




af-uni-0010.002


44.736 Mbps Ds3 Layer

GR-303 DLC Services

VTOA AAL2 Trunking Narrow-band Services

af-vmoa-0145.000

Voice and Multimedia Over ATM–Loop Emulation Service Using AAL2

Carrier Group AIS Alarm

I.610 OAM F4/F5 Processing (remote defect indication [RDI] and alarm indication signal [AIS])

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Density DS1, Multi-Serial, Quadserial and Unstructured DS3/E3 CES modules

af-vtoa-0078.000

Circuit Emulation Service 2.0

Includes 56 (DS1), Nx64 (DS1, E1)




A-12 255-700-377


Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, and Enhanced DS1 modules

af-vtoa-0085.000

(DBCES) Dynamic Bandwith Utilization in 64 Kbps Time Slot Trunking Over ATM—Using Cir-cuit Emulation Service (CES)

• AAL1 Trunking CCS (Q.931)

• AAL1 Trunking CCS (Q.931/QSIG), AAL1 Trunk-ing CAS

AAL2 Trunking af-vtoa-0089.000

ATM Trunking Using AAL1 for Narrow Band Services V1.0


af-vtoa-0098.000

VTOA AAL1 Trunking Services

Quadserial af-vtoa-0113.000

ATM Trunking Using AAL2

af-vtoa-0119.000

Low Speed Circuit Emulation Service

CSU/DSU loopback

Enhanced DS1, DS3 ATM, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS modules

ANSI T1.105

Synchronous Optical Network-Basic Description

DS1 IMA and E1 IMA modules ANSI T1.107

T1.107a–DS1 and DS3 Format Specifications

DS1 IMA, DSP2C Voice Server, and E1 IMA modules

ANSI T1.231

DS1/DS3 Performance Monitor-ing Characteristics

GR-303 DLC Services ANSI T1.401

Interface Between Carriers and Customer Installations- Analog Voice Grade Switched Access Lines Using Loops-start and Ground-start Signaling



255-700-377 A-13



CSU/DSU loopback

Facsimile Demodulation/Remodulation


DS1 IMA, E1 IMA, Enhanced DS1, DS3 ATM, DSP2C Voice Server, and OC-3c Single-Mode or Multi-Mode modules

ANSI T1.403

Network-to-Customer Installa-tion-DS1 Metallic Interface

CSU/DSU loopback

Enhanced DS1, DS3 ATM, OC-3c Single-Mode or Multi-Mode modules

ANSI T1.404

Network-to-Customer Installa-tion-DS3 Metallic Interface


Network-to-customer Installa-tion Interfaces- Direct-inward Dialing Analog Voice Grade Switched Access Using Loop-reverse Battery Signaling


Network-to-Customer Installa-tion Interfaces- Analog Voice Grade Special Access Lines Using E&M Signaling

GR-303 DLC Services


ANSI T1.602

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN)- Data-link Layer Signaling Specification for Application at the User-Network Interface

GR-303 DLC Services


ANSI T1.607; T1.607a

Digital Subscriber Signaling Sys-tem Number 1 (DSS1)-Layer 3 Signaling Specification for Cir-cuit-switched Bearer Services

T1.607a is for GR-303 DLC Ser-vices

DS3 Frame Relay module CCITT G.703

Physical/Electrical Characteris-tics of Hierarchical DIgital Inter-faces

DS3 Frame Relay module CCITT G.704

Synchronous Frame Structures Used at Primary and Secondary Hierarchical Levels




A-14 255-700-377


DSL Forum TR 017

ATM over ADSL Recommenda-tions

Multi-serial and Quadserial module

EIA-232

Electrical, mechanical, and func-tional standards for communica-tion between computers, termi-nals and modems

High Speed, Multi-serial, and Quadserial modules

EIA-449

Faster version of RS-232-C; capable of longer cable runs

GR-303 DLC Services


EIA-464-B

Requirements for Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Switch-ing Equipment

High Speed, Multi-serial mod-ule, and Quadserial modules

EIA-530

Defines mechanical/electrical interfaces between DTEs and DCEs that transmit serial binary data

ETSI 300 012-1

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN); Basic User-Net-work Interface; Layer 1 Specifi-cation and Test Principles

ETSI ISDN Support ETSI 300 125 Annex C: Soft PVC Procedures

ETSI 300 324-1

V5.1 Interface for the Support of Access Network (AN) Part 1: V5.1 Interface Specification

ITU-T G. 964 and G.965 are functionally equivalent to ETSI EN 300 324-1 and ETSI EN 300 347-1 respectively. In cases where detail differences exist between the ITU-T and ETSI versions of the specifications, the ETSI versions of the specifi-cations should apply.

ETSI 300 347-1

V5.2 Interface for the Support of Access Network (AN) Part 1: V5.2 Interface Specification




255-700-377 A-15



ETSI 300 402-1

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN), Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS1) Protocol; Data Link Layer, Part 1: General Aspects

ETSI 300 402-2

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN); Digital Subscriber System No. 1 (DSS1) protocol; Data Link Layer, Part 2: General Protocol Specification

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Den-sity DS1, Multi-Serial and Quad-serial modules

FRF.1.1

User-to-Network (UNI) Imple-mentation Agreement

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Den-sity DS1, Multi-Serial and Quad-serial modules

link management interface (LMI) services between two net-work-network interface (NNI) services

FRF.2.1

Frame Relay Network-to-Net-work (NNI) Implementation Agreement

LMI services between two NNI services

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Den-sity DS1, Quadserial, and Route Server modules

FRF.5

Frame Relay ATM/PVC Network Internetworking Implementa-tion Agreement

In-band Management

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Den-sity DS1, Multi-Serial, Quadse-rial, and Route Server modules

FRF.8

Frame Relay ATM/PVC Service Internetworking Implementa-tion Agreement

Tones and Announcements Server module

GR-246-CORE for test capability




A-16 255-700-377


Channelized STS-1e, Channel-ized DS3/STS-1e CES OC-3c APS, OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP MMSM modules

GR-253-CORE

SONET Transport Systems Revi-sion 1, Dec 1997: Common Generic Criteria

OC-3c APS modules GR-474-CORE

Alarm and Control for Network Elements

Section 8.3.1, Trouble Notifica-tions for Protection Switches

OC-3c APS and OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP MM/SM modules


GR-499-CORE

Common Requirements

GR-820-CORE

OTGR Section 5.1 Generic Transmission Surveillance

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, Enhanced DS1, Medium Density DS1, and Tones and Announcements Server mod-ules

GR-822-CORE For milliwatt test refer to Sec-tion 5.2.1.2 T1.207a

For type 105 termination test, refer to Section 5.2.5 T1.207a and Section 6.1.2.3

For type 108 termination test, refer to Section 5.3.1 T1.207a and Section 6.1.2.4


OC-3c APS modules


GR-1248-CORE

Generic Requirements for oper-ations of ATM Network Ele-ments

For OAM, refer to Table 4-1 OAM Type/Function

For OC-3c APS modules, refer to Section 6.3 ATM APS Protection Switching


OC-3c APS modules

GR-2980-CORE

General Criteria for ATM Layer Protection Switching Mecha-nism

Coordination protocol cell is used for automatic protection switching (APS)


TR-NWT-00170

Bellcore Digital Cross-Connect System Generic Requirements and Objectives

Spanning Tree Protocol

Ethernet module

IEEE 802.1D

Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges



255-700-377 A-17



Ethernet module IEEE 802.3

Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications

Route Server module IETF RFC 792

Internet Control Message Proto-col


Routing Information Protocol

IETF RFC 1157

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 1.0

DS1 IMA, E1 IMA, Enhanced DS1, and Enhanced E1 modules

IETF RFC 1406

Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS1 and E1 Interface Types

DS3 IMA, DS3 ATM, and E3 ATM modules

IETF RFC 1407

Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS3 and E3 Interface Types

Ethernet Bridging

In-band Management

Ethernet and Route Server mod-ules

IETF RFC 1483

Multi-Protocol Encapsulation and Layer 2 Bridging Service

Inverse ARP not supported


Multiprotocol Interconnect over Frame Relay

IETF RFC 1595

Definitions of Managed Objects for the SONET/SDH Interface Types

IETF RFC 1661

Point-to-Point Protocol

IETF RFC 1662

PPP in HDLC-like Framing

IETF RFC 1700

Assigned Numbers


RIP Version 2




A-18 255-700-377



Trivial File Transfer Protocol Blocksize Option

Section 3.1 (authentication) and 3.5 (multicasting)only


A Method for the Transmission of IPv6 Packets over Ethernet Networks

IETF RFC 2364

PPP Over AAL5


Multiprotocol Interconnect over Frame Relay

Obsoletes RFC 1490


Transmission of IPv6 Packets over Ethernet Networks

Obsoletes RFC 1972

Ethernet Bridging

Ethernet and Route Server mod-ules

IETF RFC 2684

Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5

Obsoletes RFC 1483

RFC 2685 (VPN identification) not supported

ITU-T E.164

Overall Network Operation, telephone service, service opera-tion, and human factors: Opera-tion, numbering, routing and mobile services

International operation- Num-bering plan of the international telephone service

ITU-T G.702

General Aspects of Digital Trans-mission Systems— Terminal Equipment: Digital Hierarchy Bit Rates

1.544 Mbps, 2.048 Mbps, 44.736 Mbps; includes channel-associated signaling (CAS) ABCD in-band signaling

ITU-T G.704

Synchronous frame structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and 44 736 Kbps hierarchical levels

ITU-T G.706

Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CGC) proce-dures relating to basic frame structures defined in Recom-mendation G.704



255-700-377 A-19



ITU-T G.707

Transmission Systems and Media—Digital transmission sys-tems— Terminal equipment— General: Network node interface for the synchronous digital hier-archy (SDH)

Annex A: Voice compression (8 Kbps)

Annex B: Silence suppression

ITU-T G.729

General Aspects of Digital Trans-mission Systems: Coding of Speech at 8 Kbps Using Conju-gate-Structure Algebraic-Code-Excited Linear-Prediction (CS-ACELP)

ITU-T G.732

General Aspects of Digital Trans-mission Systems Terminal Equipments: Characteristics of Primary PCM Multiplex Equip-ment Operating at 2048 Kbit/s

ITU-T G.736

General Aspects of Digital Trans-mission: Characteristics of a Synchronous Digital Multiplex Equipment Operating at 2048 kbits/sec

ITU-T G.751

Digital multiplex equipments operating at the third order bit rate of 34 368 kbit/s and the fourth order bit rate of 139 264 Kbps and using positive justifica-tion

OC-3c APS modules


ITU-T G.783

Transmission Systems and Media, Digital Systems and Net-works— Digital Transmission Systems—Terminal Equip-ment—Principal Characteristics of Multiplexing Equipment for the Synchronous Digital Hierar-chy: Characteristics of Synchro-nous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment Functional Blocks




A-20 255-700-377


DS3 ATM, Enhanced DS1, and Enhanced E1 modules

ITU-T G.804

ATM cell mapping into Plesio-chronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH)

ITU-T G.823

The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based on the 2048 Kbps hierarchy

Includes Multiplex Section Pro-tection (MSP)

ITU-T G.832

Transmission Systems and Media, Digital Systems and Net-works— Digital transmission systems—Digital networks— Network capabilities and func-tions: Transport of SDH Ele-ments on PDH Net-works—Frame and Multiplexing Structures

Intra-office and short haul ITU-T G.957

Optical interfaces for equipment and systems relating to the syn-chronous digital hierarchy

Long haul not supported

ITU-T G.964

V-Interfaces at the Digital Local Exchange (LE)- V5.1 Interface (based on 2048 Kbps) for the Support of Access Network (AN)


ITU-T G.965

V-Interfaces at the Digital Local Exchange (LE) - V5.1 Interface (based on 2048 Kbps) for the Support Of Access Network (AN)


ITU-T G.991.2

Draft: Single-pair high speed digital subscriber line (SHDSL) transceivers



255-700-377 A-21



ITU-T G.992.1

Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) transceivers

ITU-T G.992.2

Splitterless Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) trans-ceivers

ITU-T H.248

H.248 Base Root Package

Annex E.2

ITU-T I.121

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN) General Structure and Service Capabilities: Broad-band Aspects of ISDN

ITU-T I.150

B-ISDN ATM Functional charac-teristics

Enhanced DS1 and Enhanced E1 modules

ITU-T I.233

Frame Mode Bearer Services

ITU-T I.321

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN) Overall Network Aspects and Functions, ISDN User-Network Interfaces: B-ISDN Protocol Reference Model and its Application

ITU-T I.356

B-ISDN ATM layer cell transfer performance

ABR not supported


ITU-T I.361

B-ISDN ATM Layer Specification

ITU-T I.363

B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer specification

Only AAL1, AAL2, and AAL5 are supported

ITU-T I.363.1

B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer specification: Type 1 AAL

Multiplexing support ITU-T I.363.2





A-22 255-700-377


ITU-T I.363.5



ITU-T I.366.1

Segmentation and Reassembly Service Specific Convergence Sublayer for the AAL type 2

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1,Medium-Den-sity DS1, Multi-Serial, and Quadserial modules

ITU-T I.370

Congestion Management for ISDN Frame Relay Bearing Ser-vice

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, DS3 Frame Relay, High-Density E1, Medium-Density DS1, Multi-Serial and Quadse-rial modules

ITU-T I.371

Traffic control and congestion control in B-ISDN

ABR not supported

ITU-T I.372

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN) Overall Network Aspects and Functions: Frame Relaying Bearer Service Net-work-to-Network Interface Requirements

ITU-T I.413

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN) User-Network Interfaces: B-ISDN User-Net-work Interface

ITU-T I.430

Basic User-Network Interface - Layer 1 Specification

Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES, DS3 Frame Relay, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, High-Density E1, Medium-Den-sity DS1, Multi-Serial, and Quadserial modules

ITU-T I.431

Integrated Services Digital Net-work (ISDN) User-Network Interfaces: Primary Rate User-Network Interface—Layer 1 Specification

Scrambling, header error control (HEC) processing, cell delinea-tion

ITU-T I.432

B-ISDN User-Network Inter-face—Physical layer Specifica-tion



255-700-377 A-23



ITU-T I.432.1

B-ISDN User-Network Inter-face: Physical Layer Specifica-tion- General Characteristics

ITU-T I.432.2

B-ISDN User-Network- Physical Layer Specification: 155 520 Kbps and 622 080 Kbps opera-tion

ITU-T I.432.3

B-ISDN User-Network Inter-face: Physical Layer Specifica-tion for 1.544 Mbps and 2.048 Mbps

ITU-T I.432.4

B-ISDN User-Network- Physical Layer Specification: 51 840 Kbps Operation

Carrier Group AIS Alarm

Dual-homed PVCs


Channelized DS3, Channelized STS-1e, Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES, DS3 ATM, E3 ATM, DS1 IMA, DS3 IMA, E1 IMA, Enhanced DS1, Enhanced E1, DSP2A/B/C/D Voice Server, Route Server, High-Density E1, High Speed, Medium-Density DS1, Multi-Serial, Quadserial, OC-3c Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/APS, STM-1 Single-Mode/Multi-Mode/MSP, OC-12c/STM-4c modules and Unstructured DS3/E3 CES mod-ules

ITU-T I.610

B-ISDN operation and mainte-nance principles and functions

ITU-T Q.922

Digital Subscriber Signaling Sys-tem No.1 (DSS 1) Data Link Layer: ISDN Data Link Layer Specification for Frame Mode Bearer Services

Annex A




A-24 255-700-377


ITU-T Q.921

Digital Subscriber Signaling sys-tem No. 1, ISDN User-Network interface- Data Link Layer Spec-ification


• AAL1 Trunking CCS (Q.931/QSIG), AAL1 Trunk-ing CAS


ITU-T Q.931

Switching and Signaling - Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 - Network layer: Digital Sub-scriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - ISDN User-Network Interface Layer 3 Specification for Basic Call Control

ITU-T Q.933 Annex A

Digital Subscriber Signaling Sys-tem No. 1—Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1)—Signaling Specifica-tions for Frame Mode Switched and Permanent Virtual Connec-tion Control and Status Moni-toring

ATM UNI interfaces (3.0, 3.1, 4.0)

ITU-T Q.2110

B-ISDN SAAL Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol (SSCOP)

ATM UNI interfaces (3.0, 3.1, 4.0)

ITU-T Q.2130

B-ISDN SAAL Service Specific Coordination Function (SSCF) for Support of Signaling at the User-Network Interface

ITU-T Q.2931

B-ISDN Application protocols for access signalling—Broad-band Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN)— Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2 (DSS 2)—User Network Interface (UNI) Layer 3 Specifi-cation For Basic Call/Connec-tion Control



255-700-377 A-25



ITU-T Q.2941.2

Draft: Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN)- Digital Subscriber Signal-ing System No. 2 (DSS2): Generic identifier transport (

ITU-T Q.2971

B-ISDN—DSS 2—User-network interface layer 3 specification for point-to-multipoint call/connec-tion control

ITU-T V.8

Procedures For Starting Ses-sions of Data Transmission Over the General Switched Telephone Network

ITU-T V.25

Automatic Answering Equip-ment and General Procedures for Automatic Calling Equip-ment on the General Switched Telephone Network Including Procedures for Disabling of Echo Control Devices for Both Manu-ally and Automatically Estab-lished Calls

Enhanced DS1 and Enhanced E1 modules

TR-TSU-001369

Generic Requirement for Frame Relay PVC Exchange Services



Chapter Interface Type by Connection Type Table

A-26 255-700-377


Interface Type by Connection Type Table

Multi-Serial module V.35

Defines signaling for data rates greater than 19.2 Kbps for a trunk interface between net-work access device and a packet network

Multi-Serial module X.21 bis

CCITT Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment for Synchronous Operation of Public Data Networks, Recom-mendation X.21

Interface between data terminal equipment (DTE) and data cir-cuit-terminating equipment for synchronous operation on pub-lic data networks

X.144

User information transfer per-formance parameters for data networks providing interna-tional frame relay PVC service



Table A-5. Connection Type by Interface Type Table

Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

/4.0

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

kLin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

BW

Cir

cuit

Em

ul.

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PRI I

SDN

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Vir

tual

Inte

rfac

e (

OC

-3, S

TM-1

, OC

-12/

STM

-4A

PS/M

SP M

od

ule

s O

nly

)

Connection

AAL2 Trunking X X X X X

ATM-to-ATM vir-tual channel con-nection (VCC) PVC

X X X X X

ATM-to-ATM vir-tual path connec-tion (VPC) PVC

X X X X

Bridge-to-ATM VCC PVC

X X X X X X

Bridge-to-bridge PVC

X

255-700-377 A-27


ChapterInterface Type by Connection Type Table

Circuit emulation-to ATM VCC PVC

X X X X X X X

Circuit emulation-to circuit emula-tion PVC

X X

Frame relay-to-ATM VCC PVC

X X X X X X

Frame relay-to-frame relay PVC

X

In-band manage-ment ATM PVC

X X X X

Variable bit rate (VBR)-to-ATM VCC PVC

X X X X X X X

VBR-to-VBR PVC X X

ATM-to-ATM IISP constant bit rate (CBR) SVC

X X X X

ATM-to-ATM IISP VBR SVC

X X X X

ATM-to-ATM VCC SPVC

X X X X

Circuit emulation-to-ATM VCC SPVC

X X X X X X X

CE-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC SPVC

X X X X

Frame relay-ATM VCC SPVC

X X X X X

VBR-to-ATM VCC SPVC

X X X X X X X

VBR-to-ATM Std AAL2 VCC SPVC

X X X X X

Table A-5. Connection Type by Interface Type Table (Continued)

Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

/4.0

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

kLin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

BW

Cir

cuit

Em

ul.

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PRI I

SDN

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Vir

tual

Inte

rfac

e (

OC

-3, S

TM-1

, OC

-12/

STM

-4A

PS/M

SP M

od

ule

s O

nly

)

Connection

Chapter Interface Type by I/O Module Type Table

A-28 255-700-377


Interface Type by I/O Module Type Table

Table A-6 shows the available interface types for each PacketStar PSAX I/O module used in the PacketStar®PSAX Multiservice Media Gateways. This table does not include other PSAX modules that are not I/O modules, which include: the Alarm module, the DSP2x Voice Server modules, the Route Server module, and the Tones and Announcements Server module.

Table A-6. Interface Types by I/O Module Types

Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 4.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

klin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

Ban

dw

idth

C

ircu

it E

mu

lati

on

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PR

I ISD

N

(Net

wo

rk/U

ser)

Ro

uti

ng

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Module

DS1/T1 Interface Modules

6-Port DS1 IMA (IMA DS1)

X X X X X

6-Port Enhanced DS1/T1 Multiservice (DS1/T1 Enh)

X X X X X X X X X X

12-Port Medium-Density DS1 Multiservice (MD DS1)

X X X X X X X X X

12-Port Medium-Density DS1 IMA (MD DS1 IMA)

X X X X X X

12-Port Medium-Density DS1/E1/DS0A CES (MD DS1/E1/DS0A CES)

X

E1 Interface Modules

6-Port E1 IMA (IMA E1) X X X X X

6-Port Enhanced E1 Multiservice (E1 Enh)

X X X X X X X X X

21-Port High-Density E1 Multiservice (HD E1)

X X X X X X X X

255-700-377 A-29


ChapterInterface Type by I/O Module Type Table

21-Port High-Density E1 IMA (HD E1 IMA)

X X X X X

DS3, E3, and STS-1e Interface Modules

1-Port Channelized DS3 Multiservice (CH DS3)

X X X X X X X X X X

1-Port Channelized DS3 CES (CH DS3)

1-Port DS3 IMA (DS3 IMA)

X X X X X

1-Port Unchannelized DS3 Frame Relay (DS3 FR)

X

2-Port DS3 ATM (DS3 ATM)

X X X X

2-Port E3 ATM (E3 ATM)

X X X X

3-Port Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES (CH DS3/STS-1e)

X X X X

3-Port Channelized DS3/STS-1e CES Protection (CH DS3/STS-1e)

X X X X

3-Port DS3/E3 ATM (DS3/E3 ATM)

X X X X

3-Port Unstructured DS3/E3 CES (UNSTR DS3/E3 CES)

X

Table A-6. Interface Types by I/O Module Types (Continued)

Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 4.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

klin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

Ban

dw

idth

C

ircu

it E

mu

lati

on

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PR

I ISD

N

(Net

wo

rk/U

ser)

Ro

uti

ng

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Module

Chapter Interface Type by I/O Module Type Table

A-30 255-700-377


STS-1e Interface Modules

1-Port Channelized STS-1e, T1 Format (CH STS-1e T1)

X X X X X X X X

OC-3/OC-3c Interface Modules

1-Port Channelized OC-3/STM-1 CES Multimode (CH OC-3/STM-1 CES MM)

X X

1-Port Channelized OC-3/STM-1 CES Single-mode (CH OC-3/STM-1 CES SM)

X X

1-Port OC-3c Multimode with AQueMan (OC-3c (MM AQ))

X X X X

1-Port OC-3c Single-Mode with AQueMan (OC-3c (SM AQ))

X X X X

1-Port OC-3c Multimode with Traffic Shaping (OC-3c (MM TS))

X X X X

1-Port OC-3c Single-Mode with Traffic Shaping (OC-3c (SM TS))

X X X X

1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS Multimode (OC-3c MM APS)

X X X X


Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 4.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

klin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

Ban

dw

idth

C

ircu

it E

mu

lati

on

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PR

I ISD

N

(Net

wo

rk/U

ser)

Ro

uti

ng

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Module

255-700-377 A-31


ChapterInterface Type by I/O Module Type Table

1-Port OC-3c 1+1 APS Single-Mode (OC-3c SM APS)

X X X X

STM-1 Interface Modules

1-Port STM-1 Multimode with AQueMan (STM-1 (MM AQ))

X X X X

1-Port STM-1 Single-Mode with AQueMan (STM-1 (SM AQ))

X X X X

1-Port STM-1 Multimode with Traffic Shaping (STM-1 (MM TS))

X X X X

1-Port STM-1 Single-Mode with Traffic Shaping (STM-1 (SM TS))

X X X X

1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP Multimode (STM-1 MM MSP)

X X X X

1-Port STM-1 1+1 MSP Single-Mode (STM-1 SM MSP)

X X X X

OC-12c/STM-4c Interface Modules

1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c Multimode (OC-12c/STM-4c MM)

X X X X

1-Port OC-12c/STM-4c Single-Mode (OC-12c/STM-4c SM)

X X X X


Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 4.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

klin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

Ban

dw

idth

C

ircu

it E

mu

lati

on

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PR

I ISD

N

(Net

wo

rk/U

ser)

Ro

uti

ng

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Module

Chapter Minimum AAL2 Trunk Size Requirements Tables

A-32 255-700-377


Minimum AAL2 Trunk Size Requirements Tables

Multiplexed AAL2 Setting up channels with standard AAL2 multiplexing helps reduce traffic delay, as voice samples from at two channels or more are multiplexed into one VC, decreasing the amount of time necessary to fill one ATM cell before it is transmitted. (Without multiplexing, only one VC is allowed per ATM cell. The cell must wait to fill with samples from one channel before transmis-sion). If a trunk is configured to have at least one active channel, one cell must be sent out every 20 ms; thus, the minimum trunk size is 50 cps. At 8 Kbps, Lucent recommends two multiplexed channels. On the DSP2C mod-ule, you can configure up to 64 AAL2 trunk groups, so that if you want to

Voice 2-Wire Interface Modules

4-Port Voice 2-Wire Office (VOICE 2WO)

X*

8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station (VOICE 2WS)

X*

Serial Interface Modules

2-Port High Speed (HIGH SPEED)

X X X X †

Quadserial (QUAD SERIAL)

X X X X X X

6-Port Multiserial (SERIAL)

X X X X X

Ethernet Interface Modules

Ethernet (ENET) X X

4-Port Ethernet (ENET) X X

* European modules do not support this interface with the 8-Port Voice 2-Wire Station or 4-Port 2-Wire Office module.

† Port 2 only.


Interface

ATM

IISP

(N

etw

ork

/Use

r)

ATM

IMA

ATM

PN

NI 1

.0

ATM

UN

I 4.0

ATM

UN

I 3.0

/3.1

Bri

dg

e

CA

S Tr

un

klin

e

Cir

cuit

Em

ula

tio

n

Dyn

amic

Ban

dw

idth

C

ircu

it E

mu

lati

on

Fram

e R

elay

(UN

I, N

NI)

GR

-303

HD

LC P

ass-

thro

ug

h

PR

I ISD

N

(Net

wo

rk/U

ser)

Ro

uti

ng

Term

inal

Em

ula

tio

n

Module

255-700-377 A-33


ChapterMinimum AAL2 Trunk Size Requirements Tables

use all 128 channels (or 224 for echo cancel mode), you must use multiplex-ing. Enabling silence detection further enhances bandwidth savings by a fac-tor of approximately half on the value in the cells/sec column in Table A-7.

Table A-7 summarizes bandwidth savings at different compression rates with standard AAL2 multiplexing.

Standard AAL2 Calculation Example

The following calculation computes the compression rate for 32 Kbps (see Table A-7). This calculation includes the AAL2 header in cells per second (cps):

4,000 samples / 20 samples received from DSP * 23 bytes to be packed into an AAL2 cell, where 23 bytes = 20 bytes of data in the cps packet and 3 bytes for the cps header.

With 47 data bytes in the AAL2 cell, the cell rate = 4600/47 =~ 98

The expected cell rate with silence detection is: 98/2 = 49.

See Table A-8 for the cell rates for Lucent nonmultiplexed AAL2.

Non-Multiplexed AAL2

Table A-7. Standard (Multiplexed) AAL2 Bandwidth Calculation*

Compression Rate (in Kbps)

DataBytes/sec

Data + Overhead Calculation

Data +Overhead

/sec

Cells/seccalculation

Cells/sec

Average Expected

cells/sec with silence

detection enabled

64 8000 (8000/40)*43 8600 8600/47 183 92

40 5000 (5000/25)*28 5600 5600/47 120 60

32 4000 (4000/20)*23 4600 4600/47 98 49

24 3000 (3000/15)*18 3600 3600/47 77 39

16 2000 (2000/10)*13 2600 2600/47 56 28

8 1000 (1000/5/2)*13 1300 1300/47 28 14

* If a trunk has at least one active channel, a cell must be sent out every 20 msec; therefore, the minimum AAL2 trunk size is 50 cps.

Table A-8. Non-Multiplexed AAL2 Transmission Rates

Compression Rate (in Kbps) Cell/sec

64 200

40 200

32 100

24 100

16 50

8 25

Chapter Quality of Service (QoS) Table

A-34 255-700-377


Quality of Service (QoS) Table

Table A-9 details the PSAX system support of defined ATM QoS classes.

Table A-10 illustrates the attributes of the classes of service supported by the PSAX system software.

The following tables illustrate how ATM classes of service correspond to internal priority levels as the AQueMan algorithm functions. Table A-11 identifies the cell loss and cell delay tolerance of each service class, with

Table A-9. PSAX System-Supported Quality of Service Classes

ATM Service Class Description

Constant Bit Rate (CBR) This service operates on a connection basis and offers consistent delay predictability. CBR is used for applications such as circuit emulation, voice, and video.

Variable Bit Rate—Real Time (VBR-RT)

This service operates on a connection basis and offers very low delay variance but requires access to a variable amount of network band-width. VBR-RT is used for such applications as packet video and voice.

Variable Bit Rate—Non-real Time (VBR-NRT)

This service operates on both a connection and connectionless basis and allows delay variance between the delivery of cells. VBR-NRT is used for data applications that have potentially bursty traffic charac-teristics, including LAN interconnections, CAD/CAM, and multime-dia. This class can be used to support switched multimegabit data ser-vice (SMDS).

Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) This service operates on a connection basis and allows for raw cell or best-effort transport by the network. In UBR service, cells are trans-ported by the network whenever bandwidth is available and traffic is presented by the user. Data using UBR service is more apt to be dis-carded during peak traffic times in deference to data using other classes of service.

Table A-10. Class of Service Descriptions

Constant Bit Rate (CBR)

Variable Bit Rate Real Time

(VBR-RT)

Variable Bit Rate Non-real Time

(VBR-NRT)

Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)

QoS Class Class 1 Class 2 Classes 3, 4 Class 5

Applications Voice and video

Packet video and voice

Data

Bit Rate Constant Variable

Timing Required at Source or Destination

Required Not required

Service Examples Private line Compressed voice

Frame relay, switched multi-media data service

Raw cell, Ethernet

AAL 1 2 3/4 and 5 3/4 and 5

255-700-377 A-35


ChapterQuality of Service (QoS) Table

internal priorities. Table A-12 lists the class-of-service choices available when configuring PVC connections on a PSAX system and shows service examples for each PVC connection type. The service examples in Table A-12 are intended simply as illustrations and you should choose your service class based on your network applications supported by the PSAX system. The flex-ibility of the PSAX system allows you to tailor the system based on the required service applications by selecting the appropriate priority levels.

Table A-11. Cell Loss and Cell Delay Characteristics of ATM Service Classes

ATM Classes of Service

QoS Classes Supported by

the PSAXSystem

Cell LossTolerance

Cell DelayTolerance

InternalPriority

Constant Bit Rate (CBR) Class 1 High Very Low CBR-1

Class 1 High Very Low CBR-2

Class 1 High Low CBR-3

Class 1 High Low CBR-4

Variable Bit Rate (VBR)


Class 2 Very Low Very Low VBR-1

Class 2 Low Low VBR-2

Class 2 Low Low VBR-3


Classes 3, 4 Low Medium VBR-4

Classes 3, 4 Low High VBR-5

Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) Class 5 Very High Very High VBR-6

Table A-12. Mapping ATM Service Classes to PSAX System Priority Levels

ATM Classes of ServiceInternal Priority

PVC Connection Configuration

SelectionsService Examples

Constant Bit Rate (CBR) CBR-1 CBR1 911 calls

CBR-2 CBR2 Preferred customers

CBR-3 CBR3 Standard

CBR-4 CBR4 Cellular

Variable Bit Rate (VBR) VBR-1 VBR-express Network management


VBR-2 VBR-RT1 Real-time videos

VBR-3 VBR-RT2 MPEG 1-2/JPEG


VBR-4 VBR-NRT1 Frame relay data

VBR-5 VBR-NRT2 FTP/e-mail transfer

Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) VBR-6 UBR Internet Protocol data

Chapter Traffic Shaping, Usage Parameter Control, and Virtual Interface Configuration Compatibilities Table

A-36 255-700-377


Traffic Shaping, Usage Parameter Control, and Virtual Interface Configuration Compatibilities Table

The following table shows configuration capatibility among the Traffic Shap-ing, UPC Support, and VI Support fields for all modules and interfaces sup-porting these features, except as indicated by a footnote. “Yes” indicates the two indicated features can be configured together; “No” indicates they can-not.

Table A-13. Traffic Shaping, UPC Support, and VI SupportConfiguration Compatibility

Fields on ATM UNI, PNNI, and IISP

Traffic Shaping

VISupport

UPCSupport

Traffic Shaping N/A Yes*

* This combination is valid only on the ATM UNI 3.0 through 4.0 inter-face on the 3P DS3/E3 ATM and the 1P OC-12c/STM-4c 1+1 APS/MSP SM/MM modules.

No

VI Support Yes* N/A Yes

UPC Support No Yes N/A

PacketStar PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide for ...

Documents

Transcript of PacketStar PSAX System Connections Provisioning Guide for ...